SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
POS AMI, 1997-08-18
Previous: FIRST SECURITY AUTO GRANTOR TRUST 1997-A, 8-K, 1997-08-18
Next: MINERA ANDES INC /WA, 10SB12G/A, 1997-08-18







     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 18, 1997

                                                   File No. 811-7993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-1A

                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                       THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

                                 Amendment No. 1

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

                   Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101
               (Address of Principal Executive Office) (Zip Code)

        Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: 207-879-1900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           Catherine S. Wooledge, Esq.
                         Forum Financial Services, Inc.
                   Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                          Copies of Communications to:
                            Timothy W. Diggins, Esq.
                                  Ropes & Gray
                             One International Place
                           Boston, Massachusetts 10005

                               Alexandra Poe, Esq.
                 Schroder Capital Management International Inc.
                         787 Seventh Avenue, 34th Floor
                            New York, New York 10019
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>


                                     PART A


                         (PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM)

                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                                    --------

                      SCHRODER INTERNATIONAL BOND PORTFOLIO


                                 AUGUST 18, 1997

                                  INTRODUCTION



Schroder Capital Funds II (the "Trust") is registered as an open-end  management
investment  company under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act").
The Trust is authorized to offer beneficial interests  ("Interests") in separate
series,  each  with  a  distinct  investment  objective  and  policies  (each  a
"portfolio" and collectively the  "portfolios").  The Trust currently offers one
investment portfolio,  Schroder  International Bond Portfolio (the "Portfolio").
Additional  portfolios may be added in the future. This Part A relates solely to
the Portfolio.

The Trust does not offer its  Interests  directly to the public;  Interests  are
offered on a no-load basis exclusively to various qualified investors (including
other investment companies) as described in Item 4 below. An investor that is an
investment  company or other collective  investment vehicle seeks to achieve its
investment  objective  by holding  Interests  in another  investment  portfolio,
instead of separately  managing its own portfolio of investment  securities  and
related assets.

Interests  of the Trust  are not  offered  publicly  and,  accordingly,  are not
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act"). In accordance with
paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A, responses
to Items 1, 2, 3 and 5A of that Form have been omitted.



ITEM 4.           GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT.

The Trust  was  organized  as a  business  trust  under the laws of the State of
Delaware on December 27, 1996 under a Trust  Instrument dated December 26, 1996.
The Trust has an unlimited  number of  authorized  Interests.  The assets of the
Portfolio, and of any additional portfolio created in the future, belong only to
that  portfolio.  The assets  belonging  to a  portfolio  are  charged  with the
liabilities of and all expenses,  costs,  charges and reserves  attributable  to
that portfolio. The Trust is empowered to establish,  without investor approval,
additional portfolios, each with a different investment objective and policies.

The  Portfolio  is  classified  as  "non-diversified"  under  the  1940  Act and
commenced operations on December 31, 1996.

Interests in the Portfolio are offered solely in private placement  transactions
that do not involve any "public  offering" within the meaning of Section 4(2) of
the  1933  Act.  Investments  in the  Portfolio  may  only be  made  by  certain
institutional  investors  (excluding S corporations,  partnerships,  and grantor
trusts beneficially owned by any individuals, S corporations,  or partnerships).
Investors  may be  organized  within  or  outside  the  U.S.  This  registration
statement does not constitute an offer to sell, or the  solicitation of an offer
to buy, any "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.

                              INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Portfolio's  investment objective is to seek a high rate of total return. It
seeks to achieve its  objective  by  investing  by  investing  at least 65%, and
normally  intends to invest  substantially  all, of its assets in non-U.S.  debt
securities and debt-related investments,  which may be denominated in foreign or
U.S.  currency.  It is intended for long-term  investors  seeking  international
diversification and willing to accept the risks of foreign investing.  There can
be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

The Portfolio's investment objective and fundamental investment policies may not
be changed  without  approval of the  holders of a majority  of the  outstanding
voting  Interests  (defined in the same manner as the phrase "vote of a majority
of the  outstanding  voting  securities"  is  defined  in the  1940  Act) of the
Portfolio.  Unless otherwise indicated,  investment policies are not fundamental
and may be changed by the Tryst's Board of Trustees (the "Board")  without prior
investor approval.  Additional investment techniques,  features and restrictions
concerning the Portfolio's investments are described below and under "Investment
Restrictions" and in Part B.

The Portfolio  invests in foreign bonds,  including  debt  securities of foreign
governments, agencies and supranational organizations and corporate bonds. These
bonds may have fixed, variable,  floating or inverse-floating-rates of interest.
Securities of issuers  within a given country may be denominated in the currency
of another  country.  Some of these  securities  may be privately  issued and/or
convertible  into common stock, or they may be traded together with warrants for
the purchase of common stock. The rate of return on some debt obligations may be
linked to indices or stock  prices or  indexed  to the level of  exchange  rates
between the U.S. dollar and foreign currency or currencies.

Schroder Capital  Management  International  Inc. ("SCMI") as investment adviser
considers  factors such as prospects for currency  exchange and interest  rates,
inflation  in  each  country,  relative  economic  growth,  government  policies
influencing  exchange  rates  and  business  conditions,   and  the  quality  of
individual  issuers.  The investment  adviser also determines,  using good faith
judgment:   (1)  country  allocation;   (2)  currency  exposure;   (3)  duration
management; and (4) diversified security holdings within each market.

The  Portfolio  may  invest  in a  variety  of  countries,  and  under  ordinary
circumstances,  invests in a minimum of 5  countries  other than the U.S. To the
extent  that the  Portfolio  concentrates  its assets in a foreign  country,  it
incurs greater risks.

The  investment  adviser  believes that active  currency  management can enhance
portfolio returns through opportunities arising from interest rate differentials
between securities  denominated in different  currencies and/or changes in value
between  currencies.  Moreover,  the investment adviser believes active currency
management can be employed as an overall portfolio risk management tool. Foreign
currency management can also provide overall portfolio risk diversification.

In order to enhance returns, manage risk more efficiently, reduce trading costs,
and help  protect  against  changes in  securities  prices and foreign  exchange
rates,  the  Portfolio  may  invest  in  currency  on a spot or  forward  basis,
securities or securities index options,  foreign currency  options,  and futures
contracts,  and  related  options on futures  contracts  and may enter into swap
agreements.  Additionally,  the  Portfolio  may  buy or sell  interest-rate  and
bond-index  futures  contracts,  options on interest-rate and bond-index futures
contracts, and options and futures on debt securities.

The  Portfolio  also  may:  (1)  buy  securities  on a  when-issued,  firm-,  or
standby-commitment  basis (whose market value may change prior to their delivery
to the  Portfolio);  and (2) invest in countries with  established  economies as
well as emerging market  countries that the investment  adviser believes present
favorable opportunities.

Generally,  the Portfolio's average maturity will be shorter when interest rates
worldwide  or in a  particular  country are  expected  to rise,  and longer when
interest rates are expected to fall. SCMI may use various  techniques to

                                       2
<PAGE>
shorten or lengthen the duration of the  portfolio,  including  transactions  in
futures and  options on futures,  interest  rate swaps,  caps,  floors and short
sales, each as more fully described below.

The  Portfolio  may also:  (1)  borrow up to 15% of total  assets;  (2) lend its
securities to brokers,  dealers and other financial institutions to earn income;
(3) buy securities on a when-issued,  firm, or standby  commitment  basis -- the
market  value of these  securities  may change  prior to their  delivery  to the
Portfolio;  (4)  invest  in  repurchase  agreements,   and  enter  into  reverse
repurchase  agreements  (which can create  leverage and increase the Portfolio's
investment risk); and (5) invest in loan participation  interests (which involve
certain risks,  including credit and liquidity risks).  (See "Loan Participation
Interests" for further details).

The following pages contain additional information about the securities in which
the  Portfolio  may  invest,  strategies  SCMI  may  employ  in  pursuit  of the
Portfolio's objective, and a summary of related risks. A complete listing of the
Portfolio's  investment  restrictions  and more detailed  information  about the
Portfolio's   investments  is  contained  in  Part  B.  Policy  limitations  and
investment restrictions generally are considered at the time of purchase.

CORPORATE  OBLIGATIONS.  The Portfolio  may purchase debt  securities of foreign
corporate   issuers.   The   Portfolio's   investments   in  U.S.   dollar-   or
foreign-currency-denominated  corporate  debt  securities of domestic or foreign
issuers are limited to corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar debt
instruments  that meet the credit  quality and other  criteria set forth for the
Portfolio.  Some of these securities may be privately issued and/or  convertible
into common stock or they may be traded  together with warrants for the purchase
of  common  stock.  The  Portfolio  may  invest  in debt  securities  issued  or
guaranteed by foreign corporations or by international  organizations designated
or  supported  by  multiple  foreign   governmental   entities  (which  are  not
obligations  of foreign  governments)  to  promote  economic  reconstruction  or
development;   and  debt   securities   issued  by   corporations  or  financial
institutions.  The rate of return of principal on some debt  obligations  may be
linked to indices or stock  prices or  indexed  to the level of  exchange  rates
between the U.S.  dollar and foreign  currency or currencies.  The Portfolio may
invest up to 10% of its net assets in  lower-rated,  high-risk  debt  securities
rated below "BBB" by Standard  and Poor's  ("S&P") or "Baa" by Moody's  Investor
Service ("Moody's").  (For further information,  see "Foreign Government Bonds",
"High-Yield,  High-Risk  Securities",  "Rating Matters",  "Risk Considerations",
"Commercial Paper" and "Appendix A -- Description of Securities Ratings" to Part
B.)

FOREIGN   GOVERNMENT   BONDS.   The  Portfolio  may  purchase  U.S.  dollar-  or
foreign-denominated  debt obligations  issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign
governments,  their agencies,  instrumentalities and political subdivisions. The
Portfolio also may purchase  obligations  issued or guaranteed by  supranational
organizations (such as the World Bank) or securities backed exclusively by loans
to certain public sector  institutions.  Debt obligations of foreign  government
issuers  are  limited  to  government  bonds,   notes  and  other  similar  debt
instruments that meet the credit quality and maturity criteria set forth for the
Portfolio.  The  Portfolio  has no limit on the amount of its assets that may be
invested in any one type of foreign instrument or foreign country.

RATING MATTERS.  The Portfolio may purchase unrated  securities.  In order to do
so, SCMI must  determine  that the security is of comparable  quality to a rated
security that the Portfolio may purchase. If SCMI determines that the unrated is
comparable to a security rated below  investment  grade,  such security shall be
subject to the Portfolio's 10% limit on high-yield,  high-risk  securities.  The
Portfolio may retain a security whose rating has been lowered if SCMI determines
that retaining the security is in the best interests of the Portfolio. A further
description  of  the  rating   categories  of  certain   nationally   recognized
statistical rating  organizations (each a "NRSRO") is contained in Appendix A to
Part B. All  these  ratings  are  generally  considered  to be  investment-grade
ratings,  although Moody's  indicates that securities with long-term  ratings of
"Baa" have speculative  characteristics,  and issuers whose securities are rated
in the lowest  investment  grade are more likely to have a weakened  capacity to
make  principal and interest  payments due to changes in economic  conditions or
other circumstances than is the case with issuers of higher-grade bonds.

BRADY BONDS.  The  Portfolio  may invest a portion of its assets in Brady Bonds,
which are securities  created  through the exchange of existing  commercial bank
loans  to  sovereign  entities  for new  obligations  in  connection  with  debt
restructuring  (under  a debt  restructuring  plan  introduced  by  former  U.S.
Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady). Brady Bonds have been issued only
recently, and therefore do not have a long payment history. Brady

                                       3

<PAGE>

Bonds may have  collateralized and  uncollateralized  components,  are issued in
various  currencies and are actively  traded in the  over-the-counter  secondary
market. Brady Bonds are not considered U.S. government  securities.  In light of
the residual risk associated with the  uncollateralized  portions of Brady Bonds
and,  among other  factors,  the history of defaults  with respect to commercial
bank loans by public and private  entities of  countries  issuing  Brady  Bonds,
investments in Brady Bonds are considered  speculative.  Brady Bonds acquired by
the Portfolio could be subject to restructuring  arrangements or to requests for
new  credit,  which could  cause the  Portfolio  to suffer a loss of interest or
principal on its holdings.  (For further information,  see "Brady Bonds" in Part
B.)

FIRM- AND STANDBY-COMMITMENT  AGREEMENTS AND WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES.  New issues
of certain debt  securities are often offered on a when-issued  basis.  That is,
the payment  obligation  and the  interest  rate are fixed at the time the buyer
enters into the commitment, but delivery and payment for the securities normally
take  place  after  the  date  of  the   commitment   to  purchase.   Firm-  and
standby-commitment  agreements  call  for  the  purchase  of  securities  at  an
agreed-upon  price on a specified future date. The transactions are entered into
in order to secure what is considered to be an  advantageous  price and yield to
the  Portfolio  and not for  purposes  of  leveraging  the  Portfolio's  assets.
However,  the Portfolio will not accrue any income on these  securities prior to
delivery.  The value of when-issued  securities and firm- and standby-commitment
agreements may vary prior to and after delivery  depending on market  conditions
and changes in interest-rate  levels. There is a risk that a party with whom the
Portfolio has entered into such  transactions  will not perform its  commitment,
which could result in a gain or loss to the Portfolio.

FLOATING- AND VARIABLE-RATE  SECURITIES AND INVERSE FLOATERS.  The Portfolio may
invest in floating- and  variable-rate  securities,  which are  securities  that
provide for a periodic  adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations.
The terms of such  obligations  must  provide that  interest  rates are adjusted
periodically  based upon an  interest-rate  adjustment  index as provided in the
respective obligations.  The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from
daily up to annually,  or may be event  based,  such as based on a change in the
prime rate, or tied to another  interest  rate,  such as a money market index or
Treasury bill rate.

The  Portfolio  also  may  invest  in  inverse  floating-rate  debt  instruments
("inverse  floaters").  The interest  rate on an inverse  floater  resets in the
opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater
is indexed.  An inverse  floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent
that its interest  rate varies by a magnitude  that exceeds the magnitude of the
change  in the index  rate of  interest.  A higher  degree  of  leverage  may be
associated  with greater  volatility in the market value of an inverse  floater.
Accordingly,  the  duration of an inverse  floater  may exceed its stated  final
maturity. Certain inverse floaters may be deemed to be illiquid securities.

ZERO COUPON BONDS.  Zero coupon bonds are debt  obligations  issued  without any
requirement for the periodic  payment of interest.  Zero coupon bonds are issued
at a significant  discount from their face value. The discount  approximates the
total amount of interest  the bonds would  accrue and  compound  over the period
until  maturity at a rate of interest  reflecting the market rate at the time of
issuance.  The discount represents income, which must be accrued and distributed
every year even though the  Portfolio  receives no payment on the  investment in
that year.  Because interest is not paid to the Portfolio on a current basis but
is in effect compounded,  the value of the securities of this type is subject to
greater  fluctuations  in response to changing  interest rates than the value of
debt  obligations  that  distribute  income  regularly.  Cash  to pay  dividends
representing  unpaid,  accrued  interest may be obtained from sales  proceeds of
portfolio securities and from loan proceeds.

BANKING INDUSTRY AND SAVINGS AND LOAN  OBLIGATIONS.  The Portfolio may invest in
certificates  of  deposit,  time  deposits,  bankers'  acceptances,   and  other
short-term debt  obligations  issued by commercial  banks and in certificates of
deposit, time deposits,  and other short-term  obligations issued by savings and
loan associations ("S&Ls").  Certificates of deposit are receipts from a bank or
S&L for funds  deposited for a specified  period of time at a specified  rate of
return.  Time deposits in banks or S&Ls are generally similar to certificates of
deposit but are  uncertificated.  Bankers'  acceptances are time drafts drawn on
commercial  banks  by  borrowers,   usually  in  connection  with  international
commercial  transactions.  The Portfolio  limits its investment in time deposits
for which there is a penalty for early withdrawal to 15% of its net assets.

                                       4
<PAGE>

HIGH-YIELD,  HIGH-RISK  SECURITIES.  The  Portfolio  may invest up to 10% of its
assets in debt securities  that are rated below  investment  grade (I.E.,  below
"BBB"  by S&P or "Baa" by  Moody's).  These  debt  securities  have  speculative
characteristics,  and changes in economic  conditions  or  individual  corporate
developments  are more likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to make  principal
and  interest  payments  than  is the  case of  higher-grade  bonds  (See  "Risk
Considerations" and "Commercial Paper".)

FORWARD  FOREIGN  CURRENCY  EXCHANGE  TRANSACTIONS.   Forward  foreign  currency
exchange  contracts  ("forward  contracts")  may be used to minimize the risk of
loss to the Portfolio from adverse changes in the relationship  between the U.S.
dollar and foreign  currencies.  A forward contract is an obligation to purchase
or sell a  specific  currency  for an  agreed  price  at a future  date  that is
individually  negotiated  and  privately  traded by  currency  traders and their
customers.  A forward  contract  may be used,  for example,  when the  Portfolio
enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security  denominated  in a
foreign  currency in order to "lock in" the U.S.  dollar price of the  security.
The Portfolio  also may enter into forward  contracts to adjust the  Portfolio's
exposure to various foreign currencies,  either pending anticipated  investments
in securities  denominated in those currencies or as a hedge against anticipated
market  changes.  To a  limited  extent,  the  Portfolio  may  purchase  forward
contracts  to  increase  exposure  in foreign  currencies  that are  expected to
appreciate and thereby increase total return.

Successful use of forward contracts depends on the investment adviser's skill in
analyzing and predicting  relative  currency  values.  Forward  contracts do not
eliminate  fluctuations  in the  underlying  prices  of  securities  held by the
Portfolio.  Although such  contracts  tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a
decline in the value of a currency that has been sold forward,  at the same time
they tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized should the value of
such currency change.  Likewise,  forward contracts tend to minimize the risk of
loss due to an  increase  in the  value of a  currency  that has been  purchased
forward,  though they may result in  overpayment  if the value of such  currency
declines. In short, forward contracts alter the Portfolio's exposure to currency
exchange-rate activity and could result in losses to the Portfolio if currencies
do not perform as the  investment  adviser  anticipates.  The Portfolio may also
incur significant costs when converting assets from one currency to another.

FOREIGN  INDEX-LINKED  INSTRUMENTS.  As part of its investment  program,  and to
maintain greater flexibility,  the Portfolio may invest in instruments that have
the investment  characteristics of particular  securities,  securities  indices,
futures  contracts or currencies.  Such instruments may take a variety of forms,
such as debt  instruments  with  interest or principal  payments  determined  by
reference  to the value of a currency or  commodity at a future point in time. A
foreign  index may be based upon the exchange  rate of a particular  currency or
currencies, the differential between two currencies, the level of interest rates
in a particular  country or countries,  or the  differential  in interest  rates
between particular  countries.  In the case of instruments  linking the interest
components to a foreign index, the amount of interest payable  generally adjusts
periodically in response to changes in the level of the foreign index during the
term of the foreign index-linked instrument. The risks of such investments would
reflect the risks of investing in the index,  futures contract or currency,  the
performance  of which  determines  the  return for the  linked  instrument.  Tax
considerations   may  limit  the  Portfolio's   ability  to  invest  in  foreign
index-linked instruments.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS. The Portfolio may enter into
futures  contracts and related options,  which may be used for any legal purpose
including to reduce trading costs. An interest-rate index futures contract is an
agreement to take or make delivery of an amount of cash based on the  difference
between the value of the index at the  beginning  and at the end of the contract
period.  A futures contract on a foreign currency is an agreement to buy or sell
a specified  amount of a currency  for a set price on a future  date.  There are
several risks associated with the use of futures and related options for hedging
purposes.  There can be no assurance  that a liquid  market will exist at a time
when the  Portfolio  seeks to close out a futures  contract or a futures  option
position.  Most  futures  exchanges  and  boards of trade  limit  the  amount of
fluctuation  permitted in futures  contract prices during a single day: once the
daily limit has been  reached on a  particular  contract,  no trades may be made
that day at a price beyond that limit. In addition, certain of these instruments
are relatively new and without a significant trading history. As a result, there
is no  assurance  that an active  secondary  market will  develop or continue to
exist.  Lack of a liquid  market for any reason may prevent the  Portfolio  from
liquidating an unfavorable position, and the Portfolio would remain obligated to
meet margin requirements until the position is closed.  These instruments may be
used for hedging  purposes,  but there can be no guarantee  that there will be a
correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in the securities
or currencies being hedged.  An incorrect  correlation could result in a loss on

                                       5
<PAGE>

both the hedged  securities  or currencies  and the hedging  vehicle so that the
Portfolio's return might have been better had hedging not been attempted.

OPTIONS.  A put option is a short-term  contract that gives the purchaser of the
put option, in return for a premium,  the right to sell the underlying  security
to the seller of the option at a specified  price during the term of the option.
A call option is a short-term contract that gives the purchaser, in return for a
premium,  the right to buy from the seller of the option the underlying security
at a specified  price  during the term of the option.  The  Portfolio  will only
write "covered" call options and "secured" put options.  A "covered" call option
means  generally  that so long as the  Portfolio is obligated as the writer of a
call option, the Portfolio will either own the underlying  securities subject to
the  call,  or hold a call at the same or  lower  exercise  price,  for the same
exercise period, and on the same securities as the call written. A "secured" put
option means  generally that so long as the Portfolio is obligated as the writer
of the put option,  the Portfolio will maintain liquid assets with a value equal
to the  exercise  price  in a  segregated  account,  or  hold a put on the  same
underlying security at an equal or greater exercise price.  Options in which the
Portfolio  may  invest  may be traded on  exchanges  or in the  over-the-counter
market.  Options may be used for hedging purposes, but there can be no guarantee
that there will be a correlation  between price movements in the hedging vehicle
and in the securities or currencies being hedged. An incorrect correlation could
result in a loss on both the hedged  securities  or  currencies  and the hedging
vehicle so that the  Portfolio's  return  might have been better had hedging not
been attempted.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES. The Portfolio may purchase and write put and call
options on foreign  currencies for the purpose of protecting against declines in
the dollar value of foreign  portfolio  securities and against  increases in the
U.S.  dollar cost of foreign  securities to be acquired.  The Portfolio may also
use foreign  currency  options to protect against  potential losses in positions
denominated in one foreign  currency  against another foreign  currency in which
the  Portfolio's  assets are or may be  invested.  As with other kinds of option
transactions,  however,  the  writing  of an option  on  foreign  currency  will
constitute  only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium  received,  and
the  Portfolio  could be  required to purchase  or sell  foreign  currencies  at
disadvantageous  exchange rates,  thereby incurring  losses.  The purchase of an
option on foreign  currency may constitute an effective  hedge against  exchange
rate  fluctuations,  although,  in the event of rate  movements  adverse  to the
Portfolio's position, the Portfolio may forfeit the entire amount of the premium
plus related transaction costs.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES  AND OPTIONS ON BOND  INDICES.  The Portfolio may purchase
and write put and call  options  on  securities  and bond  indices.  Options  on
securities  give the  Portfolio  the right to buy,  or the  obligation  to sell,
eligible portfolio securities. A call option on a bond index gives the purchaser
the right to receive  from the seller cash equal to the  difference  between the
closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option.

ARBITRAGE.  The Portfolio  may sell a security in one market and  simultaneously
purchase  the same  security  in another  market in order to take  advantage  of
differences in the price of the security in the different markets. The Portfolio
does not actively  engage in arbitrage.  Such  transactions  may be entered into
only with respect to debt  securities  and will occur only in a dealer's  market
where the  buying and  selling  dealers  involved  confirm  their  prices to the
Portfolio  at the  time of the  transaction,  thus  eliminating  any risk to the
assets of the Portfolio.

SWAP  AGREEMENTS.  The  Portfolio  may  enter  into  interest-rate,   index  and
currency-exchange  rate swap  agreements  for purposes of attempting to obtain a
particular desired return at a lower cost to the Portfolio than if the Portfolio
had invested  directly in an instrument that yielded that desired  return.  Swap
agreements  are  two-party  contracts  entered into  primarily by  institutional
investors  for  periods  ranging  from a few weeks to more  than one year.  In a
standard  "swap"  transaction,  two parties  agree to  exchange  the returns (or
differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined
investments  or  instruments.  The gross  returns to be  exchanged  or "swapped"
between the parties are  calculated  with respect to a "notional  amount" (I.E.,
the return on or increase in value of a particular  dollar amount  invested at a
particular  interest rate, in a particular  foreign currency or in a "basket" of
securities  representing  a particular  index).  Commonly  used swap  agreements
include  interest-rate  caps,  under which,  in return for a premium,  one party
agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest  rates exceed a
specified  rate, or "cap";  interest-rate  floors,  under which, in return for a
premium,  one party  agrees to make  payments  to the other to the  extent  that
interest  rates fall below a  specified  level,  or "floor";  and  interest-rate

                                       6
<PAGE>

collars,  under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in
an attempt to protect itself against  interest rate  movements  exceeding  given
minimum or maximum levels.

BORROWING.  The  Portfolio  may borrow up to a limit of 15% of its total  assets
from a bank for  temporary or  emergency  purposes or to meet  redemptions.  The
Portfolio also may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (which may be deemed
borrowings under the 1940 Act unless assets are properly  segregated) with banks
or broker-dealers subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act. Reverse repurchase
agreements  involve the sale of a security by the Portfolio and its agreement to
repurchase  the  instrument at a specified  time and price.  The Portfolio  will
maintain a segregated  account consisting of cash, U.S.  government  securities,
foreign government  securities  provided they are of high liquidity and quality,
or other  liquid,  high-grade  debt  obligations  maturing  not  later  than the
expiration of the reverse repurchase  agreement,  to cover its obligations under
reverse  repurchase  agreements.  The Portfolio  will limit its  investments  in
reverse repurchase agreements that are not covered by properly segregated assets
and other  borrowing  to no more 15% of its  total  assets.  The use of  reverse
repurchase  agreements by the Portfolio may create  leverage that could increase
the Portfolio's  investment risk. If the income and gain on securities purchased
with the  proceeds  of  reverse  repurchase  agreements  exceed  the cost of the
agreements,  the  Portfolio's  earnings or net asset value would increase faster
than  otherwise  would be the case;  conversely,  if the income and gain fail to
exceed  the  costs,  earnings  or net asset  value  would  decline  faster  than
otherwise  would  be the  case.  Borrowing  may  exaggerate  the  effect  on the
Portfolio's  net asset  value of any  increase  or  decrease in the value of the
Portfolio's  portfolio  securities.  Money borrowed is subject to interest costs
(which  may  include  commitment  fees  and/or the cost of  maintaining  minimum
average balances).

ILLIQUID AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  As a non-fundamental  policy, the Portfolio
will not purchase or otherwise  acquire any security if, as a result,  more than
15% of its net assets  (taken at current  value) would be invested in securities
that are  illiquid  by virtue of the  absence of a readily  available  market or
because   of  legal  or   contractual   restrictions   on  resale   ("restricted
securities").  There may be undesirable delays in selling illiquid securities at
prices  representing  their fair value.  This policy  includes  over-the-counter
options held by the Portfolio and the "in the money"  portion of the assets used
to cover such options. The limitation on investing in restricted securities does
not include  securities  that may not be resold to the general public but may be
resold to  qualified  institutional  purchasers  pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended.  If SCMI  determines  that a "Rule  144A
security"  is liquid  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by the Trust  Board,  the
security will not be deemed illiquid. These guidelines take into account trading
activity  for  the  securities  and  the   availability   of  reliable   pricing
information,  among other factors.  If there is a lack of trading  interest in a
particular Rule 144A security,  that security may become  illiquid,  which could
affect the  Portfolio's  liquidity.  (See  "Investment  Policies -- Illiquid and
Restricted Securities" in Part B for further information.)

LENDING  OF  PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.   The  Portfolio  may  lend  its  investment
securities  to brokers,  dealers and financial  institutions  for the purpose of
realizing  additional  income.  The total market value of securities loaned will
not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of the Portfolio.  The risk
in lending  portfolio  securities,  as with other  extensions of credit,  is the
possible loss of rights in the collateral  should the borrower fail financially.
In determining  whether to lend securities,  the Portfolio's  investment adviser
will   consider   all   relevant   facts  and   circumstances,   including   the
creditworthiness of the borrower.

COMMERCIAL PAPER. The Portfolio may invest in commercial paper, which represents
short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by banks or bank holding companies,
corporations and finance companies. The Portfolio may invest in commercial paper
primarily rated at the time of investment  "P-1" by Moody's or "A-1" by S&P, or,
if unrated by Moody's or S&P,  deemed  comparable in quality by the  Portfolio's
investment  adviser.  The Portfolio  may also invest in  commercial  paper rated
below "A-1"/ "P-1"; however, such investments are subject to the Portfolio's 10%
limit on high-yield,  high-risk  securities.  (See "Appendix A -- Description of
Securities Ratings" to Part B.)

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The Portfolio may invest in  repurchase  agreements.  A
repurchase  agreement is a means of investing  monies for a short  period.  In a
repurchase  agreement,  a seller -- a U.S. bank or recognized  broker-dealer  --
sells securities to the Portfolio and agrees to repurchase the securities at the
Portfolio's  cost plus interest within a specified period (normally one day). In
these  transactions,  the values of the underlying  securities

                                       7
<PAGE>

purchased by the Portfolio are monitored at all times by SCMI to ensure that the
total  value of the  securities  equals or exceeds  the value of the  repurchase
agreement,  and the Portfolio `s custodian bank holds the securities  until they
are  repurchased.  In the event of default by the  seller  under the  repurchase
agreement,  the Portfolio may have  difficulties in exercising its rights to the
underlying  securities  and may  incur  costs  and  experience  time  delays  in
disposing   of  them.   To   evaluate   potential   risks,   SCMI   reviews  the
creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the Portfolio enters into
repurchase agreements.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE INVESTMENTS. For temporary defensive purposes, the Portfolio
may invest without limitation in (or enter into repurchase  agreements  maturing
in seven  days or less  with U.S.  banks and  broker-dealers  with  respect  to)
short-term debt securities,  including  commercial  paper,  U.S. Treasury bills,
other  short-term  U.S.  government  securities,  certificates  of  deposit  and
bankers'  acceptances of U.S. banks. U.S. government  securities are obligations
of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or its agencies,  instrumentalities or
government-sponsored  enterprises.  The  Portfolio  also may hold  cash and time
deposits in U.S. banks. In transactions  involving "repurchase  agreements," the
Portfolio  purchases  securities  from a bank or  broker-dealer  who  agrees  to
repurchase the security at the Portfolio's cost plus interest within a specified
time. The securities  purchased by the Portfolio have a total value in excess of
the value of the repurchase agreement and are held by the Portfolio's  custodian
bank  until  repurchased.  (See  "Investment  Policies"  in  Part B for  further
information about all these securities.)

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The following  fundamental  restrictions of the Portfolio are designed to reduce
its exposure in specific situations. The Portfolio will not:

(a)  concentrate  investments  in  any  particular  industry;   therefore,   the
     Portfolio will not purchase the securities of companies in any one industry
     if,  thereafter,  25% or more of the Portfolio's total assets would consist
     of  securities of companies in that  industry.  This  restriction  does not
     apply to  obligations  issued or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government,  its
     agencies  or  instrumentalities  (or  repurchase  agreements  with  respect
     thereto).  An investment  of more than 25% of the  Portfolio  assets in the
     securities  of issuers  located in one  country  does not  contravene  this
     policy.

(b)  borrow money in excess of 33-1/3% of its total assets taken at market value
     (including  the amount  borrowed)  and then only from a bank as a temporary
     measure  for  extraordinary  or  emergency  purposes,   including  to  meet
     redemptions or to settle securities transactions that may otherwise require
     untimely dispositions of portfolio securities.

(c)  make  loans  to  other   persons,   provided  that  for  purposes  of  this
     restriction, entering into repurchase agreements or acquiring any otherwise
     permissible debt securities  including engaging in securities lending shall
     not be deemed to be the making of a loan.

(d)  invest in commodities or commodity  contracts,  except that, subject to the
     restrictions  described  in  this  Part  A and in  the  Part B  (Additional
     Information),  the  Portfolio  may:  (1) enter into futures  contracts  and
     options  on futures  contracts;  (2) enter into  foreign  forward  currency
     exchange  contracts  and foreign  currency  options;  (3) purchase and sell
     currencies  on a spot or  forward  basis;  and (4) may enter  into  futures
     contracts on  securities,  currencies  or on indices of such  securities or
     currencies,  or any other financial instruments,  and may purchase and sell
     options on such futures contracts.

(e)  issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Except for the policy on borrowing,  the percentage restrictions described above
and in Part B apply only at the time of investment  and require no action by the
Portfolio as a result of  subsequent  changes in value of the  investment or the
size of the  Portfolio.  A  comprehensive  list of  investment  restrictions  is
contained in Part B.

                                       8
<PAGE>

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES 
CONTRACTS.

Although  the  Portfolio  will  not  be a  commodity  pool,  certain  derivative
instruments  that it uses  subject it to the rules of the CFTC,  which limit the
extent to which the Portfolio may use such derivatives.  The Portfolio may enter
into futures  contracts or related options for hedging  purposes  without limit.
The Portfolio may not engage in  exchange-traded  futures  contracts and related
options for other purposes if,  immediately  thereafter,  the aggregate  initial
margin  deposits  relating to such positions plus premiums paid by the Portfolio
for  unexpired  options,   less  the  amount  by  which  any  such  options  are
"in-the-money,"  would  exceed 5% of the  liquidation  value of the  Portfolio's
assets.  A call option is  "in-the-money"  if the value of the futures  contract
that is the subject of the option  exceeds the exercise  price.  A put option is
"in-the- money" if the exercise price exceeds the value of the futures  contract
that is the subject of the option.


                               RISK CONSIDERATIONS

NON-DIVERSIFICATION.  The Portfolio is classified as "non-diversified" under the
1940 Act. In contrast to a "diversified"  company, a non-diversified  investment
company may invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
issuer.  However,  so that registered  investment  companies (or series of those
companies)  that invest in the Portfolio may qualify as a "regulated  investment
company"  under  Subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
(the "Code"),  the Portfolio will limit its  investments so that at the close of
each quarter of the taxable  year:  (1) not more than 25% of the market value of
the  Portfolio's  total  assets will be invested in the  securities  of a single
issuer; and (2) with respect to 50% of the market value of its total assets, not
more than 5% will be  invested  in the  securities  of a single  issuer  and the
Portfolio will not own more than 10% of the outstanding  voting  securities of a
single issuer.

FIXED-INCOME  SECURITIES  AND  THEIR  CHARACTERISTICS.  Fixed-income  securities
generally are subject to market risk and credit risk.  Market risk refers to the
change in the market  value of  investments  by the  Portfolio  in  fixed-income
securities,  including  money  market  instruments,  when  there is a change  in
interest rates or the issuer's actual or perceived  creditworthiness  or ability
to meet its obligations.  There normally is an inverse  relationship between the
market value of fixed-rate  debt  securities and changes in interest  rates.  In
other words,  an increase in interest rates produces a decrease in market value.
Moreover,  the longer the remaining maturity of a security,  the greater will be
the effect of interest  rate changes on the market value of that  security.  The
Portfolio's  investments  are subject to "credit risk" relating to the financial
condition of the issuers of the securities that the Portfolio holds. Credit risk
refers to changes in the ability of an issuer to make  payments of interest  and
principal  when  due and  changes  in the  market's  perception  of an  issuer's
creditworthiness that affect the value of the debt securities of that issuer.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS. Investments in foreign securities involve certain risks not
associated with domestic investments, including fluctuations in foreign exchange
rates,  uncertain  political  and  economic   developments,   and  the  possible
imposition  of  exchange   controls  or  other  foreign   governmental  laws  or
restrictions.

Foreign  economies may differ  favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in
such   respects  as  economic   growth  rates,   rates  of  inflation,   capital
reinvestment,  resources,  self-sufficiency  and balance of payments  positions.
Certain foreign  investments may also be subject to foreign  withholding  taxes,
thereby  reducing  the income  available  for  distribution  to the  Portfolio's
interestholders.  Additionally,  commission  rates payable on foreign  portfolio
transactions  may  often  be  higher  than  in the  U.S.  Because  international
investments  generally  involve risks in addition to those risks associated with
investments  in the U.S., the Portfolio  should be considered  only as a vehicle
for international diversification and not as a complete investment program.

Issuers of securities in foreign  jurisdictions are generally not subject to the
same degree of  regulation  as are U.S.  issuers with respect to such matters as
insider trading rules,  restrictions on market  manipulation,  shareholder proxy
requirements and timely disclosure of information.  Often, available information
about  issuers  and their  securities  is less  extensive  in  foreign  markets,
particularly emerging market countries,  than in the United States. In addition,
laws in foreign  countries  governing  business  organizations,  bankruptcy  and
insolvency may provide less protection to security holders such as the Portfolio
than that provided by U.S. laws.

                                       9
<PAGE>

Moreover:  (1) interest payable on foreign  securities may be subject to foreign
withholding  taxes,  thereby  reducing the income earned by the  Portfolio;  (2)
accounting,  auditing and financial reporting standards differ from those in the
U.S., which means that less information about foreign companies may be available
than is generally available about issuers of comparable  securities in the U.S.;
(3) foreign  securities may trade less  frequently  and/or with less volume than
U.S.  securities and consequently may exhibit greater price volatility;  and (4)
foreign  securities  trading  practices,  including those  involving  securities
settlement,  may expose the Portfolio to increased risk in the event of a failed
trade or the insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer or registrar.

GEOGRAPHIC  CONCENTRATION.  The  Portfolio may invest more than 25% of its total
assets in issuers  located in any one country.  To the extent that it invests in
issuers  located  in one  country,  the  Portfolio  is  susceptible  to  factors
adversely   affecting  that  country,   including  the  political  and  economic
developments and foreign exchange rate fluctuations discussed above. As a result
of investing  substantially in one country,  the value of the Portfolio's assets
may fluctuate  more widely than the value of shares of a comparable  fund with a
lesser degree of geographic concentration.

CURRENCY  FLUCTUATIONS  AND  DEVALUATIONS.  Because the Portfolio will invest in
non-U.S.  dollar  denominated  securities,  changes in foreign currency exchange
rates will affect the value of the  Portfolio's  investments.  A decline against
the dollar in the value of currencies in which the  Portfolio's  investments are
denominated  will result in a  corresponding  decline in the dollar value of its
assets.  This risk tends to be  heightened  in the case of  investing in certain
emerging  market  countries.  For example,  some  currencies of emerging  market
countries have experienced  repeated  devaluations  relative to the U.S. dollar,
and major adjustments have periodically been made in certain of such currencies.
Some  emerging  market  countries may also have managed  currencies  that do not
float freely against the dollar.  Exchange rates are influenced generally by the
forces of supply and demand in the  foreign  currency  markets  and by  numerous
other political and economic events occurring outside the United States, many of
which may be difficult, if not impossible, to predict.

The Portfolio may enter into foreign currency  forward  contracts to purchase or
sell foreign  currencies in  anticipation  of its currency  requirements  and to
protect against possible adverse  movements in foreign exchange rates.  Although
such  contracts may reduce the risk of loss to the Portfolio due to a decline in
the value of the currency  sold,  they also limit any  possible  gain that might
result  should  the  value  of  such  currency  rise.  (See  "Foreign   Currency
Transactions",  "Futures,  Options on Futures Contracts" and "Options on Foreign
Currencies".)

SWAPS. The Portfolio may enter into swap agreements. Whether the Portfolio's use
of swap  agreements  will be successful in furthering its  investment  objective
depends upon SCMI's ability to predict whether certain types of investments will
produce  greater  returns than other  investments.  Because  swaps are two-party
contracts that may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be
considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the
amount  expected  to be  received  under a swap  agreement  in the  event of the
default or  bankruptcy  of a swap  agreement  counterparty.  SCMI will cause the
Portfolio to enter into swap agreements only with  counterparties  that would be
eligible for  consideration  as repurchase  agreement  counterparties  under the
Portfolio's repurchase agreement guidelines. Certain restrictions imposed on the
Portfolio by the Code may limit the Portfolio's  ability to use swap agreements.
The swaps market is a relatively  new market and is largely  unregulated.  It is
possible  that  developments  in the swap market and the laws relating to swaps,
including   potential   government   regulation,   could  adversely  affect  the
Portfolio's ability to terminate existing swap agreements, to realize amounts to
be received  under such  agreements,  or to enter into swap  agreements or could
have  tax  consequences.  (See  "Tax  Information"  in  Part  B for  information
regarding the tax considerations relating to swap agreements.)

EMERGING  MARKETS.  In any emerging market country,  there is the possibility of
expropriation  of assets,  confiscatory  taxation,  foreign  exchange  controls,
foreign investment controls on daily stock market movements,  default in foreign
government   securities,   political  or  social   instability   or   diplomatic
developments,  all of which could affect  investments  in those  countries.  The
economies  of  developing   countries   generally  are  heavily  dependent  upon
international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely
affected by trade barriers,  exchange controls,  managed adjustments in relative
currency values and other  protectionist  measures  imposed or negotiated by the
countries with which they trade.  Certain emerging market countries may restrict
investment by

                                       10
<PAGE>

foreign investors. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude
investment in certain  securities and may increase the costs and expenses of the
Portfolio.  Several emerging market countries have experienced substantial,  and
in some periods  extremely high,  rates of inflation in recent years.  Inflation
and rapid  fluctuations in inflation rates may have very negative effects on the
economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.  Further,
inflation  accounting  rules in some emerging  market  countries may  indirectly
generate losses or profits for certain emerging market companies.

HIGH-YIELD,  HIGH-RISK  SECURITIES.  Securities  rated  below "BBB" or "Baa" are
characterized by greater price volatility, greater risk of loss of principal and
interest,  a  greater  possibility  of the  issuer  going  bankrupt,  and  other
additional  risks than  securities  rated  investment  grade or higher.  Moody's
considers  bonds  it  rates  "Baa"  to  have  speculative  elements  as  well as
investment-grade  characteristics.  The lower the  ratings  of  securities,  the
greater their risks.  The Portfolio may invest in securities  that are rated "D"
by S&P or, if unrated, deemed comparable in quality. Securities rated "D" may be
in default with  respect to payment of  principal or interest.  If the issuer of
high yield bonds defaults,  the Portfolio may incur additional  expenses to seek
recovery.  In the  case  of high  yield  bonds  structured  as  zero  coupon  or
payment-in-kind  securities,  the  market  prices  of such  securities  are more
sensitive to interest rate changes and, therefore, tend to be more volatile than
securities which pay interest  periodically and in cash. The secondary market in
which high yield bonds trade may be less liquid than the market for higher grade
bonds. This thinner secondary market trading could adversely affect the price at
which the Portfolio could sell a high yield bond.

Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more
complex than for issuers of higher quality debt  securities,  and the ability of
the  Portfolio  to achieve its  investment  objective  may, to the extent of its
investment in high yield bonds, be more dependent upon such credit analysis than
would be the case if the Portfolio were  investing in higher quality bonds.  The
use of credit  ratings as the sole method for  evaluating  high yield bonds also
involves  certain  risks.  For example,  credit  ratings  evaluate the safety of
principal and interest payments,  not the market value risk of high yield bonds.
Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings on a timely basis
to reflect subsequent events. Investors should consider and be willing to accept
the risks associated with a limited  allocation to high yield securities  before
investing.  (See "Appendix A -- Description of Securities Ratings" to Part B for
further information.)

ITEM 5.           MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST.

TRUSTEES AND  OFFICERS.  The Trust's  business and affairs are managed under the
Board's  direction.  The Board  formulates the Trust's and  Portfolio's  general
policies  and meets  periodically  to review the  Portfolio's  results,  monitor
investment  activities  and practices  and discuss  other matters  affecting the
Portfolio  and the Trust.  Additional  information  regarding  the  Trustees and
executive officers of the Trust may be found in Part B.


                               INVESTMENT ADVISER

Schroder Capital  Management  International  Inc., 787 Seventh Avenue, New York,
New York 10019,  serves as investment adviser to the Portfolio under an advisory
agreement with the Trust.  SCMI manages the investment and  reinvestment  of the
Portfolio's  investment  portfolio  and  continuously  reviews,  supervises  and
administers the Portfolio's investments. In this regard, SCMI is responsible for
making  decisions  relating  to the  Portfolio's  investments  and  for  placing
purchase and sale orders regarding  investments with brokers or dealers selected
by SCMI in its discretion.

SCMI is a wholly owned U.S.  subsidiary  of Schroders  Incorporated,  the wholly
owned U.S.  holding  company  subsidiary of Schroders plc.  Schroders plc is the
holding  company  parent  of a large  worldwide  group  of banks  and  financial
services  companies  (referred  to as the  "Schroder  Group"),  with  associated
companies and branch and  representative  offices located in eighteen  countries
world-wide.  The Schroder Group specializes in providing  investment  management
services.  As of June 30, 1997,  the Schroder Group managed over $150 billion in
assets worldwide.

                                       11
<PAGE>

The investment  advisory  agreement provides that SCMI is entitled to receive an
advisory  fee at an annual rate of 0.50% of the  Portfolio's  average  daily net
assets.  SCMI has agreed,  however,  to waive all of the  advisory  fees payable
under the Investment  Advisory  Agreement by the Portfolio.  Such fee limitation
arrangements  shall  remain in effect until its  elimination  is approved by the
Schroder Core II Board.

The Investment Advisory Contract authorizes and directs SCMI to place orders for
the purchase and sale of the  Portfolio's  investments  with brokers and dealers
selected  by  SCMI  in its  discretion  and to  seek  "best  execution"  of such
portfolio  transactions.  The Portfolio may pay higher than the lowest available
commission  rates when SCMI  believes it is  reasonable to do so in light of the
value of the brokerage and research  services  provided by the broker  effecting
the transaction.  It should be noted that costs associated with  transactions in
foreign   securities  are  generally  higher  than  with  transactions  in  U.S.
securities.  However,  SCMI seeks to achieve the best net  results in  effecting
such transactions for the Portfolio.

Subject to the policy of  obtaining  the best price  consistent  with quality of
execution on transactions,  SCMI may employ Schroder  Securities Limited and its
affiliates (collectively,  "Schroder Securities"), affiliates of SCMI, to effect
transactions of the Portfolio on certain foreign securities  exchanges.  Because
of the affiliation between SCMI and Schroder Securities, the Portfolio's payment
of  commissions to Schroder  Securities is subject to procedures  adopted by the
Board to provide that such  commissions  will not exceed the usual and customary
brokers'  commissions.  No specific portion of the Portfolio's brokerage will be
directed to Schroder Securities and in no event will Schroder Securities receive
such brokerage in recognition of research services.

Although  the  Portfolio  does  not  currently  engage  in  directed   brokerage
arrangements to pay expenses,  it may do so in the future.  These  arrangements,
whereby brokers executing the Portfolio's portfolio  transactions would agree to
pay designated expenses of the Portfolio if brokerage  commissions  generated by
the  Portfolio  reached  certain  levels,   might  reduce  these  expenses.   As
anticipated,  these  arrangements  would not  materially  increase the brokerage
commissions paid by a Portfolio. Because brokerage commissions are not reflected
in Portfolio expenses, however, certain expenses might not be fully set forth in
the fee table, per share table, and financial  statements of registered open-end
investment  companies  that invest in the Portfolio and might  therefore  appear
lower than actual expenses incurred.

PORTFOLIO  MANAGER.  The Portfolio is managed by the International  Fixed Income
Committee of SCMI. The individuals responsible for the day-to-day implementation
of the Committee's  investment decisions are Michael Perelstein and Mark Astley.
Mr.  Perelstein and Mark Astley have managed the Portfolio since inception.  Mr.
Perelstein was appointed a Senior Vice President and director of SCMI on January
2,  1997.   Prior  thereto,   Mr.   Perelstein   was  a  Managing   Director  at
MacKay-Shields.  Mr.  Perelstein has more than twelve years of international and
global  investment  experience.  Mr. Astley, a First Vice President of SCMI, has
been with the firm for 10 years. In addition to serving as a global fixed-income
portfolio  manager,  Mr.  Astley  serves as a  currency  specialist  for  SCMI's
International Fixed Income Committee.

                             ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

On  behalf  of the  Portfolio,  the Trust  has  entered  into an  administrative
services contract with Schroder Fund Advisors Inc.  ("Schroder  Advisors"),  787
Seventh Avenue,  New York, New York 10019.  Schroder  Advisors is a wholly owned
subsidiary of SCMI. For these services  Schroder Advisors is entitled to receive
an  administration  fee at the annual rate of 0.10% of the  Portfolio's  average
daily net assets. From time to time, Schroder Advisors  voluntarily may agree to
waive all or a portion of its fees.  In  addition,  the Trust has entered into a
subadministration   agreement  with  Forum  Administrative   Services,   Limited
Liability Company  ("Forum"),  Two Portland Square,  Portland,  Maine 04101. For
these   sub-administration   services,   Forum  is   entitled   to   receive   a
subadministration  fee at an annual  rate of 0.075% of the  Portfolio's  average
daily net assets.  From time to time, Schroder Advisors or Forum voluntarily may
agree to waive all or a portion of its fees.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                 INTERESTHOLDER RECORDKEEPER AND FUND ACCOUNTANT

Forum Financial Corp. ("FFC"),  Two Portland Square,  Portland,  Maine 04101, is
the Trust's interestholder recordkeeper and fund accountant. FFC is an affiliate
of Forum.  For  recordkeeping  services for the  Portfolio's  Interests,  FFC is
entitled  to  receive  a fee of  $16,000  per year  plus $25 per  interestholder
account.  For fund  accounting  services for the  Portfolio,  FFC is entitled to
receive a base fee of $60,000 per year ($36,000  plus $24,000 for  international
portfolios) plus additional  amounts  depending on the Portfolio's  assets,  the
number and type of  securities it holds and its portfolio  turnover  rate.  From
time to time, FFC voluntarily may agree to waive all or a portion of its fees.

                                    EXPENSES

The  Portfolio  is  obligated  to pay for all of its  expenses.  These  expenses
include:   governmental  fees;  interest  charges;  taxes;  brokerage  fees  and
commissions; insurance premiums; investment advisory, custodial,  administrative
and transfer agency and fund accounting fees, as described  above;  compensation
of certain of the Trust's Trustees; costs of membership trade associations; fees
and  expenses  of  independent  auditors  and legal  counsel to the  Trust;  and
expenses  of  calculating  the net  asset  value  of and the net  income  of the
Portfolio.  The Portfolio's expenses comprise Trust expenses attributable to the
Portfolio,  which are allocated to the Portfolio,  and expenses not attributable
to the  Portfolio,  which are  allocated  among all the  Trust's  portfolios  in
proportion to their average net assets or as otherwise determined by the Board.

                                    CUSTODIAN

The Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  through its Global  Securities  Services  division,
located in London,  England,  acts as  custodian of the  Portfolio's  assets and
employs foreign subcustodians to maintain the Portfolio's foreign assets outside
the U.S.

ITEM 6.           CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES.

The Trust  was  organized  as a  business  trust  under the laws of the State of
Delaware.  Under the Trust  Instrument,  the  Trustees are  authorized  to issue
Interests  in  separate  series  of the  Trust.  The  Trust  currently  has  one
portfolio, and the Trust reserves the right to create additional portfolios.

Each  investor  in the  Portfolio  is  entitled  to  participate  equally in the
Portfolio's earnings and assets and to a vote in proportion to the amount of its
investment  in  the   Portfolio.   Investments  in  the  Portfolio  may  not  be
transferred,  but an investor may withdraw all or any portion of its  investment
at any time at net asset value.

Investments  in the Portfolio  have no  preemptive or conversion  rights and are
fully  paid and  non-assessable,  except  as set forth  below.  The Trust is not
required and has no current intention to hold annual meetings of investors,  but
the Trust will hold special meetings of investors when in the Trustees' judgment
it is necessary or desirable to submit matters to an investor  vote.  Generally,
Interests  are  voted  in  the  aggregate  without  reference  to  a  particular
portfolio,  except if the matter affects only one portfolio or portfolio  voting
is  required,  in which  case  Interests  are  voted  separately  by  portfolio.
Investors  have the right to remove one or more Trustees  without a meeting by a
declaration in writing by a specified  number of investors.  Upon liquidation of
the Portfolio,  investors will be entitled to share pro rata in the  Portfolio's
net assets available for distribution to investors.

The  Portfolio's  net income  consists of: (1) all dividends,  accrued  interest
(including earned discount, both original issue and market discount),  and other
income,  including any net realized gain on the Portfolio's assets; less (2) all
actual and accrued expenses of the Portfolio,  amortization of any premium,  and
net realized  loss on the  Portfolio's  assets (all as  determined in accordance
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles).  All of the  Portfolio's  net
income  is  allocated  pro  rata  among  the  investors  in the  Portfolio.  The
Portfolio's  net income  generally is not  distributed  to the  investors in the
Portfolio  except as determined by the Trustees from time to time but instead is
included in the net asset value of the  investors'  respective  Interests in the
Portfolio.

The Portfolio  intends to continue to comply with the provisions of Subchapter M
of the Code.  As a  regulated  investment  company,  the  Portfolio  intends  to
distribute  substantially  all of its net investment income and its net

                                       13
<PAGE>

realized  long-term  capital gain at least annually and therefore intends not to
be subject to federal  income tax to the extent it  distributes  such income and
capital gain in the manner required under the Code.

The Portfolio is not required to pay federal income taxes on its ordinary income
and capital  gain,  as it is treated as a  partnership  for  federal  income tax
purposes. All interest,  dividends and gain and loss of the Portfolio are deemed
to "pass  through"  to its  investors,  regardless  of  whether  such  interest,
dividends or gain are  distributed  by the Portfolio or loss are realized by the
Portfolio.

Under the Portfolio's  operational methods, it is not subject to any income tax.
However,  each  investor  in the  Portfolio  will  be  taxed  on the  investor's
proportionate  share  (as  determined  in  accordance  with  the  Trust's  Trust
Instrument and the Code) of the Portfolio's ordinary income and capital gain, to
the extent that the  investor is subject to tax on its income.  The  Portfolio's
assets,  income, and distributions are managed in such a way that an investor in
the Portfolio  will be able to satisfy the  requirements  of Subchapter M of the
Code,  assuming that the investor  invested all of its assets in the  Portfolio.
The Trust will inform investors of the amount and nature of such income or gain.

Investor inquiries may be directed to Forum Financial Services, Inc. (FFSI).

ITEM 7.           PURCHASE OF SECURITIES.

Portfolio Interests are issued solely in private placement  transactions that do
not involve any "public offering" within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the 1933
Act. See "General  Description of Registrant"  above.  All  investments are made
without a sales load, at the Portfolio's  net asset value next determined  after
an order is received.

A Subscription  Agreement  must be completed  before the Portfolio will accept a
new interestholder.

Net asset value is calculated as of 4:00 p.m.  (Eastern  time),  Monday  through
Friday,  on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading (which
excludes the following national business holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther
King, Jr.'s Birthday,  Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day, Independence
Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day) ("Portfolio Business Day").
Net asset value per Interest is calculated  by dividing the  aggregate  value of
the  Portfolio's  assets  less  all  liabilities  by  the  number  of  Interests
outstanding.  Portfolio  securities  listed on  recognized  stock  exchanges are
valued at the last reported  trade price,  prior to the time when the assets are
valued, on the exchange on which the securities are principally  traded.  Listed
securities  traded on recognized stock exchanges where last trade prices are not
available are valued at mid-market prices. Securities traded in over-the-counter
markets,  or listed  securities  for which no trade is reported on the valuation
date, are valued at the most recent reported  mid-market price. Other securities
and assets for which market  quotations are not readily  available are valued at
fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board.

Trading in securities on non-U.S. exchanges and over-the-counter markets may not
take place on every day that the New York Stock  Exchange  is open for  trading.
Furthermore, trading takes place in various foreign markets on days on which the
Portfolio's net asset value is not calculated.  If events  materially  affecting
the value of foreign  securities  occur  between  the time when  their  price is
determined and the time when net asset value is calculated, such securities will
be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by using methods approved by
the  Schroder  Core II  Board.  All  assets  and  liabilities  of the  Portfolio
denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  valued in U.S.  dollars  based on the
exchange  rate last  quoted by a major bank prior to the time when the net asset
value of the Portfolio is calculated.

Registered  investment companies are subject to no minimum initial or subsequent
investment amount. For other qualified investors, the minimum initial investment
amount is $10 million,  and there is no minimum  subsequent  investment  amount.
However,  since the Portfolio  seeks to be as fully  invested at all times as is
reasonably practicable in order to enhance the return on its assets, investments
must be made in federal  funds  (i.e.,  monies  credited  to the  account of the
Trust's custodian by a Federal Reserve Bank).  Minimum investment amounts may be
waived at the discretion of the Portfolio's investment adviser, SCMI.

                                       14
<PAGE>

Qualified  investors may transmit purchase payments by Federal Reserve Bank wire
directly to the Portfolio as follows:

                  THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
                  NEW YORK, NY
                  ABA NO.: 021000021
                  FOR CREDIT TO: FORUM FINANCIAL CORP.
                  ACCOUNT. NO.: 910-2-783637
                  REF.: SCHRODER INTERNATIONAL BOND PORTFOLIO
                  ACCOUNT OF: (INTERESTHOLDER NAME)
                  ACCOUNT NUMBER: (INTERESTHOLDER ACCOUNT NUMBER)

The wire order must  specify the name of the  Portfolio,  the  account  name and
number,  address,  confirmation  number,  amount to be wired, name of the wiring
bank, and name and telephone  number of the person to be contacted in connection
with the order.  If the  initial  investment  is by wire,  an account  number is
assigned,  and a  Subscription  Agreement  must be  completed  and mailed to the
Portfolio before any account becomes active.  Wire orders received prior to 4:00
p.m.  (Eastern  time) on each  Portfolio day that the New York Stock Exchange is
open for  trading  (a  "Business  Day") are  processed  at the net  asset  value
determined as of that day. Wire orders  received after 4:00 p.m.  (Eastern time)
are processed at the net asset value determined as of the next Business Day. The
Trust reserves the right to cease accepting  investments in the Portfolio at any
time or to reject any investment order.

Forum  is the  exclusive  placement  agent  for the  Trust.  Forum  receives  no
compensation for serving as the Trust's exclusive placement agent.

ITEM 8.           REDEMPTION OR REPURCHASE.

An investor may withdraw all or any portion of its  investment  in the Portfolio
at the net asset value next determined after the investor furnishes a withdrawal
request  in  proper  form to the  Trust.  Withdrawal  proceeds  are  paid by the
Portfolio in federal funds  normally on the business day after the withdrawal is
effected but, in any event, within seven days.  Investments in the Portfolio may
not be transferred. The right of redemption may not be suspended nor the payment
dates postponed for more than seven days except when the New York Stock Exchange
is closed (or when trading on the Exchange is  restricted)  for any reason other
than its customary  weekend or holiday  closings or under any emergency or other
circumstances as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Interests are redeemed at their next determined net asset value after receipt by
the Trust (at the  address  set forth  above  under  "Purchase  of Shares") of a
redemption request in proper form.  Redemption requests may be made between 9:00
a.m. and 6:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on each Business Day. Redemption requests that
are received  prior to 4:00 p.m.  (Eastern  time) are processed at the net asset
value  determined as of that day.  Redemption  requests that are received  after
4:00 p.m.  (Eastern time) are processed at the net asset value determined on the
next Business Day.

Telephone  redemption  requests may be made by telephoning the transfer agent at
(800)  344-8332.  An  interestholder  must provide the  transfer  agent with the
Portfolio's  name,  the dollar  amount or number of  Interests  to be  redeemed,
interestholder  account number, and some additional form of identification  such
as a  password.  A  telephone  redemption  may be  made  only  if the  telephone
redemption  privilege option has been elected on the  Subscription  Agreement or
otherwise  in  writing.  In an  effort to  prevent  unauthorized  or  fraudulent
redemption requests by telephone,  reasonable procedures will be followed by the
transfer agent to confirm that telephone  instructions are genuine. The transfer
agent  and  the  Trust  generally  will  not be  liable  for any  losses  due to
unauthorized or fraudulent  redemption requests,  but either may be liable if it
does not follow these procedures.  In times of drastic economic or market change
it may be difficult  to make  redemptions  by  telephone.  If an  interestholder
cannot reach the transfer agent by telephone,  redemption requests may be mailed
or hand- delivered to the transfer agent.

                                       15
<PAGE>

Redemption  proceeds  normally are paid in cash.  Redemptions from the Portfolio
may be made wholly or partially in portfolio  securities,  however, if the Board
determines  that payment in cash would be  detrimental  to the best interests of
the Portfolio.  The Trust has filed an election with the Commission  pursuant to
which the  Portfolio  will only  consider  effecting a  redemption  in portfolio
securities if the particular  interestholder  is redeeming more than $250,000 or
1% of the  Portfolio's  net asset value,  whichever  is less,  during any 90-day
period.

ITEM 9.           PENDING LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

Not applicable.





<PAGE>


                                     PART B
                            (ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)

                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                                                     --------

                                 AUGUST 18, 1997

                      SCHRODER INTERNATIONAL BOND PORTFOLIO


ITEM 10.          COVER PAGE.

Not applicable.

ITEM 11.          TABLE OF CONTENTS.

General Information and History..............................................B-_
Investment Objective and Policies............................................B-_
Management of the Trust......................................................B-_
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities..........................B-_
Investment Advisory and Other Services.......................................B-_
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.....................................B-_
Capital Stock and Other Securities...........................................B-_
Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities...............................B-_
Tax Status...................................................................B-_
Underwriters.................................................................B-_
Calculations of Performance Data.............................................B-_
Financial Statements.........................................................B-_

ITEM 12..         GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY.

Not applicable.

ITEM 13..         INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

INTRODUCTION

Part A  contains  information  about  the  investment  objective,  policies  and
restrictions  of Schroder  International  Bond  Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"),  a
non-diversified   series  of  Schroder  Capital  Funds  II  (the  "Trust").  The
Portfolio's  investment  objective  is to  seek a high  rate  of  total  return.
Investments in foreign  securities  involve  certain risks not  associated  with
domestic  investing,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Portfolio's
investment  objective  will be achieved.  As described in Part A, the  Portfolio
invests at least 65%, and normally intends to invest  substantially  all, of its
assets in non-U.S.  debt securities and debt-related  investments,  which may be
denominated in foreign or U.S. currency.  The following  discussion  supplements
Part A disclosure concerning the Portfolio's investments,  investment techniques
and strategies and related risks. This Part B should be read only in conjunction
with Part A.


<PAGE>

DEFINITIONS

As used in Part B, the following terms shall have the meanings listed:

"Board" shall mean the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

"1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"1940 Act" shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

FOREIGN SECURITIES

The  Portfolio  may  invest,  without  limit  (subject  to its other  investment
policies), in U.S.  dollar-denominated and foreign-currency  denominated foreign
debt  securities  and in  certificates  of deposit  issued by foreign  banks and
foreign branches of U.S. banks to any extent deemed appropriate by SCMI.

Investment in the  securities of non-U.S.  issuers may involve risks in addition
to those normally associated with investments in the securities of U.S. issuers.
There may be less publicly  available  information about foreign issuers than is
available  for U.S.  issuers,  and foreign  auditing,  accounting  and financial
reporting practices may differ from U.S.  practices.  Foreign securities markets
may have lower volume or activity than U.S.  markets,  resulting in thin trading
and lower liquidity than for U.S. issues. Consequently, securities prices may be
more  volatile.  In general,  SCMI invests only in  securities  of companies and
governments  of  countries  that,  in its  judgment,  are both  politically  and
economically stable. Nevertheless,  all foreign investments are subject to risks
of foreign  political  and economic  instability,  adverse  movements in foreign
exchange  rates,  the  imposition or  tightening  of exchange  controls or other
limitations  on the  repatriation  of foreign  capital,  and  changes in foreign
governmental  attitudes toward private investment,  possibly leading to adoption
of foreign  governmental  restrictions  affecting  the payment of principal  and
interest,  nationalization,  increased withholding, taxation, or confiscation of
portfolio assets, and other possible adverse political or economic  developments
that would affect  portfolio  assets.  In addition,  it may be more difficult to
obtain and enforce a judgment  against a foreign issuer or a foreign branch of a
domestic bank.

USE OF FORWARD CONTRACTS IN FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS

In order to enhance returns, manage risk, reduce trading costs, and help protect
against changes in securities  prices and foreign  exchange rates, the Portfolio
may invest in forward  contracts to purchase or sell an agreed-upon  amount of a
specified  currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from
the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties,  at a price set at the time
of the contract.  Such  contracts are traded in the interbank  market  conducted
directly between  currency  traders  (usually large commercial  banks) and their
customers.  A forward  contract  generally  has no deposit  requirement,  and no
commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although such contracts tend to
minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the currency  that is
sold, they expose the Portfolio to the risk that the counterparty will be unable
to perform,  and they tend to limit  commensurably any potential gain that might
result if the value of such currency increased during the contract period.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

The Portfolio  may invest in  obligations  that have  remaining  maturities  not
exceeding one year issued or  guaranteed by the U.S.  Government or its agencies
or instrumentalities. Agencies and instrumentalities established or sponsored by
the  U.S.  Government  that  issue  or  guarantee  debt  include  the  Bank  for
Cooperatives,  the  Export-Import  Bank,  the Federal  Farm Credit  System,  the
Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal
Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, the Federal National Mortgage
Association,  the Government National Mortgage  Association and the Student Loan
Marketing  Association.  Except for obligations  issued by the U.S. Treasury and
the Government  National  Mortgage  Association,  none of the obligations of the
other  agencies  or  instrumentalities  referred  to above is backed by the full
faith and credit of the U.S. Government. There can be no assurance that the U.S.
Government will provide  financial  support to these obligations where it is not
obligated to do so.

                                       2
<PAGE>

BANK OBLIGATIONS

The Portfolio may invest in obligations of U.S. banks (including certificates of
deposit and bankers' acceptances) having total assets at the time of purchase in
excess  of $1  billion.  Such  banks  must be  insured  by the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation or the Federal Savings and Loan Association. The Portfolio
may also invest in certificates of deposit issued by foreign banks,  denominated
in any major foreign currency.  The Portfolio will invest in instruments  issued
by  foreign   banks  that,   in  the  view  of  SCMI  and  the  Board,   are  of
creditworthiness  and financial stature in their respective countries comparable
to  certificates  of deposit issued by U.S.  banks in which the Portfolio  would
invest. A certificate of deposit is an interest-bearing  negotiable  certificate
issued by a bank against funds deposited in the bank. A bankers' acceptance is a
short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection
with an international  commercial  transaction.  Although the borrower is liable
for payment of the draft, the bank  unconditionally  guarantees to pay the draft
at its face value on the maturity date.

SHORT-TERM DEBT SECURITIES

As  described  in Part A, the  Portfolio  may invest in  commercial  paper.  The
Portfolio  also may invest in  variable  rate  master  demand  notes,  which are
obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating  amounts at varying market
rates of interest  pursuant to arrangements  between the issuer and a commercial
bank acting as agent for the payer of such notes.  Generally  both  parties have
the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes.

ILLIQUID AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES

"Illiquid and Restricted  Securities" in Part A sets forth the  circumstances in
which the  Portfolio  may  invest in  illiquid  and  restricted  securities.  In
connection with the Portfolios original purchase of restricted securities,  SCMI
may negotiate rights with the issuer to have such securities registered for sale
at a later time. Further, the expenses of registration of restricted  securities
that are illiquid may also be negotiated by the Portfolio with the issuer at the
time such  securities  are  purchased by the  Portfolio.  When  registration  is
required,  however, a considerable  period may elapse between a decision to sell
the  securities and the time to sell such  securities.  A similar delay might be
experienced in attempting to sell such securities  pursuant to an exemption from
registration. Thus, the Portfolio may not be able to obtain as favorable a price
as that prevailing at the time of the decision

BANKING INDUSTRY AND SAVINGS AND LOAN INDUSTRY OBLIGATIONS

The  Portfolio  will not invest in any  obligation of a domestic or foreign bank
unless:  (1) the bank has capital,  surplus,  and individual  profits (as of the
date of the most  recently  published  financial  statements)  in excess of $100
million (or the equivalent in other  currencies);  and (2) in the case of a U.S.
bank,  its deposits are insured by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.
These  limitations  do not  prohibit  investments  in the  securities  issued by
foreign  branches of U.S.  banks,  provided  such U.S.  banks meet the foregoing
requirements.

FIRM AND STANDBY COMMITMENT AGREEMENTS AND WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES

As discussed in Part A, the Portfolio may from time to time purchase  securities
on a "when-issued,"  or "firm  commitment" or "standby  commitment"  basis. Debt
securities are often issued in this manner. The price of such securities,  which
may be expressed in yield terms,  is fixed at the time a commitment  to purchase
is made,  but  delivery  of and payment  for the when-  issued,  firm or standby
commitment  securities  take place at a later date.  Normally,  settlement  date
occurs within one month of the purchase.  During the period between purchase and
settlement,  no payment is made by the Portfolio and no interest  accrues to the
Portfolio.  To the extent that assets of the  Portfolio are held in cash pending
the settlement of a purchase of securities,  the Portfolio would earn no income;
it is the Trust's intention,  however, that the Portfolio will be fully invested
to the extent  practicable and subject to the policies  stated herein.  Although
when-issued,  or firm or standby commitment  securities may be sold prior to the
settlement  date, the Trust intends to purchase such securities with the purpose
of  actually  acquiring  them unless a sale  appears  desirable  for  investment
reasons.

                                       3
<PAGE>

At the time the  Portfolio  makes the  commitment  to  purchase a security  on a
when-issued,  firm or standby  commitment  basis, it records the transaction and
reflects  the  amount  due and the  value of the  security  in  determining  the
Portfolio's  net asset  value.  The  market  value of the  when-issued,  firm or
standby  commitment  securities  may be more or less  than  the  purchase  price
payable at the settlement date. The Portfolio will purchase such securities only
when, in SCMI's opinion, there is minimal credit risk for the Portfolio.  To the
extent so  required by the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"),  the
Portfolio will establish a segregated  account in which it will maintain  liquid
assets, such as cash and U.S.  government  securities or other liquid securities
or assets  deemed  permissible  by the SEC for such purpose  (collectively,  the
"Segregable  Assets"),  at least equal in value to any  commitments  to purchase
securities on a when-issued,  firm or standby commitment basis.  Securities held
as  Segregable  Assets  will mature or, if  necessary,  be sold on or before the
settlement date.  When-issued securities may include bonds purchased on a "when,
as and if issued" basis under which the issuance of the securities  depends upon
the  occurrence  of a  subsequent  event.  Any  significant  commitment  of  the
Portfolio's  assets to the purchase of securities on a "when,  as and if issued"
basis may increase the  volatility  of its net asset value.  For purposes of the
Portfolio's  investment  policies,  the purchase of securities with a settlement
date occurring on a Public Securities  Association  approved  settlement date is
considered  a  normal  delivery  and not a  when-issued  or  forward  commitment
purchase.

BRADY BONDS

As  discussed  in  Part A,  the  Portfolio  may  invest  in  Brady  Bonds.  U.S.
dollar-denominated,  collateralized  Brady Bonds,  which may be  fixed-rate  par
bonds or floating-rate  discount bonds, are generally  collateralized in full as
to principal by U.S.  Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the
Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized
on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount
that, in the case of fixed-rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest
payments or, in the case of floating-rate bonds,  initially is equal to at least
one year's interest payments based on the applicable  interest rate at that time
and adjusted at regular intervals  thereafter.  Certain Brady Bonds are entitled
to  "value  recovery  payments"  in  certain  circumstances,   which  in  effect
constitute  supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized.
Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation  components:  (1)
the   collateralized   repayment  of  principal  at  final  maturity;   (2)  the
collateralized  interest payments;  (3) the uncollateralized  interest payments;
and  (4)  any  uncollateralized   repayment  of  principal  at  maturity  (these
uncollateralized  amounts  constitute  the  "residual  risk").  In  light of the
residual risk of Brady Bonds and, among other  factors,  the history of defaults
with  respect  to  commercial  bank  loans by public  and  private  entities  of
countries  issuing  Brady  Bonds,  investments  in Brady  Bonds  are  viewed  as
speculative.  There can be no assurance  that Brady Bonds in which the Portfolio
may invest will not be subject to restructuring  arrangements or to requests for
new  credit,  which may  cause the  Portfolio  to suffer a loss of  interest  or
principal on any of its holdings.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES

WRITING CALL OPTIONS.  As discussed in Part A, the Portfolio may sell  ("write")
covered  call  options  on its  portfolio  securities  in an  attempt to enhance
investment  performance.  A call option sold by the  Portfolio  is a  short-term
contract,  having a duration of nine months or less, that gives the purchaser of
the  option  the right to buy,  and the  writer of the  option  (in return for a
premium  received)  the  obligation  to sell,  the  underlying  security  at the
exercise  price  upon  the  exercise  of the  option  at any  time  prior to the
expiration  date,  regardless  of the market  price of the  security  during the
option period. A call option may be covered by, among other things, the writer's
owning the underlying security throughout the option period, or by holding, on a
share-for-share  basis,  a call on the same security as the call written,  where
the  exercise  price of the call  held is equal to or less than the price of the
call  written,  or  greater  than the  exercise  price of a call  written if the
difference is  maintained by the Portfolio in Segregable  Assets in a segregated
account with its custodian.

The Portfolio may write covered call options both to reduce the risks associated
with certain of its investments and to increase total investment  return through
the receipt of premiums.  In return for the premium income,  the Portfolio gives
up the  opportunity  to  profit  from an  increase  in the  market  price of the
underlying  security above the exercise price so long as its  obligations  under
the  contract  continue,  except  insofar as the  premium  represents  a profit.
Moreover,  in writing the call option,  the  Portfolio  retains the risk of loss
should the price of the security decline,  which loss the premium is intended to
offset in whole or in part.  The  Portfolio,  in writing  "American  Style" call

                                       4
<PAGE>

options,  must  assume that the call may be  exercised  at any time prior to the
expiration of its obligations as a writer,  and that in such  circumstances  the
net proceeds realized from the sale of the underlying securities pursuant to the
call may be  substantially  below the  prevailing  market  price.  In  contrast,
"European  Style"  options may only be exercised on the  expiration  date of the
option.  Covered call options and the securities underlying such options will be
listed on national  securities  exchanges,  except for certain  transactions  in
options on debt securities and foreign securities.

The Portfolio may protect  itself from further  losses due to a decline in value
of the  underlying  security  or  from  the  loss  of  ability  to  profit  from
appreciation by buying an identical  option, in which case the purchase cost may
offset the premium. In order to do this, the Portfolio makes a "closing purchase
transaction"--  the purchase of a call option on the same security with the same
exercise  price and  expiration  date as the covered  call  option  which it has
previously written on any particular security.  The Portfolio realizes a gain or
loss from a closing  purchase  transaction if the amount paid to purchase a call
option in a closing  transaction  is less or more than the amount  received from
the sale of the covered call option. Also, because increases in the market price
of a call  option  generally  reflect  increases  in  the  market  price  of the
underlying security, any loss resulting from the closing out of a call option is
likely  to be  offset  in whole  or in part by  unrealized  appreciation  of the
underlying  security owned by the Portfolio.  When a security is to be sold from
the Portfolio's investment portfolio,  the Portfolio will first effect a closing
purchase transaction so as to close out any existing covered call option on that
security.

A  closing  purchase  transaction  may be made  only on a  national  or  foreign
securities  exchange (an  "Exchange")  that  provides a secondary  market for an
option with the same exercise price and expiration  date.  There is no assurance
that a liquid  secondary market (on an Exchange or otherwise) will exist for any
particular  option, or at any particular time, and for some options no secondary
market on an Exchange or  otherwise  may exist.  If the  Portfolio  is unable to
effect a closing purchase transaction  involving an exchange-traded  option, the
Portfolio will not sell the underlying  security until the option expires or the
Portfolio  delivers the  underlying  security  upon  exercise.  Over-the-counter
options differ from exchange-traded options in that they are two-party contracts
with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do
not have as much market  liquidity  as  exchange-traded  options.  Therefore,  a
closing purchase  transaction for an  over-the-counter  option may in many cases
only be made with the other party to the option.

The Portfolio pays brokerage  commissions  and dealer spreads in connection with
writing covered call options and effecting  closing  purchase  transactions,  as
well as for purchases and sales of underlying securities. The writing of covered
call options could result in significant  increases in the Portfolio's portfolio
turnover  rate,  especially  during periods when market prices of the underlying
securities  appreciate.  Subject to the limitation  that all call and put option
writing  transactions  be covered,  the Portfolio may, to the extent  determined
appropriate by SCMI, engage without  limitation in the writing of options on its
portfolio securities.

WRITING PUT  OPTIONS.  The  Portfolio,  as  discussed  in Part A, may also write
covered put options.  A put option  written by the Portfolio is "covered" if the
Portfolio  maintains  Segregable Assets with a value equal to the exercise price
in a segregated  account with its  custodian.  A put option is also "covered" if
the Portfolio holds on a share-for-share basis a put on the same security as the
put  written,  where the  exercise  price of the put held is equal to or greater
than the exercise  price of the put written,  or less than the exercise price of
the put written if the  difference  is maintained by the Portfolio in Segregable
Assets in a segregated account with its custodian.

The premium that the Portfolio  receives from writing a put option will reflect,
among other things,  the current  market price of the underlying  security,  the
relationship  of the exercise price to such market price,  the historical  price
volatility of the underlying security, the option period, supply and demand, and
interest rates.

The Portfolio may effect a closing  purchase  transaction to realize a profit on
an  outstanding  put option or to prevent an  outstanding  put option from being
exercised.   If  the  Portfolio  is  able  to  enter  into  a  closing  purchase
transaction,  the Portfolio will realize a profit or loss from such  transaction
if the cost of such  transaction is less or more than the premium  received from
the writing of the option. After writing a put option, the Portfolio may incur a
loss equal to the  difference  between the exercise  price of the option and the
sum of the market value of the  underlying  security  plus the premium  received
from the sale of the option.

                                       5
<PAGE>

In  addition,  the  Portfolio,  also  discussed  in Part A, may write  straddles
(combinations  of covered puts and calls on the same underlying  security).  The
extent to which the  Portfolio  may write  covered  call  options and enter into
so-called "straddle"  transactions  involving put or call options may be limited
by  the  requirements  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  for  qualification  as a
regulated investment company and the Fund's intention to qualify as such.

PURCHASING OPTIONS.  The Portfolio,  as discussed in Part A, may purchase put or
call options that are traded on an Exchange or in the  over-the-counter  market.
Options traded in the  over-the-counter  market may not be as actively traded as
those listed on an Exchange. Accordingly, it may be more difficult to value such
options and to be assured that they can be closed out at any time. The Portfolio
will engage in such transactions only with firms of sufficient  creditworthiness
so as to minimize these risks.

The  Portfolio may purchase put options on securities to protect its holdings in
an underlying or related security against a substantial decline in market value.
Securities are considered related if their price movements  generally  correlate
with  one  another.  The  purchase  of put  options  on  securities  held in the
portfolio or related to such  securities  will enable the Portfolio to preserve,
at least  partially,  unrealized  gains  occurring  prior to the purchase of the
option on a  portfolio  security  without  actually  selling  the  security.  In
addition,  the Portfolio will continue to receive interest or dividend income on
the security.

The Portfolio may also purchase call options on securities the Portfolio intends
to  purchase  to  protect  against  substantial  increases  in  prices  of  such
securities  pending  its  ability  to  invest  in  an  orderly  manner  in  such
securities. In order to terminate an option position, the Portfolio may sell put
or call options identical to those previously purchased, which could result in a
net gain or loss depending upon whether the amount  received on the sale is more
or less than the  premium  and other  transaction  costs paid on the put or call
option when it was purchased.

SPECIAL RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH OPTIONS ON SECURITIES.  There can be no assurance
that viable  markets  will develop or continue in the U.S. or abroad for options
on  securities.  If a put or call option  purchased by the Portfolio is not sold
when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security,
in the case of a put,  remains equal to or greater than the exercise price,  or,
in the case of a call,  remains  less than or equal to the exercise  price,  the
Portfolio  will not be able to exercise  profitably the option and will lose its
entire  investment  in the  option.  Also,  the  price  of a put or call  option
purchased to hedge against price  movements in a related  security may move more
or less than the price of the related security.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES

As discussed in Part A, the  Portfolio may purchase and write options on foreign
currencies for hedging  purposes in a manner similar to that of the  Portfolio's
transactions in currency futures contracts or forward contracts.  For example, a
decline  in the U.S.  dollar  value of a  foreign  currency  in which  portfolio
securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such securities, even
if their value in the foreign  currency  remains  constant.  In order to protect
against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities, the Portfolio may
purchase  put options on the  foreign  currency.  If the value of such  currency
declines,  the  Portfolio  will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed
amount exceeding the market value of such currency, resulting in a gain that may
offset, in whole or in part, the negative effect of currency depreciation on the
value of the Portfolio's securities denominated in that currency.

Conversely,  if  a  rise  is  projected  in  the  dollar  value  of  a  currency
denominating  securities  to be acquired  (thereby  increasing  the cost of such
securities)  the Portfolio may purchase  call options on such  currency.  If the
value of such currency increases,  the purchase of such call options enables the
Portfolio  to purchase  currency for a fixed amount that is less than the market
value of such currency, resulting in a gain that may offset, at least partially,
the  effect of any  currency-related  increase  in the price of  securities  the
Portfolio  intends  to  acquire.  As in the  case  of  other  types  of  options
transactions, however, the benefit the Portfolio derives from purchasing foreign
currency  options  will be  reduced  by the amount of the  premium  and  related
transaction  costs. In addition,  if currency  exchange rates do not move in the
direction or to the extent  anticipated,  the Portfolio  could sustain losses on
transactions in foreign currency options that would deprive it of some or all of
the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.

                                       6
<PAGE>

The Portfolio may also write options on foreign currencies for hedging purposes.
For  example,  if the  Portfolio  anticipates  a decline in the dollar  value of
foreign  currency-denominated  securities due to declining  exchange  rates,  it
could,  instead of purchasing a put option,  write a call option on the relevant
currency.  If the expected  decline  occurs,  the option will most likely not be
exercised, and the diminution in value of portfolio securities will be offset by
the amount of the premium received by the Portfolio.

Similarly,  instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an  anticipated
increase in the dollar cost of  securities to be acquired,  the Portfolio  could
write a put  option  on the  relevant  currency.  If  rates  move in the  manner
projected,  the put option will expire  unexercised  and allow the  Portfolio to
offset such  increased  cost up to the amount of the premium.  As in the case of
other types of options transactions,  however, the writing of a foreign currency
option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and
only if rates move in the expected  direction.  If  unanticipated  exchange rate
fluctuations  occur,  the option may be  exercised  and the  Portfolio  would be
required to purchase or sell the underlying  currency at a loss which may not be
fully  offset by the amount of the  premium.  As a result of writing  options on
foreign  currencies,  the  Portfolio  also may be  required  to forego  all or a
portion of the benefits which might  otherwise have been obtained from favorable
movements in currency exchange rates.

A call option  written on foreign  currency by the Portfolio is "covered" if the
Portfolio owns the underlying foreign currency subject to the call or securities
denominated  in that currency or has an absolute and immediate  right to acquire
that  foreign  currency  without  additional  consideration  (or for  additional
consideration comprised of Segregable Assets held in a segregated account by its
custodian)  upon  conversion or exchange of other  foreign  currency held in its
portfolio.  A call option is also covered if the  Portfolio  holds a call on the
same foreign  currency for the same  principal  amount as the call written where
the exercise  price of the call held:  (1) is equal to or less than the exercise
price of the call written; or (2) is greater than the exercise price of the call
written  if the amount of the  difference  is  maintained  by the  Portfolio  in
Segregable Assets in a segregated account with its custodian.

Options on foreign  currencies to be written or purchased by the Portfolio  will
be traded on U.S.  and foreign  exchanges or  over-the-counter.  Exchange-traded
options generally settle in cash,  whereas options traded  over-the-counter  may
settle in cash or result in delivery of the underlying currency upon exercise of
the option.

FUTURES TRANSACTIONS

The Portfolio may purchase and sell futures  contracts on  securities,  interest
rates,  foreign  currency,  and  on  indexes  of  securities  to  hedge  against
anticipated  changes in interest  rates and other  economic  factors  that might
otherwise  have an adverse  effect upon the value of the  Portfolio's  portfolio
securities. The Portfolio may also enter into such futures contracts in order to
lengthen  or  shorten  the  average  maturity  or  duration  of the  Portfolio's
investment portfolio.  For example, the Portfolio may purchase futures contracts
as a substitute for the purchase of longer-term  debt securities to lengthen the
average  duration  of  the  Portfolio's  investment  portfolio  of  fixed-income
securities.

The Portfolio  may also purchase and sell other futures when deemed  appropriate
in order to hedge  portions of its  portfolio.  In addition,  the  Portfolio may
enter into  contracts  for the future  delivery of foreign  currencies  to hedge
against changes in currency  exchange rates. The Portfolio may also purchase and
write put and call  options  on  futures  contracts  of the type into  which the
Portfolio is authorized to enter and may engage in related closing transactions.
In the U.S.,  all such  futures  on  securities,  debt  index  futures,  foreign
currency  futures and related options are traded on exchanges that are regulated
by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"). Subject to compliance with
applicable  CFTC rules,  the  Portfolio  also may enter into  futures  contracts
traded on foreign futures  exchanges as long as trading on the aforesaid foreign
futures  exchanges  does not subject the Portfolio to risks that are  materially
greater than the risks associated with trading on U.S.
exchanges.

A futures  contract is an agreement to buy or sell a security or currency (or to
deliver a final cash settlement  price in the case of a contract  relating to an
index or otherwise  not calling for physical  delivery of a security or currency
at the end of trading in the  contracts)  for a set price in a future month.  In
the U.S.,  futures  contracts  are  traded  on  boards  of trade  that have been
designated  "contract  markets" by the CFTC.  Futures  contracts  trade on these
markets through an "open outcry" auction on the exchange floor. Currently, there
are futures contracts based on a variety of

                                       7
<PAGE>

instruments,  indices  and  currencies.  When a  purchase  or sale of a  futures
contract is made by the Portfolio, the Portfolio is required to deposit with its
custodian (or broker,  if legally  permitted) a specified amount of cash or U.S.
government   securities  ("initial  margin")  as  a  partial  guarantee  of  its
performance  under the contract.  The margin required for a futures  contract is
set by the exchange on which the  contract is traded and may be modified  during
the term of the contract.  The initial  margin is in the nature of a performance
bond or good faith  deposit  on the  futures  contract  and is  returned  to the
Portfolio upon  termination of the contract if all contractual  obligations have
been  satisfied.  The Portfolio  expects to earn interest  income on its initial
margin deposits. A futures contract held by the Portfolio is valued daily at the
official  settlement  price of the exchange on which it is traded.  Each day, as
the value of the security,  currency or index fluctuates,  the Portfolio pays or
receives cash, called "variation  margin," equal to the daily change in value of
the futures  contract.  This process is known as "marking to market."  Variation
margin does not  represent a borrowing or loan by the Portfolio but is instead a
settlement  between the Portfolio and the broker of the amount one would owe the
other if the futures contract expired.  In computing daily net asset value, each
Portfolio will mark to market its open futures positions.

The  Portfolio is also  required to deposit and maintain  margin with respect to
put and call options on futures  contracts  written by it. Such margin  deposits
will vary  depending on the nature of the underlying  futures  contract (and the
related  initial margin  requirements),  the current market value of the option,
and other futures positions held by the Portfolio.

Positions  taken in the futures  markets are not normally held until delivery or
final cash settlement is required, but are instead liquidated through offsetting
transactions,  which may  result in a gain or a loss.  While  futures  positions
taken by the Portfolio will usually be liquidated in this manner,  the Portfolio
may  instead  make or take  delivery  of  underlying  securities  or  currencies
whenever it appears economically  advantageous to the Portfolio for it to do so.
A clearing organization associated with the exchange on which futures are traded
assumes  responsibility  for  closing-out  transactions  and guarantees  that as
between the clearing members of an exchange,  the sale and purchase  obligations
will  be  performed  with  regard  to all  positions  that  remain  open  at the
termination of the contract.

FUTURES ON DEBT  SECURITIES.  A futures contract on a debt security is a binding
contractual commitment which, if held to maturity,  will result in an obligation
to make or accept delivery,  during a particular  month, of securities  having a
standardized  face  value and rate of  return.  By  purchasing  futures  on debt
securities  (I.E.,  assuming a "long"  position),  the  Portfolio  will  legally
obligate itself to accept the future delivery of the underlying security and pay
the agreed-upon  price. By selling futures on debt securities (I.E.,  assuming a
"short" position) it will legally obligate itself to make the future delivery of
the security against payment of the agreed-upon price. Open futures positions on
debt securities will be valued at the most recent settlement price,  unless such
price does not appear to the Trustees to reflect the fair value of the contract,
in which  case the  positions  will be valued by or under the  direction  of the
Trustees.

Hedging by use of futures on debt  securities  seeks to establish more certainly
than would  otherwise  be possible  the  effective  rate of return on  portfolio
securities.  The  Portfolio  may,  for example,  take a "short"  position in the
futures market by selling  contracts for the future  delivery of debt securities
held by the Portfolio (or  securities  having  characteristics  similar to those
held by the Portfolio) in order to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest
rates  that  would  adversely  affect  the  value of the  Portfolio's  portfolio
securities.  When hedging of this character is successful,  any  depreciation in
the value of investment  portfolio  securities will be  substantially  offset by
appreciation in the value of the futures position.

On other  occasions,  the  Portfolio  may take a "long"  position by  purchasing
futures on debt securities.  This would be done, for example, when the Portfolio
intends to purchase  particular  securities  and it has the necessary  cash, but
expects the rate of return  available in the securities  markets at that time to
be less favorable than rates currently  available in the futures markets. If the
anticipated  rise  in the  price  of  the  securities  should  occur  (with  its
concomitant  reduction  in  yield),  the  increased  cost  to the  Portfolio  of
purchasing the securities will be offset,  at least to some extent,  by the rise
in the value of the futures  position  taken in  anticipation  of the subsequent
securities  purchase.  The Portfolio may also  purchase  futures  contracts as a
substitute  for the purchase of  longer-term  securities to lengthen the average
duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio.

                                       8
<PAGE>

The Portfolio could accomplish  similar results by selling  securities with long
maturities and investing in securities with short maturities when interest rates
are  expected to  increase  or by buying  securities  with long  maturities  and
selling  securities  with short  maturities  when interest rates are expected to
decline.  However,  by using futures  contracts as a risk management  technique,
given the greater  liquidity in the futures  market than in the cash market,  it
may be possible to accomplish the same result more easily and more quickly.

The Portfolio may enter into futures on debt securities indexes to the extent it
has debt securities in its investment portfolio.  By establishing an appropriate
"short" position in securities index futures,  the Portfolio may seek to protect
the  value of its  portfolio  against  an  overall  decline  in the  market  for
securities.  Alternatively,  in anticipation of a generally  rising market,  the
Portfolio can seek to avoid losing the benefit of apparently  low current prices
by  establishing  a "long"  position  in  securities  index  futures  and  later
liquidating that position as particular  securities are in fact acquired. To the
extent that these hedging  strategies  are  successful,  the  Portfolio  will be
affected to a lesser degree by adverse overall market price movements, unrelated
to the merits of specific  portfolio  securities,  than would  otherwise  be the
case. The Portfolio may also purchase futures on debt securities or indexes as a
substitute  for the  purchase of  longer-term  debt  securities  to lengthen the
average duration of the Portfolio's debt portfolio.

CURRENCY FUTURES. A sale of a currency futures contract creates an obligation by
the Portfolio,  as seller,  to deliver the amount of currency  called for in the
contract at a  specified  future  time for a  specified  price.  A purchase of a
currency futures contract creates an obligation by the Portfolio,  as purchaser,
to take  delivery  of an amount of  currency  at a  specified  future  time at a
specified  price.  The  Portfolio may sell a currency  futures  contract if SCMI
anticipates that exchange rates for a particular  currency will fall, as a hedge
against a decline in the value of the Portfolio's securities denominated in such
currency.  If SCMI  anticipates that exchange rates will rise, the Portfolio may
purchase a currency futures contract to protect against an increase in the price
of securities  denominated  in a particular  currency the  Portfolio  intends to
purchase.  To a limited extend,  the Portfolio may purchase  currency futures to
increase  exposure in foreign  currencies,  which are expected to appreciate and
thereby increase total return.  Although the terms of currency futures contracts
specify actual  delivery or receipt,  in most instances the contracts are closed
out before the  settlement  date without the making or taking of delivery of the
currency.  Closing out of a currency futures  contract  generally is effected by
entering into an offsetting  purchase or sale transaction.  To offset a currency
futures  contract  sold by the  Portfolio,  the  Portfolio  purchases a currency
futures contract for the same aggregate amount of currency and delivery date. If
the  price  in the  sale  exceeds  the  price in the  offsetting  purchase,  the
Portfolio is immediately paid the difference. Similarly, to close out a currency
futures  contract  purchased by the  Portfolio,  the Portfolio  sells a currency
futures  contract.  If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the
Portfolio  realizes a gain,  and if the  offsetting  sale price is less than the
purchase price, the Portfolio realizes a loss.

A risk in employing  currency  futures  contracts  to protect  against the price
volatility of portfolio securities  denominated in a particular currency is that
changes in currency  exchange rates or in the value of the futures  position may
correlate  imperfectly  with  changes  in the  cash  prices  of the  Portfolio's
securities.  The degree of  correlation  may be  distorted  by the fact that the
currency futures market may be dominated by short-term traders seeking to profit
from changes in exchange  rates.  This would reduce the value of such  contracts
for hedging  purposes over a short-term  period.  Such distortions are generally
minor and would diminish as the contract  approached  maturity.  Another risk is
that SCMI could be incorrect in its expectation as to the direction or extent of
various exchange rate movements or the time span within which the movements take
place.

OPTIONS ON FUTURES.  For bona fide hedging and other appropriate risk management
purposes,  the  Portfolio may purchase and write call and put options on futures
contracts  that are traded on exchanges  licensed and  regulated by the CFTC for
the purpose of options trading, or, subject to applicable CFTC rules, on foreign
exchanges.  Over-the-  counter options are not subject to CFTC limits.  A "call"
option on a futures  contract  gives the purchaser the right,  in return for the
premium paid,  to purchase a futures  contract  (assume a "long"  position) at a
specified  exercise price at any time before the option expires.  A "put" option
gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to sell a futures
contract (assume a "short" position), for a specified exercise price at any time
before the option expires.

                                       9
<PAGE>

Upon the exercise of a "call," the writer of the option is obligated to sell the
futures  contract  (to deliver a "long"  position  to the option  holder) at the
option  exercise  price,  which will presumably be lower than the current market
price of the  contract  in the  futures  market.  Upon  exercise of a "put," the
writer of the option is obligated to purchase  the futures  contract  (deliver a
"short" position to the option holder) at the option exercise price,  which will
presumably  be higher  than the  current  market  price of the  contract  in the
futures  market.  When an entity  exercises an option and assumes a long futures
position, in the case of a "call," or a short futures position, in the case of a
"put," its gain will be credited to its futures margin  account,  while the loss
suffered by the writer of the option will be debited to its account. However, as
with the trading of futures,  most  participants  in the options  markets do not
seek to  realize  their  gains or losses by  exercise  of their  option  rights.
Instead,  the writer or holder of an option generally realizes a gain or loss by
buying or selling  an  offsetting  option at a market  price  that  reflects  an
increase or a decrease from the premium originally paid.

Options on futures contracts can be used by the Portfolio to hedge substantially
the same risks and for the same duration and risk  management  purposes as might
be addressed or served by the direct purchase or sale of the underlying  futures
contracts.  If the Portfolio  purchases an option on a futures contract,  it may
obtain  benefits  similar  to those  that  would  result if it held the  futures
position itself.

The  purchase  of put  options on futures  contracts  is a means of hedging  the
Portfolio's  investment  portfolio  against the risk of rising  interest  rates,
declining  securities  prices  or  declining  exchange  rates  for a  particular
currency. The purchase of a call option on a futures contract represents a means
of hedging  against a market  advance  affecting  securities  prices or currency
exchange rates when the Portfolio is not fully  invested or of  lengthening  the
average maturity or duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio.  Depending
on the pricing of the option compared to either the futures  contract upon which
it is based or upon the price of the underlying securities or currencies, it may
or may not be less risky than  ownership of the futures  contract or  underlying
securities or currencies.

In  contrast  to a futures  transaction,  in which  only  transaction  costs are
involved,  benefits  received  in an option  transaction  will be reduced by the
amount of the premium paid as well as by transaction  costs.  In the event of an
adverse market movement, however, the Portfolio will not be subject to a risk of
loss on the option  transaction beyond the price of the premium it paid plus its
transaction costs, and may consequently benefit from a favorable movement in the
value of its portfolio securities or the currencies in which such securities are
denominated  that would have been more  completely  offset if the hedge had been
effected through the use of futures.

If the Portfolio writes options on futures contracts, the Portfolio will receive
a  premium  but  will  assume a risk of  adverse  movement  in the  price of the
underlying  futures  contract  comparable  to that involved in holding a futures
position.  If the option is not exercised,  the Portfolio will realize a gain in
the amount of the premium, which may partially offset unfavorable changes in the
value of securities  held by or to be acquired for the Portfolio.  If the option
is exercised,  the Portfolio will incur a loss in the option transaction,  which
will be  reduced by the amount of the  premium  it has  received,  but which may
partially offset favorable  changes in the value of its portfolio  securities or
the currencies in which such securities are denominated.

The writing of a call option on a futures  contract  constitutes a partial hedge
against declining prices of the underlying securities or the currencies in which
such securities are denominated. If the futures price at expiration is below the
exercise price, the Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option premium,
which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the
Portfolio's  holdings of securities or the  currencies in which such  securities
are denominated.

The writing of a put option on a futures  contract is  analogous to the purchase
of a futures  contract.  For example,  if the Portfolio writes a put option on a
futures  contract on debt  securities  related to securities  that the Portfolio
expects to acquire and the market price of such  securities  increases,  the net
cost to the Portfolio of the debt  securities  acquired by it will be reduced by
the amount of the option  premium  received.  Of course,  if market  prices have
declined,  the Portfolio's  purchase price upon exercise may be greater than the
price at which the debt securities might be purchased in the securities market.

                                       10
<PAGE>

While the  holder or writer  of an  option on a futures  contract  may  normally
terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option of the same
series, the Portfolio's  ability to establish and close out options positions at
fairly established prices will be subject to the maintenance of a liquid market.
The Portfolio will not purchase or write options on futures contracts unless the
market for such options has sufficient  liquidity such that the risks associated
with such options transactions are not at unacceptable levels.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

A forward  foreign  currency  exchange  contract  (a "forward  contract")  is an
obligation  individually negotiated and privately traded by currency traders and
their customers to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a
future date  (usually  less than a year).  A forward  contract  generally has no
deposit  requirement,  and no  commissions  are charged at any stage for trades.
Although foreign  exchange dealers do not charge a fee for commissions,  they do
realize a profit  based on the  difference  between the prices at which they are
buying and selling various currencies.  Although these contracts are intended to
minimize  the  risk  of  loss  due to a  decline  in  the  value  of the  hedged
currencies,  they also limit any  potential  gain that might  result  should the
value of such currencies increase.

While the Portfolio may enter into forward contracts to reduce currency exchange
risks,  changes  in  currency  exchange  rates  that  contradict  the  Adviser's
expectations may result in poorer overall  performance for the Portfolio than if
it had not engaged in such  transactions.  Moreover,  there may be an  imperfect
correlation between the Portfolio's portfolio holdings of securities denominated
in a particular  currency and forward  contracts  entered into by the Portfolio.
Such imperfect correlation may prevent the Portfolio from achieving the intended
hedge or expose the Portfolio to the risk of currency exchange loss.

The Portfolio holds Segregable Assets in a segregated account with its custodian
in an amount  equal  (on a daily  marked-to-market  basis) to the  amount of the
commitments under these contracts.  At the maturity of a forward  contract,  the
Portfolio may either  accept or make  delivery of the currency  specified in the
contract,  or prior to  maturity,  enter  into a  closing  purchase  transaction
involving  the  purchase or sale of an  offsetting  contract.  Closing  purchase
transactions  with respect to forward  contracts  are usually  effected with the
currency trader who is a party to the original forward  contract.  The Portfolio
will only enter into such a forward  contract if it is expected  that there will
be a liquid market in which to close out the contract.  However, there can be no
assurance that a liquid market will exist in which to close a forward  contract,
in which case the Portfolio may suffer a loss.

Normally,  consideration of the prospect for currency  parities are incorporated
in a longer term investment decision made with regard to overall diversification
strategies.  However, SCMI believes that it is important to have the flexibility
to enter into such forward  contracts when it determines  that the best interest
of the Portfolio will be served.  For example,  when the Portfolio enters into a
contract  for the  purchase  or  sale of a  security  denominated  in a  foreign
currency,  it may desire to "lock in" the U.S. dollar price of the security.  By
entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of
U.S.  dollars,  of the amount of foreign  currency  involved  in the  underlying
security  transaction,  the Portfolio is able to insulate itself from a possible
loss resulting from a change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the
subject  foreign  currency  during  the  period  between  the date on which  the
security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received,
although  the  Portfolio  would also forego any gain it might have  realized had
rates moved in the opposite  direction.  This technique is sometimes referred to
as a "settlement" hedge or "transaction" hedge.

When SCMI believes that the currency of a particular  foreign country may suffer
a  substantial  decline  against  the U.S.  dollar,  it may enter into a forward
contract to sell, for a fixed amount of dollars,  the amount of foreign currency
approximating the value of some or all of the Portfolio's  portfolio  securities
denominated in such foreign currency.  Such a hedge (sometimes  referred to as a
"position  hedge")  will tend to offset  both  positive  and  negative  currency
fluctuations  but will not offset  changes in  security  values  caused by other
factors.  The  Portfolio  also may  hedge  the same  position  by using  another
currency  (or  a  basket  of  currencies)   expected  to  perform  in  a  manner
substantially  similar to the  hedged  currency  ("proxy"  hedge).  The  precise
matching  of the  forward  contract  amounts  and the  value  of the  securities
involved is not generally  possible since the future value of such securities in
foreign

                                       11
<PAGE>

currencies  will change as a  consequence  of market  movements  in the value of
those  securities  between the date the forward contract is entered into and the
date it matures.

Finally,  the Portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
exposure  from one currency  into another  currency  that is expected to perform
inversely with respect to the hedged currency relative to the U.S. dollar.  This
type of strategy,  sometimes known as a "cross-currency"  hedge, tends to reduce
or eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the
currency  that  is  purchased,  much as if the  Portfolio  had  sold a  security
denominated in one currency and purchased an equivalent security  denominated in
another. "Cross-currency" hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline
in  the  hedged  currency  but  cause  the  Portfolio  to  assume  the  risk  of
fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases.

At the  consummation  of the forward  contract,  the  Portfolio  may either make
delivery of the foreign  currency or terminate  its  contractual  obligation  to
deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an offsetting  contract obligating it
to purchase at the same maturity date the same amount of such foreign  currency.
If the  Portfolio  chooses to make delivery of the foreign  currency,  it may be
required to obtain such  currency  for  delivery  through the sale of  portfolio
securities denominated in such currency or through conversion of other assets of
the Portfolio  into such  currency.  If the  Portfolio  engages in an offsetting
transaction,  the  Portfolio  realizes a gain or a loss to the extent that there
has been a change in forward contract prices. Closing purchase transactions with
respect to forward  contracts are usually  effected with the currency trader who
is a party to the original forward contract.

The  Portfolio's  dealing in forward  contracts are limited to the  transactions
described  above.  Of course,  the  Portfolio is not required to enter into such
transactions with regard to its foreign currency-denominated securities and will
not do so unless deemed  appropriate by SCMI.  The Portfolio  generally will not
enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than one year.

In cases of transactions that constitute "transaction" or "settlement" hedges or
"position" hedges  (including  "proxy" hedges) or  "cross-currency"  hedges that
involve the  purchase  and sale of two  different  foreign  currencies  directly
through the same forward foreign currency exchange  contract,  the Portfolio may
deem its forward  currency hedge position to be covered by underlying  Portfolio
investment  portfolio securities or may establish a segregated account comprised
of  Segregable  Assets with its Custodian in an amount equal to the value of the
Portfolio's  total assets committed to the consummation of the subject hedge. In
the case of "anticipatory"  hedges and "cross-currency"  hedges that involve the
purchase  and  sale  of two  different  foreign  currencies  indirectly  through
separate  forward  currency  contracts,  to the extent  required  by the SEC the
Portfolio  will  establish a segregated  account with its Custodian as described
above.  In the  event  the  Portfolio  establishes  a  segregated  account,  the
Portfolio  marks-to-market  the value of the Segregable  Assets. If the value of
any securities placed in the segregated account declines,  additional Segregable
Assets will be placed in the account by the  Portfolio  on a daily basis so that
the value of the account  will equal the amount of the  Portfolio's  commitments
with respect to such contracts.

It  should  be  realized  that  this  method  of  protecting  the  value  of the
Portfolio's  investment portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a
currency  does  not  eliminate  fluctuations  in the  underlying  prices  of the
securities.  It simply  establishes  a rate of exchange  that can be achieved at
some future  point in time.  It also  reduces any  potential  gain that may have
otherwise  occurred had the currency value increased above the settlement  price
of the contract.  The Portfolio's  forward foreign currency  transactions may be
limited by the  requirements of Subchapter M of the Code for  qualification as a
regulated investment company.

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES 
CONTRACTS.

In addition to the limits described in Part A, the Portfolio may invest up to 5%
of its assets,  represented by the premium paid, in the purchase of call and put
options.  The  Portfolio  may write  (I.E.  sell)  covered  call and put  option
contracts  in an amount  not to exceed 20% of the value of the  Portfolio's  net
assets at the time such  options are  written.  When so required by the SEC, the
Portfolio will set aside Segregable Assets in a segregated  account to cover its
obligations  relating to investments in  derivatives.  To maintain this required
cover,  the Portfolio may have to sell portfolio  securities at  disadvantageous
prices or times since it may not be possible to liquidate a derivative  position
at a reasonable price.

                                       12
<PAGE>

When  purchasing  a futures  contract,  the  Portfolio  will  maintain  with its
custodian (and  mark-to-market  on a daily basis)  Segregable  Assets that, when
added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are
equal to the market value of the futures contract.  Alternatively, the Portfolio
may "cover" its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract
with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held by the
Portfolio.

When selling a futures contract,  the Portfolio will maintain with its custodian
(and  mark-to-market on a daily basis) liquid Segregable Assets that, when added
to the amount deposited with a futures commission  merchant as margin, are equal
to the market value of the instruments  underlying the contract.  Alternatively,
the Portfolio may "cover" its position by owning the instruments  underlying the
contract  (or, in the case of an index  futures  contract,  a  portfolio  with a
volatility  substantially  similar  to that of the  index on which  the  futures
contract is based),  or by holding a call option  permitting  the  Portfolio  to
purchase  the same  futures  contract at a price no higher than the price of the
contract  written by the  Portfolio  (or at a higher price if the  difference is
maintained in liquid assets with the Portfolio's custodian).

When selling a call option on a futures  contract,  the Portfolio  will maintain
with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) Segregable Assets that,
when  added to the  amounts  deposited  with a futures  commission  merchant  as
margin, equal the total market value of the futures contract underlying the call
option.  Alternatively,  the Portfolio may cover its position by entering into a
long position in the same futures  contract at a price no higher than the strike
price of the call  option,  by owning the  instruments  underlying  the  futures
contract,  or by holding a separate  call option  permitting  the  Portfolio  to
purchase the same  futures  contract at a price not higher than the strike price
of the call option sold by the Portfolio.

When selling a put option on a futures  contract,  the  Portfolio  will maintain
with its custodian (and  mark-to-market on a daily basis) Segregable Assets that
equal the purchase  price of the futures  contract,  less any margin on deposit.
Alternatively,  the Portfolio  may cover the position  either by entering into a
short position in the same futures contract,  or by owning a separate put option
permitting  it to sell the same futures  contract so long as the strike price of
the  purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put
option sold by the Portfolio.

RISKS  ASSOCIATED  WITH  FUTURES AND FUTURES  OPTIONS.  There are several  risks
associated  with the use of futures  contracts  and  futures  options as hedging
techniques.  A purchase  or sale of a futures  contract  may result in losses in
excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee
that there will be a correlation  between price movements in the hedging vehicle
and  in  the  Portfolio's  securities  being  hedged.  In  addition,  there  are
significant  differences  between the securities and futures  markets that could
result in an imperfect  correlation  between the markets,  causing a given hedge
not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends
on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and
futures options on securities (including technical influences in futures trading
and futures  options) and differences  between the financial  instruments  being
hedged and the  instruments  underlying  the standard  contracts  available  for
trading  in  such   respects   as  interest   rate   levels,   maturities,   and
creditworthiness  of issuers.  A decision  as to whether,  when and how to hedge
involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may
be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest
rate trends.

Futures  exchanges  may limit the  amount of  fluctuation  permitted  in certain
futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes
the maximum  amount that the price of a futures  contract  may vary either up or
down from the previous day's  settlement price at the end of the current trading
session.  Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to
the limit,  no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit.
The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and
therefore does not limit potential  losses because the limit may work to prevent
the  liquidation  of  unfavorable  positions.  For example,  futures prices have
occasionally moved to the daily limit for several  consecutive trading days with
little or no trading,  thereby  preventing  prompt  liquidation of positions and
subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.

                                       13
<PAGE>

There can be no  assurance  that a liquid  market  will exist at a time when the
Portfolio  seeks to close out a futures or a futures  option  position,  and the
Portfolio would remain obligated to meet margin  requirements until the position
is closed. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new
instruments without a significant trading history. As a result,  there can be no
assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

ADDITIONAL RISKS OF OPTIONS ON SECURITIES, FUTURES CONTRACTS, OPTIONS ON FUTURES
CONTRACTS,  AND FOREIGN FORWARD CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS

Futures  contracts,   options  on  futures  contracts,  options  on  securities,
currencies,  and options on currencies may be traded on foreign  exchanges or in
over-the-counter  markets. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively
as similar  transactions  in the U.S.; may not involve a clearing  mechanism and
related  guarantees;  and  are  subject  to the  risk  of  governmental  actions
affecting  trading in, or the prices of, foreign  securities.  The value of such
positions  also  could be  adversely  affected  by:  (1) other  complex  foreign
political,  legal and economic factors; (2) lesser availability than in the U.S.
of data on  which to make  trading  decisions;  (3)  delays  in the  Portfolio's
ability  to act  upon  economic  events  occurring  in  foreign  markets  during
non-business  hours in the U.S.;  (4) the  imposition of different  exercise and
settlement  terms and procedures and different margin  requirements  than in the
U.S.; and (5) lesser trading volume.

SWAP AGREEMENTS

As discussed in Part A, the  Portfolio may enter into  interest-rate,  index and
currency  exchange-rate  swap  agreements.  The  "notional  amount"  of the swap
agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the
parties  to a swap  agreement  have  agreed to  exchange.  Most swap  agreements
entered into by the Portfolio  would calculate the obligations of the parties to
the agreement on a "net" basis.  Consequently,  the Portfolio's  obligations (or
rights) under a swap agreement are generally  equal only to the net amount to be
paid or  received  under  the  agreement  based on the  relative  values  of the
positions  held  by  each  party  to  the  agreement  (the  "net  amount").  The
Portfolio's  obligations  under a swap  agreement  will be accrued daily (offset
against  any  amounts  owing to the  Portfolio)  and any  accrued but unpaid net
amounts owed to a swap  counterparty will be covered by maintaining a segregated
account comprised of Segregable Assets to avoid any potential  leveraging of the
Portfolio's  investment  portfolio.  The  Portfolio  will not enter  into a swap
agreement  with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received  under
existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's assets.

Certain  swap  agreements  are  exempt  from most  provisions  of the  Commodity
Exchange Act ("CEA") and,  therefore,  are not regulated as futures or commodity
option  transactions  under  the CEA.  To  qualify  for this  exemption,  a swap
agreement  must be entered into by "eligible  participants,"  which includes the
following,  provided the participants' total assets exceed established levels: a
bank or trust company,  savings association or credit union,  insurance company,
investment  company  subject to regulation  under the 1940 Act,  commodity pool,
corporation, partnership,  proprietorship,  organization, trust or other entity,
employee benefit plan,  governmental entity,  broker-dealer,  futures commission
merchant,  natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible,  natural
persons and most other  entities  must have total assets  exceeding $10 million;
commodity  pools and  employee  benefit  plans  must have  assets  exceeding  $5
million.  In addition,  an eligible swap transaction must meet three conditions.
First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible class of agreements that
are   standardized   as  to  their  material   economic   terms.   Second,   the
creditworthiness of parties with actual or potential  obligations under the swap
agreement must be a material  consideration  in entering into or determining the
terms of the swap  agreement,  including  pricing,  cost or  credit  enhancement
terms. Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on or through a
multilateral transaction execution facility.

This  exemption  is not  exclusive,  and  participants  may  continue to rely on
existing  exclusions for swaps, such as the Policy Statement issued in July 1989
which recognized a safe harbor for swap  transactions from regulation as futures
or commodity option  transactions  under the CEA or its regulations.  The Policy
Statement  applies  to  swap  transactions   settled  in  cash  that:  (1)  have
individually  tailored  terms;  (2) lack exchange  style offset and the use of a

                                       14
<PAGE>

clearing organization or margin system; (3) are undertaken in conjunction with a
line of business; and (4) are not marketed to the public.

WARRANTS

The holder of a warrant has the right to purchase a given  number of shares of a
particular  issuer at a specified  price until  expiration of the warrant.  Such
investments  can  provide  a  greater  potential  for  profit  or  loss  than an
equivalent  investment  in the  underlying  security.  Prices of warrants do not
necessarily move in tandem with the prices of the underlying securities, and are
speculative  investments.  Warrants pay no dividends  and confer no rights other
than a  purchase  option.  If a  warrant  is not  exercised  by the  date of its
expiration, the Portfolio will lose its entire investment in such warrant.

SHORT SALES AGAINST-THE-BOX

A short sale is a transaction  in which the  Portfolio  sells through a broker a
security it does not own in  anticipation  of a decline in market price. A short
sale  "against-the-box" is a short sale in which, at the time of the short sale,
the Portfolio owns or has the right to obtain securities  equivalent in kind and
amount.  The  Portfolio  may enter into a short sale  against-the-box  to, among
other  reasons,  hedge  against  a  possible  market  decline  in the value of a
security owned, or to defer recognition of a gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes on the security  owned by the  Portfolio.  Short sales  against-the-box
will be limited to no more than 5% of the Portfolio's net assets.

If the value of a security sold short against-the-box  increases,  the Portfolio
would  suffer a loss when it  purchases  or delivers  to the selling  broker the
security  sold short.  If a broker with which the Portfolio has open short sales
were to become  bankrupt,  the Portfolio  could  experience  losses or delays in
recovering  gains on short sales. The Portfolio will only enter into short sales
against-the-box with brokers it believes are creditworthy.

HIGH-RISK, HIGH-YIELD  SECURITIES

A projection of an economic  downturn or of a period of rising  interest  rates,
for example,  could cause a decline in high yield bond prices because the advent
of a recession  could lessen the ability of a highly  leveraged  company to make
principal and interest  payments on its debt securities.  Adverse  publicity and
investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease
the values and  liquidity of high yield  bonds,  especially  in a thinly  traded
market.  Legislation  designed to limit the use of high yield bonds in corporate
transactions  may have a material  adverse effect on the  Portfolio's  net asset
value  and  investment  practices.  In  addition,   there  may  be  special  tax
considerations  associated with investing in high yield bonds structured as zero
coupon or payment-in-kind  securities.  Interest on these securities is recorded
annually as income even though no cash interest is received until the security's
maturity or payment date.  As a result,  the amounts that have accrued each year
are required to be distributed to shareholders  and such amounts will be taxable
to shareholders. Therefore, the Portfolio may have to sell some of its assets to
distribute  cash to  shareholders.  These  actions  are  likely  to  reduce  the
Portfolio's  assets and may thereby increase its expense ratios and decrease its
rate of return.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The  following  investment  restrictions  restate  or are in  addition  to those
described under "Investment  Restrictions" and "Investment  Policies" in Part A.
These restrictions,  unless otherwise indicated, are fundamental policies of the
Portfolio  and  cannot  be  changed  without  the  vote of a  "majority"  of the
Portfolio's  outstanding  shares.  Under the 1940 Act, such a "majority" vote is
defined  as the vote of the  holders  of the  lesser  of: (1) 67% of more of the
shares  present or  represented  by proxy at a meeting of  shareholders,  if the
holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present; or (2) more than
50% of the outstanding shares.
Under these restrictions, the Portfolio will not:

(a)  concentrate  investments  in  any  particular  industry;   therefore,   the
     Portfolio will not purchase the securities of companies in any one industry
     if,  thereafter,  25% or more of the Portfolio's total assets would consist
     of  securities of companies in that  industry.  This  restriction  does not
     apply to  obligations  issued or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government,  its
     agencies  or  instrumentalities  (or  repurchase  agreements  with  respect
     thereto).  An 

                                       15
<PAGE>

     investment of more than 25% of the Portfolio's  assets in the securities  
     of issuers  located in one  country  does not  contravene  this   policy.

(b)  borrow money in excess of 33-1/3% of its total assets taken at market value
     (including  the amount  borrowed)  and then only from a bank as a temporary
     measure  for  extraordinary  or  emergency  purposes,   including  to  meet
     redemptions or to settle securities transactions that may otherwise require
     untimely dispositions of portfolio securities.

(c)  purchase or sell real estate,  provided  that the  Portfolio  may invest in
     securities  issued by  companies  that invest in real  estate or  interests
     therein.

(d)  make  loans  to  other   persons,   provided  that  for  purposes  of  this
     restriction, entering into repurchase agreements or acquiring any otherwise
     permissible debt securities  including engaging in securities lending shall
     not be deemed to be the making of a loan.

(e)  invest in commodities or commodity  contracts,  except that, subject to the
     restrictions  described in Part A and  elsewhere in this SAI, the Portfolio
     may: (1) enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts; (2)
     enter into foreign forward currency exchange contracts and foreign currency
     options;  (3) purchase or sell  currencies on a spot or forward basis;  and
     (4) may enter  into  futures  contracts  on  securities,  currencies  or on
     indices  of  such   securities  or  currencies,   or  any  other  financial
     instruments, and may purchase and sell options on such futures contracts.

(f)  underwrite securities issued by other persons except to the extent that, in
     connection  with the  disposition of its portfolio  investments,  it may be
     deemed to be an underwriter under U.S. securities laws.

(g)   issue senior securities except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

(h)  acquire  securities or invest in repurchase  agreements with respect to any
     securities  if, as a  result,  more  than 15% of its net  assets  (taken at
     current value) would be invested in illiquid  securities  (securities  that
     cannot be  disposed  of within  seven  days at their  then-current  value),
     including  repurchase  agreements  not  entitling  the holder to payment of
     principal within seven days and securities that are not readily  marketable
     by virtue of  restrictions  on the sale of such  securities  to the  public
     without   registration  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended
     ("Restricted  Securities").  Illiquid  securities do not include securities
     that can be sold to the public in foreign  markets or that may be  eligible
     for resale to  qualified  institutional  purchasers  pursuant  to Rule 144A
     under the  Securities  Act of 1933 that are  determined to be liquid by the
     investment  adviser pursuant to guidelines  adopted by the Trust's Board of
     Trustees. (Non-fundamental)

(i)  make  investments  for the  purpose of  exercising  control or  management,
     except  in  connection  with  a  merger,  consolidation,   acquisition,  or
     reorganization   with  another   investment   company  or  series  thereof.
     (Investments by the Portfolio in wholly owned  investment  entities created
     under the laws of certain  foreign  countries will not be deemed the making
     of investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.)
     (Non-fundamental)

(j)  invest in interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration,  resource, or
     lease  transactions  or  development  programs  but  may  purchase  readily
     marketable securities of companies that operate, invest in, or sponsor such
     programs. (Non-fundamental)

As a non-fundamental  policy, the Portfolio may acquire or retain the securities
of any  other  investment  company  to the  extent  permitted  by the 1940  Act,
including  in  connection  with  a  merger,   consolidation,   acquisition,   or
reorganization.

Except for the policies on borrowing  and illiquid  securities,  the  percentage
restrictions described above apply only at the time of investment and require no
action  by the  Portfolio  as a result  of  subsequent  changes  in value of the
investments or the size of the Portfolio.

                                       16
<PAGE>

ITEM 14.          MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST.

The following  information relates to the principal  occupations of each Trustee
and  executive  officer  of the Trust  during  the past five years and shows the
nature of any affiliation with SCMI. Each of these individuals  currently serves
in the same  capacity for  Schroder  Capital  Funds  (Delaware),  an  investment
company with a series that invests all of its assets in the Portfolio.

PETER E. GUERNSEY,  75, c/o the Trust,  Two Portland Square,  Portland,  Maine -
Trustee of the Trust;  Insurance  Consultant  since August 1986;  prior  thereto
Senior Vice President, Marsh & McLennan, Inc., insurance brokers.

JOHN I.  HOWELL,  80, c/o the Trust,  Two  Portland  Square,  Portland,  Maine -
Trustee of the Trust; Private Consultant since February 1987; Honorary Director,
American  International  Group,  Inc.;  Director,  American  International  Life
Assurance Company of New York.

CLARENCE F. MICHALIS, 75, c/o the Trust, Two Portland Square,  Portland, Maine -
Trustee of the Trust;  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors,  Josiah  Macy,  Jr.
Foundation (charitable foundation).

HERMANN C. SCHWAB,  77, c/o the Trust,  Two Portland Square,  Portland,  Maine -
Chairman and Trustee of the Trust;  retired since March,  1988;  prior  thereto,
consultant to SCMI since February 1, 1984.

MARK J. SMITH*, 35, 33 Gutter Lane,  London,  England - President and Trustee of
the Trust; Senior Vice President and Director of SCMI since April 1990; Director
and Senior Vice President, Schroder Advisors.

MARK ASTLEY,  33, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York - Vice President of the
Trust;  First  Vice  President  of SCMI,  prior  thereto,  employed  by  various
affiliates of SCMI in various positions in the investment research and portfolio
management areas since 1987.

ROBERT G. DAVY, 36, 787 Seventh  Avenue,  New York, New York - Vice President of
the Trust;  Director of SCMI and Schroder Capital Management  International Ltd.
since 1994;  First Vice  President  of SCMI since  July,  1992;  prior  thereto,
employed by various  affiliates of SCMI in various  positions in the  investment
research and portfolio management areas since 1986.

MARGARET H. DOUGLAS-HAMILTON,  55, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York - Vice
President of the Trust;  Secretary of SCM since July 1995; Senior Vice President
(since April 1997) and General Counsel of Schroders Incorporated since May 1987;
prior thereto, partner of Sullivan & Worcester, a law firm.

RICHARD R. FOULKES,  51, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York - Vice President
of the Trust; Deputy Chairman of SCMI since October 1995; Director and Executive
Vice President of Schroder Capital Management International Ltd.
since 1989.

ROBERT JACKOWITZ,  30, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York - Treasurer of the
First Trust;  Vice President of SCM since September  1995;  Treasurer of SCM and
Schroder  Advisors  since July 1995;  Vice President of SCMI and SCM since April
1997; and Assistant Treasurer of Schroders Incorporated since January 1990.

JOHN Y. KEFFER, 54, Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine - Vice President of the
Trust;  President of FFC, the Fund's transfer and dividend  disbursing agent and
other affiliated  entities  including Forum Financial  Services,  Inc. and Forum
Advisors, Inc.

JANE P. LUCAS,  35, 787 Seventh  Avenue,  New York, New York - Vice President of
the Trust;  Director  and Senior  Vice  President  SCMI;  Director  of SCM since
September 1995;  Director of Schroder  Advisors since September 1996;  Assistant
Director Schroder Investment Management Ltd. since June 1991.

                                       17
<PAGE>

CATHERINE A. MAZZA, 37, 787 Seventh Avenue,  New York, New York - Vice President
of the Trust; President of Schroder Advisors since 1997; First Vice President of
SCMI and SCM since 1996;  prior  thereto,  held various  marketing  positions at
Alliance Capital, an investment adviser, since July 1985.

MICHAEL PERELSTEIN,  41, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York - Vice President
of the Trust;  Director  since May 1997 and Senior Vice  President of SCMI since
January 1997;  prior thereto,  Managing  Director of MacKay - Shields  Financial
Corp.

ALEXANDRA POE, 36, 787 Seventh  Avenue,  New York, New York - Secretary and Vice
President of the Trust;  Vice President of SCMI since August 1996;  Fund Counsel
and Senior Vice President of Schroder  Advisors since August 1996;  Secretary of
Schroder Advisors;  prior thereto, an investment management attorney with Gordon
Altman Butowsky Weitzen Shalov & Wein since July 1994; prior thereto counsel and
Vice President of Citibank, N.A. since 1989.

THOMAS  G.  SHEEHAN,  42,  Two  Portland  Square,  Portland,  Maine -  Assistant
Treasurer  and  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Trust;  Counsel,  Forum  Financial
Services,  Inc. since 1993; prior thereto,  Special Counsel, U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission, Division of Investment Management, Washington, D.C.

FARIBA TALEBI,  36, 787 Seventh  Avenue,  New York, New York - Vice President of
the Trust;  Group Vice  President of SCMI since April 1993,  employed in various
positions in the investment research and portfolio  management areas since 1987;
Director of SCM since April 1997.

JOHN A. TROIANO,  38, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York - Vice President of
the Trust;  Director of SCM since April 1997;  Managing Director and Senior Vice
President  of SCMI  since  October  1995;  prior  thereto,  employed  by various
affiliates of SCMI in various positions in the investment research and portfolio
management areas since 1981.

IRA L. UNSCHULD,  31, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York - Vice President of
the Trust;  Vice President of SCMI since April, 1993 and an Associate from July,
1990 to April, 1993.

CATHERINE S.  WOOLEDGE,  55, Two Portland  Square,  Portland,  Maine - Assistant
Treasurer  and  Assistant  Secretary  of the Trust -  Counsel,  Forum  Financial
Services,  Inc.  since November  1996.  Prior  thereto,  associate at Morrison &
Foerster,  Washington,  D.C.  from  October  1994 to  November  1996,  associate
corporate counsel at Franklin  Resources,  Inc. from September 1993 to September
1994, and prior thereto associate at Drinker Biddle & Reath, Philadelphia, PA.

(a)      Interested Trustee of the Trust within the meaning of the 1940 Act.

(b)  Schroder  Fund  Advisors  Inc.  ("Schroder  Advisors")  is a  wholly  owned
subsidiary   of  SCMI,   which  is  a  wholly  owned   subsidiary  of  Schroders
Incorporated,  which in turn is an  indirect,  wholly owned U.S.  subsidiary  of
Schroders plc.

(c) Schroder  Capital  Management,  Inc. ("SCM") is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Schroder  Wertheim Holdings  Incorporated  which is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Schroders,  Incorporated,  which  in  turn  is an  indirect  wholly  owned  U.S.
subsidiary of Schroders plc.

Officers and Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust receive no salary,
fees or compensation from the Portfolio.  Independent  Trustees of the Portfolio
receive an annual fee of $2,000 and a fee of $500 for each  meeting of the Board
attended by them except in the case of Mr. Schwab, who receives an annual fee of
$3,000 and a fee of $1,000  for each  meeting  attended.  The  Portfolio  has no
bonus, profit sharing, pension or retirement plans.

                                       19
<PAGE>

The following table provides the aggregate  compensation estimated to be paid to
the Trustees by the Trust and Schroder  Asian Growth Fund,  Inc.  Information is
presented for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name of Trustee                           Aggregate            Pension or     Estimated Annual    Total Compensation
                                  Compensation From   Retirement Benefits        Benefits Upon        From Trust And
                                              Trust    Accrued As Part of           Retirement     Portfolio Complex
                                                       Portfolio Expenses                          Paid To Trustees*
- ------------------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- ---------------------

<S>                                          <C>                       <C>                  <C>               <C>   
Mr. Guernsey                                 $1,750                    $0                   $0                $1,750
Mr. Howell                                    1,750                     0                    0                 1,750
Mr. Michalis                                  1,750                     0                    0                 1,750
Mr. Schwab                                    3,000                     0                    0                 3,000
Mr. Smith                                         0                     0                    0                     0
</TABLE>

* In addition to the Trust, "Portfolio Complex" includes Schroder Capital Funds,
an open-end  investment  company for which SCMI  serves as  investment  adviser,
Schroder Capital Funds (Delaware), an open-end investment company for which SCMI
serves as  investment  adviser,  and Schroder  Asian Growth  Portfolio,  Inc., a
closed-end investment company for which SCMI serves as investment adviser.

As of June 30, 1997, the Trust's  Trustees and officers owned, in the aggregate,
less than 1% of the Portfolio's outstanding shares.

While the  Trust is a  Delaware  business  trust,  certain  of its  Trustees  or
officers are  residents  of the United  Kingdom and  substantially  all of their
assets may be located  outside of the U.S. As a result,  it may be difficult for
U.S. investors to effect service upon such persons within the U.S. or to realize
judgments  of courts  of the U.S.  predicated  upon  civil  liabilities  of such
persons  under  the  federal  securities  laws of the  U.S..  The Trust has been
advised that there is substantial  doubt as to the  enforceability in the United
Kingdom of such civil  remedies  and  criminal  penalties as are afforded by the
federal securities laws of the U.S.. Also it is unclear if extradition  treaties
now in effect between the U.S. and the United Kingdom would subject such persons
to effective enforcement of criminal penalties of such acts.

ITEM 15.          CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.

As of June 30, 1997,  the Thomas Carter Lupton  Trust,  a private  institutional
client of SCMI may be deemed to control the  Portfolio  for purposes of the 1940
Act. It is anticipated that whenever any registered investment company that may,
in the future, become an interestholder of the Portfolio is requested to vote on
matters pertaining to the Portfolio, such investment company will hold a meeting
of its  shareholders  and will cast its vote as instructed by its  shareholders.
This only applies to matters for which such investment company would be required
to have a shareholder  meeting if it directly held investment  securities rather
than invested in the Portfolio.

ITEM 16.          INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES.

                          INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES

SCMI, 787 Seventh  Avenue,  New York,  New York 10019,  serves as Adviser to the
Portfolio pursuant to an investment advisory  agreement.  SCMI is a wholly owned
U.S.  subsidiary  of  Schroders  Incorporated,  the  wholly-owned  U.S.  holding
subsidiary of Schroders  plc.  Schroders plc is the holding  company parent of a
large worldwide group of banks and financial service  companies  (referred to as
the "Schroder Group"),  with associated  companies and branch and representative
offices located in eighteen countries worldwide.  The Schroder Group specializes
in providing  investment  management services and had assets under management of
approximately $50 billion as of December 31, 1996.

                                       19
<PAGE>

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement,  SCMI is responsible for managing
the investment and  reinvestment of the assets included in the Portfolio and for
continuously   reviewing,   supervising   and   administering   the  Portfolio's
investments.  In this regard, it is the responsibility of SCMI to make decisions
relating to the  Portfolio's  investments  and to place purchase and sale orders
regarding  such  investments  with  brokers  or  dealers  selected  by it in its
discretion.  SCMI also furnishes to the Board, which has overall  responsibility
for the business and affairs of the Trust,  periodic  reports on the  investment
performance of the Portfolio.

Under the terms of the investment advisory agreement, SCMI is required to manage
the  Portfolio's  investment  portfolio in accordance  with  applicable laws and
regulations  In making  its  investment  decisions,  SCMI does not use  material
information  that  may  be  in  its  possession  or in  the  possession  of  its
affiliates.

The investment  advisory agreement continues in effect provided such continuance
is approved annually: (1) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the  Portfolio  (as defined by the 1940 Act) or by the Board;  and
(2) by a majority  of the  Trustees  who are not  parties to such  agreement  or
"interested  persons"  (as  defined  in the  1940  Act) of any such  party.  The
investment  advisory  agreement may be terminated without penalty by vote of the
Trustees or the  interestholders  of the Portfolio on 60 days' written notice to
the Adviser,  or by the Adviser on 60 days' written notice to the Trust,  and it
terminates  automatically if assigned.  The investment  advisory  agreement also
provides  that,  with respect to the  Portfolio,  neither SCMI nor its personnel
shall be liable  for any error of  judgment  or mistake of law or for any act or
omission in the performance of its or their duties to the Portfolio,  except for
willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of SCMI's
or their duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of its or their  obligations
and duties under the investment  advisory agreement.  For its services,  SCMI is
entitled to receive a fee at an annual rate of 0.50% of the Portfolio's  average
daily net assets.

                             ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

On  behalf  of the  Portfolio,  the Trust  has  entered  into an  administration
agreement with Schroder Fund Advisors Inc.  ("Schroder  Advisors"),  787 Seventh
Avenue,   New  York,  New  York  10019.  The  Trust  has  also  entered  into  a
subadministration   agreement  with  Forum  Administrative   Services,   Limited
Liability Company ("Forum"). Pursuant to their agreements, Schroder Advisors and
Forum provide certain management and  administrative  services necessary for the
Portfolio's operations,  other than the investment management and administrative
services  provided to the Portfolio by SCMI pursuant to the investment  advisory
agreement,  including among other things: (1) preparation of shareholder reports
and communications;  (2) regulatory  compliance,  such as reports to and filings
with the SEC and state securities  commissions;  and (3) general  supervision of
the operation of the Portfolio, including coordination of the services performed
by the Portfolio's investment adviser,  transfer agent,  custodian,  independent
accountants,  legal  counsel and  others.  Schroder  Advisors is a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of  SCMI  and  is a  registered  broker-dealer  organized  to act as
administrator and distributor of mutual funds.

For these services, Schroder Advisors is entitled to receive a fee at the annual
rate of 010% of the Portfolio's  average daily net assets.  Forum is entitled to
receive a fee at the annual rate of 0.075% of the Portfolio's  average daily net
assets for its services.

The  Administration  Agreement and  Subadministration  Agreements are terminable
without  penalty,  at any time, by the Board,  upon 60 days'  written  notice to
Schroder  Advisors,  or by Schroder Advisors upon 60 days' written notice to the
Trust.

                                    CUSTODIAN

The Chase  Manhattan  Bank  ("Chase"),  through its Global  Securities  Services
division  located in  London,  England,  acts as  custodian  of the  Portfolio's
assets.  Chase plays no role in making  decisions  as to the purchase or sale of
portfolio securities for the Portfolio. Pursuant to rules adopted under the 1940
Act, the Portfolio may maintain its foreign  securities  and cash in the custody
of certain  eligible  foreign banks and  securities  depositories.  Selection of
these  foreign  custodial   institutions  is  made  by  the  Board  following  a
consideration  of a  number  of  factors,  including  (but not  limited  to) the
reliability  and  financial  stability  of the  institution;  the ability of the
institution  to  perform

                                       20
<PAGE>

capably custodial services for the Portfolio;  the reputation of the institution
in its national market;  the political and economic  stability of the country in
which the institution is located; and further risks of potential nationalization
or expropriation of Portfolio assets.

                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., One Post Office Square,  Boston,  Massachusetts 02109,
serves as independent auditors for the Trust.

                 INTERESTHOLDER RECORDKEEPER AND FUND ACCOUNTANT

On behalf of the  Portfolio,  the Trust has entered  into a Transfer  Agency and
Fund Accounting  Agreement with Forum Financial Corp.  ("FFC"),  an affiliate of
Forum.  Under this agreement,  FFC performs  transfer agency and fund accounting
services.  FFC is  entitled  to  receive  a base fee per year,  plus  additional
amounts depending upon the Portfolio's assets, the number and type of securities
it holds, and its portfolio turnover rate.

ITEM 17.          BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES.

                              INVESTMENT DECISIONS

Investment  decisions for the Portfolio  and for the other  investment  advisory
clients of SCMI are made with a view to achieving  their  respective  investment
objectives.  Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to
basic  suitability  for the  particular  client  involved.  Thus,  a  particular
security  may be bought or sold for  certain  clients  even though it could have
been bought or sold for other clients at the same time.  Likewise,  a particular
security  may be bought for one or more  clients  when one or more  clients  are
selling  the  security.  In some  instances,  one client  may sell a  particular
security to another client.  It also sometimes  happens that two or more clients
simultaneously  purchase  or sell the same  security,  in which event each day's
transactions in such security are, insofar as is possible,  averaged as to price
and  allocated  between  such  clients  in a manner  which in SCMI's  opinion is
equitable to each and in accordance  with the amount being  purchased or sold by
each. There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities
for one or more clients will have an adverse effect on other clients.

                         BROKERAGE AND RESEARCH SERVICES

Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency  transactions  involve the
payment by the Portfolio of negotiated brokerage  commissions.  Such commissions
vary among different  brokers.  Also, a particular  broker may charge  different
commissions  according  to  such  factors  as the  difficulty  and  size  of the
transaction. Transactions in foreign securities generally involve the payment of
fixed brokerage commissions, which are generally higher than those in the United
States. Since most brokerage  transactions for the Portfolio will be placed with
foreign  broker-dealers,  certain portfolio  transaction costs for the Portfolio
may be higher than fees for  similar  transactions  executed on U.S.  securities
exchanges.  There is generally no stated  commission  in the case of  securities
traded in the  over-the-counter  markets,  but the price  paid by the  Portfolio
usually includes an undisclosed  dealer  commission or mark-up.  In underwritten
offerings,  the  price  paid  by  the  Portfolio  includes  a  disclosed,  fixed
commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer.

The investment  advisory  agreement  authorizes and directs SCMI to place orders
for the purchase and sale of the Portfolio's investments with brokers or dealers
selected  by  SCMI  in its  discretion  and to  seek  "best  execution"  of such
portfolio transactions. SCMI places all such orders for the purchase and sale of
portfolio  securities and buys and sells securities for the Portfolio  through a
substantial  number of  brokers  and  dealers.  In so doing,  SCMI uses its best
efforts to obtain  for the  Portfolio  the most  favorable  price and  execution
available.  The Portfolio  may,  however,  pay higher than the lowest  available
commission  rates when SCMI  believes it is  reasonable to do so in light of the
value of the brokerage and research  services  provided by the broker  effecting
the transaction. In seeking the most favorable price and execution, SCMI, having
in mind the Portfolio's best interests, considers all factors it deems relevant,
including,  by way of  illustration,  price,  the size of the  transaction,  the
nature of the market for the

                                       21
<PAGE>

security,  the amount of the commission,  the timing of the  transaction  taking
into account market prices and trends, the reputation,  experience and financial
stability of the broker-dealers  involved and the quality of service rendered by
the broker-dealers in other transactions.

It has for many years been a common practice in the investment advisory business
as conducted in certain countries,  including the United States, for advisers of
investment  companies  and other  institutional  investors  to receive  research
services  from  broker-dealers  which  execute  portfolio  transactions  for the
clients  of such  advisers.  Consistent  with this  practice,  SCMI may  receive
research  services from  broker-dealers  with which SCMI places the  Portfolio's
portfolio  transactions.  These  services,  which  in  some  cases  may  also be
purchased for cash,  include such items as general  economic and security market
reviews,   industry  and  company   reviews,   evaluations   of  securities  and
recommendations  as to the  purchase  and  sale of  securities.  Some  of  these
services are of value to SCMI in advising various of its clients  (including the
Portfolio),  although not all of these  services are  necessarily  useful and of
value  in  managing  the  Portfolio.  The  investment  advisory  fee paid by the
Portfolio is not reduced because SCMI and its affiliates receive such services.

As  permitted  by  Section  28(e) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the
"Act"),  SCMI may cause the  Portfolio  to pay a  broker-dealer  which  provides
"brokerage  and research  services" (as defined in the Act) to SCMI an amount of
disclosed commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Portfolio in
excess of the  commission  which  another  broker-dealer  would have charged for
effecting that transaction.

Subject to the general policies regarding  allocation of portfolio  brokerage as
set forth above,  the Board has authorized  SCMI to employ  Schroder  Wertheim &
Company,  Incorporated  ("Schroder  Wertheim")  an affiliate of SCMI,  to effect
securities  transactions of the Portfolio,  on the New York Stock Exchange only,
provided certain other conditions are satisfied as described below.

Payment of  brokerage  commissions  to  Schroder  Wertheim  for  effecting  such
transactions is subject to Section 17(e) of the 1940 Act, which requires,  among
other  things,  that  commissions  for  transactions  on  exchanges  paid  by  a
registered  investment company to a broker which is an affiliated person of such
investment  company or an affiliated  person of another person so affiliated not
exceed the usual and customary broker's commissions for such transactions. It is
the Portfolio's  policy that commissions  paid to Schroder  Wertheim will in the
judgment of the officers of SCMI responsible for making portfolio  decisions and
selecting   brokers,   be:   (1)  at   least   as   favorable   as   commissions
contemporaneously  charged by Schroder  Wertheim on comparable  transactions for
its most favored unaffiliated customers;  and (2) at least as favorable as those
which would be charged on comparable  transactions  by other  qualified  brokers
having  comparable  execution  capability.  The Board of  Trustees,  including a
majority of the non-interested Trustees, has adopted procedures pursuant to Rule
17e-1 promulgated by the SEC under Section 17(e) to ensure that commissions paid
to Schroder Wertheim by the Portfolio satisfy the foregoing standards. The Board
will  review  all  transactions  at least  quarterly  for  compliance  with such
procedures.

It is further a policy of the Portfolio that all such transactions  effected for
the  Portfolio  by  Schroder  Wertheim  on the New  York  Stock  Exchange  be in
accordance with Rule 11a2-2(T) promulgated under the 1934 Act, which requires in
substance that a member of such exchange not associated  with Schroder  Wertheim
actually  execute the  transaction on the exchange floor or through the exchange
facilities.   Thus,  while  Schroder  Wertheim  will  bear   responsibility  for
determining  important  elements  of  execution  such as timing and order  size,
another firm will actually execute the transaction.

Schroder  Wertheim pays a portion of the brokerage  commissions it receives from
the Portfolio to the brokers  executing the Portfolio's  transactions on the New
York Stock Exchange.  In accordance  with Rule  11a2-2(T),  Schroder Core II has
entered into an  agreement  with  Schroder  Wertheim  permitting  it to retain a
portion of the brokerage commissions paid to it by the Portfolio. This agreement
has been  approved by the  Schroder  Core II Board,  including a majority of the
non-interested Trustees.

The Portfolio has no understanding or arrangement to direct any specific portion
of its brokerage to Schroder  Wertheim and will not direct brokerage to Schroder
Wertheim in recognition of research services.

                                       22
<PAGE>

From time to time,  the Portfolio may purchase  securities of a broker or dealer
through which its regularly engages in securities transactions.

ITEM 18.          CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES.

Under the Trust  Instrument,  the Trustees are  authorized  to issue  beneficial
interest in one or more separate  series.  Investments  in the Portfolio have no
preference,  preemptive,  conversion  or  similar  rights and are fully paid and
nonassessable, except as set forth below. Each Portfolio investor is entitled to
a vote in proportion to the amount of its investment  therein.  Investors in the
Portfolio and other series  (collectively,  the  "portfolios") of the Trust will
all vote together in certain  circumstances (e.g.,  election of the Trustees and
ratification of auditors, as required by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder).
One or more  portfolios  could control the outcome of these votes.  Investors do
not have cumulative  voting rights,  and investors  holding more than 50% of the
aggregate  interests in the Trust or in the  Portfolio,  as the case may be, may
control  the  outcome  of votes.  The Trust is not  required  and has no current
intention to hold annual meetings of investors,  but the Trust will hold special
meetings of investors when: (1) a majority of the Trustees  determines to do so;
or (2)  investors  holding  at least 10% of the  interests  in the Trust (or the
Portfolio)  request  in  writing  a  meeting  of  investors  in  the  Trust  (or
Portfolio).  Except for  certain  matters  specifically  described  in the Trust
Instrument, the Trustees may amend the Trust's Trust Instrument without the vote
of investors.

The Trust may enter into a merger or consolidation, or sell all or substantially
all of the Portfolio's  assets,  if approved by the Board.  The Portfolio may be
terminated:  (1) upon liquidation and distribution of its assets, if approved by
the vote of a majority of the  Portfolio's  outstanding  voting  securities  (as
defined  in the 1940  Act);  or (2) by the  Trustees  on  written  notice to the
Portfolio's  investors.  Upon  liquidation or dissolution of any Portfolio,  the
investors  therein  would  be  entitled  to  share  pro  rata in its net  assets
available for distribution to investors.

The  Trust is  organized  as a  business  trust  under  the laws of the State of
Delaware.  The  Trust's  interestholders  are  not  personally  liable  for  the
obligations  of the Trust under  Delaware law. The Delaware  Business  Trust Act
provides that an  interestholder  of a Delaware business trust shall be entitled
to the  same  limitation  of  liability  extended  to  shareholders  of  private
corporations  for  profit.  However,  no similar  statutory  or other  authority
limiting  business trust  interestholder  liability exists in many other states,
including Texas. As a result,  to the extent that the Trust or an interestholder
is subject to the  jurisdiction  of courts in those  states,  the courts may not
apply  Delaware law, and may thereby  subject the Trust to  liability.  To guard
against this risk,  the Trust  Instrument of the Trust  disclaims  liability for
acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such  disclaimer be
given in each agreement,  obligation and instrument entered into by the Trust or
its  Trustees,  and provides for  indemnification  out of Trust  property of any
interestholder  held personally  liable for the obligations of the Trust.  Thus,
the risk of an  interestholder  incurring  financial  loss beyond his investment
because of shareholder  liability is limited to  circumstances  in which:  (1) a
court refuses to apply Delaware law; (2) no contractual  limitation of liability
is in effect;  and (iii) the Trust itself is unable to meet its obligations.  In
light of Delaware law, the nature of the Trust's business, and the nature of its
assets,  the  Board  believes  that the risk of  personal  liability  to a Trust
interestholder is remote.

ITEM 19.          PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SECURITIES.

Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private  placement  transactions
that do not involve any "public  offering" within the meaning of section 4(2) of
the 1933 Act. All investments in the Portfolio are made and withdrawn at the net
asset value ("NAV") next determined after an order is received by the Portfolio.
NAV per share is calculated by dividing the aggregate  value of the  Portfolio's
assets  less  all   liabilities  by  the  number  of  shares  of  the  Portfolio
outstanding. See Items 6, 7 and 8 in Part A.

ITEM 20.          TAX STATUS.

The  Portfolio is  classified  for federal  income tax purposes as a partnership
that is not a "publicly traded  partnership".  As a result, the Portfolio is not
subject to federal  income  tax;  instead,  each  investor in the  Portfolio  is
required to take into account in  determining  its federal  income tax liability
its share of the  Portfolio's  income,  gain,  loss,  deductions,  and

                                       23
<PAGE>

credits,  without regard to whether it has received any cash  distributions from
the Portfolio. The Portfolio also is not subject to Delaware income or franchise
tax.

Each  investor in the  Portfolio is deemed to own a  proportionate  share of the
Portfolio's assets and to earn a proportionate  share of the Portfolio's income,
for, among other things,  purposes of determining whether the investor satisfies
the  requirements  to  qualify  as  a  regulated   investment  company  ("RIC").
Accordingly,  the Portfolio  conducts its  operations so that its investors that
intend to qualify as RICs ("RIC  investors")  will be able to satisfy  all those
requirements.

Distributions to an investor from the Portfolio  (whether  pursuant to a partial
or  complete  withdrawal  or  otherwise)  will  not  result  in  the  investor's
recognition  of any gain or loss for federal  income tax purposes,  except that:
(1) gain will be recognized to the extent any cash that is  distributed  exceeds
the investor's basis for its interest in the Portfolio before the  distribution;
(2) income or gain will be recognized if the  distribution  is in liquidation of
the investor's entire interest in the Portfolio and includes a  disproportionate
share of any  unrealized  receivables  held by the  Portfolio;  (3) loss will be
recognized  if  a  liquidation  distribution  consists  solely  of  cash  and/or
unrealized  receivables;   and  (iv)  gain  or  loss  may  be  recognized  on  a
distribution  to an investor  that  contributed  property to the  Portfolio.  An
investor's  basis for its  interest in the  Portfolio  generally  will equal the
amount  of cash and the  basis of any  property  it  invests  in the  Portfolio,
increased by the investor's  share of the  Portfolio's  net income and gains and
decreased by: (1) the amount of cash and the basis of any property the Portfolio
distributes  to the investor;  and (2) the investor's  share of the  Portfolio's
losses.

Dividends  and  interest  received  by the  Portfolio  may be subject to income,
withholding,  or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and; U.S.  possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities.  Tax conventions  between certain
countries  and the United States may reduce or eliminate  these  foreign  taxes,
however,  and many foreign  countries  do not impose  taxes on capital  gains in
respect of investments by foreign investors.

The Portfolio may invest in the stock of "passive foreign investment  companies"
("PFICs"). A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the
following  tests:  (1) at least 75% of its gross  income is  passive;  or (2) an
average of at least 50% of its assets  produce,  or are held for the  production
of, passive  income.  Under certain  circumstances,  a RIC that holds stock of a
PFIC (including a RIC investor's  indirect  holding thereof through its interest
in the  Portfolio)  will be subject  to  federal  income tax on a portion of any
"excess distribution" received on the stock or of any gain on disposition of the
stock  (collectively  "PFIC  income"),  plus interest  thereon,  even if the RIC
distributes  the PFIC  income as a taxable  dividend  to its  shareholders.  The
balance of the PFIC  income will be  included  in the RIC's  investment  company
taxable  income and,  accordingly,  will not be taxable to it to the extent that
income is distributed to its shareholders.

If the Portfolio  invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a "qualified
electing  Portfolio," then in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation,
the  Portfolio  would be  required  to include in income  each year its pro rata
share of the qualified  electing fund's annual ordinary earnings and net capital
gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss)
- -- which  most  likely  would  have to be  distributed  by the  Portfolio`s  RIC
investors  to  satisfy  the  distribution  requirements  to them  -- even  those
earnings  and gain were not  received by it. In most  instances  it will be very
difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  make  this  election  because  of  certain
requirements thereof.

Bills  passed by  Congress in 1991 and 1992 and vetoed by  President  Bush would
have  substantially  modified  the  taxation  of U.S.  shareholders  of  foreign
corporations,  including eliminating the provisions described above dealing with
PFICs and  replacing  them  (and  other  provisions)  with a  regulatory  scheme
involving   entities   called   "passive   foreign   corporations."   The   "Tax
Simplification  and Technical  Corrections  Bill of 1993," passed in May 1994 by
the House of Representatives,  contains the same modifications. It is unclear at
this time whether,  and in what form, the proposed  modifications may be enacted
into law.

Proposed regulations have been published pursuant to which certain RICs would be
entitled to elect to "mark to market" their stock in certain PFICs.  "Marking to
market," in this context,  means  recognizing  as gain for each taxable year the
excess, as of the end of that year, of the fair market value of each such PFIC's
stock over the adjusted basis in that stock (including marked-to-market gain for
each prior year for which an election was in effect).

                                       24
<PAGE>

The  Portfolio's  use of  hedging  strategies,  such as  writing  (selling)  and
purchasing  options and futures and entering  into forward  contracts,  involves
complex  rules that will  determine  for income tax purposes the  character  and
timing  of  recognition  of the gains  and  losses  the  Portfolio  realizes  in
connection  therewith.  The Portfolio's  income from foreign  currencies (except
certain gains therefrom that may be excluded by future regulations),  and income
from  transactions  in hedging  instruments  derived  by it with  respect to its
business of  investing  in  securities  or foreign  currencies,  will qualify as
permissible income for its RIC investors under the requirement that at least 90%
of a RIC's gross income each taxable year consist of specified  types of income.
However,  income from the  disposition  by the Portfolio of hedging  instruments
(other than those on foreign currencies) held for less than three months will be
subject to the requirement applicable to its RIC investors that less than 30% of
a RIC's gross  income each  taxable  year  consist of certain  short-term  gains
("Short-Short  Limitation").  Income from the disposition of foreign currencies,
and hedging instruments on foreign currencies,  that are not directly related to
the  Portfolio's  principal  business of investing in securities (or options and
futures with respect thereto) also will be subject to the Short-Short Limitation
for its RIC investors if they are held for less than three months.

If the  Portfolio  satisfies  certain  requirements,  any increase in value of a
position that is part of a "designated  hedge" will be offset by any decrease in
value (whether  realized or not) of the offsetting  hedging  position during the
period  of the hedge for  purposes  of  determining  whether  its RIC  investors
satisfy the  Short-Short  Limitation.  Thus, only the net gain (if any) from the
designated  hedge  will  be  included  in  gross  income  for  purposes  of that
limitation.  The Portfolio  will consider  whether it should seek to qualify for
this  treatment for its hedging  transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio does
not so qualify,  it may be forced to defer the  closing  out of certain  hedging
instruments beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in
order for its RIC investors to qualify or continue to qualify as RICs.

ITEM 21.          UNDERWRITERS.

Forum Financial Services,  Inc. ("FFSI"), Two Portland Square,  Portland,  Maine
04101, serves as the Trust's placement agent. Forum receives no compensation for
such placement agent services.

ITEM 22.          CALCULATIONS OF PERFORMANCE DATA.

Not applicable.

ITEM 23.          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Not applicable.

                                       25
<PAGE>



APPENDIX A


DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS

"Aaa": Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry
the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as "gilt
edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

"Aa":  Bonds  that  are  rated  "Aa" are  judged  to be of high  quality  by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as
high-grade  bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds because  margins of
protection  may  not be as  large  as in  "Aaa"  securities  or  fluctuation  of
protective  elements may be of greater  amplitude or there may be other elements
present which make the  long-term  risks appear  somewhat  larger than the "Aaa"
securities.

"A": Bonds that are rated "A" possess many favorable  investment  attributes and
are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations.  Factors giving security
to principal  and interest are  considered  adequate but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

"Baa":  Bonds that are rated "Baa" are considered as  medium-grade  obligations,
(I.E., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).  Interest payments
and principal  security appear  adequate for the present but certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

"Ba": Bonds that are rated "Ba" are judged to have speculative  elements;  their
future cannot be considered as  well-assured.  Often the  protection of interest
and  principal  payments may be very  moderate and thereby not well  safeguarded
during  both  good  and bad  times  over the  future.  Uncertainty  of  position
characterizes bonds in this class.

"B":  Bonds that are rated "B" generally lack  characteristics  of the desirable
investment.  Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of  maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

"Caa":  Bonds that are rated "Caa" are of poor  standing.  Such issues may be in
default or there may be present  elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.

"Ca": Bonds that are rated "Ca" represent obligations which are speculative in a
high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

"C": Bonds that are rated "C" are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so
rated can be regarded as having  extremely  poor prospects of ever attaining any
real investment standing.

Moody's  applies  numerical  modifiers  "1", "2", and "3" in each generic rating
classified  from "Aa"  through  "B" in its  corporate  bond rating  system.  The
modifier "1" indicates  that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic
rating  category;  the  modifier  "2"  indicates a mid-range  ranking;  and, the
modifier  "3"  indicates  that the issue  ranks in the lower end of its  generic
rating category.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

DESIGNATIONS APPLICABLE TO MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS

In its municipal bond rating system,  Moody's  designates those bonds within the
"Aa", "A", "Baa", "Ba" and "B" categories that it believes possess the strongest
credit attributes with the symbols "Aa1", "A1", "Baa1", "Ba1" and "B1".

Advance refunded issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in cash, held in
trust,   reinvested  in  direct  non-callable  U.S.  government  obligations  or
non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S.
government are identified with a hatchmark (#) symbol, I.E., "#Aaa".

Moody's assigns conditional ratings to bonds for which the security depends upon
the completion of some act or the fulfillment of some condition. These are bonds
secured  by: (1)  earnings  of  projects  under  construction;  (2)  earnings of
projects  unseasoned  in  operating  experience;  (3)  rentals  that  begin when
facilities are completed; or (4) payments to which some other limiting condition
attaches.   The  parenthetical  rating  denotes  probable  credit  stature  upon
completion  of  construction  or  elimination  of  basis  of  condition,   e.g.,
"Con.(Baa)".

Issues that are subject to a periodic reoffer and resale in the secondary market
in a "dutch  auction"  are  assigned a  long-term  rating  based only on Moody's
assessment of the ability and willingness of the issuer to make timely principal
and  interest  payments.  Moody's  expresses no opinion as to the ability of the
holder to sell the security in a secondary market "dutch  auction".  Such issues
are  identified by the  insertion of the words "dutch  auction" into the name of
the issue.

MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM LOAN RATINGS

Issues  or the  features  associated  with  "MIG",  "VMIG" or "SQ"  ratings  are
identified by date of issue, date of maturity or maturities or rating expiration
date and description to distinguish each rating from other ratings.  Each rating
designation  is unique with no  implication as to any other similar issue of the
same obligor.  "MIG" ratings terminate at the retirement of the obligation while
"VMIG" rating  expiration is a function of each issue's  specific  structural or
credit features.

"MIG 1/VMIG 1": This designation  denotes best quality.  There is present strong
protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated
broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

"MIG 2/VMIG 2": This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are
ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

"MIG  3/VMIG 3":  This  designation  denotes  favorable  quality.  All  security
elements are accounted for but there is lacking the  undeniable  strength of the
preceding  grades.  Liquidity and cash flow  protection may be narrow and market
access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.

"MIG 4/VMIG 4": This designation  denotes adequate quality.  Protection commonly
regarded as  required of an  investment  security  is present and  although  not
distinctly or predominantly speculative, there is specific risk.

"SQ": This designation  denotes  speculative  quality.  Debt instruments in this
category lack margins of protection.

CORPORATE SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS

Moody's  short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay
punctually senior debt obligations which have an original maturity not exceeding
one year.  Obligations relying upon support mechanisms such as letters-of-credit
and bonds of indemnity are excluded unless explicitly rated.

Moody's  employs the following three  designations,  all judged to be investment
grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

"PRIME-1":  Issuers rated "Prime-1" (or supporting institutions) have a superior
ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. "Prime-1" repayment
ability  often is evidenced by many of the  following

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

characteristics:  leading market positions in well-established  industries; high
rates of return on funds employed;  conservative  capitalization  structure with
moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection;  broad margins in earnings
coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation; and well-
established  access to a range of  financial  markets  and  assured  sources  of
alternate liquidity.

"PRIME-2":  Issuers rated "Prime-2" (or supporting  institutions)  have a strong
ability for repayment of senior  short-term debt  obligations.  This normally is
evidenced  by many of the  characteristics  cited above but to a lesser  degree.
Earnings  trends  and  coverage  ratios,  while  sound,  may be more  subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics,  while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

"PRIME-3":   Issuers  rated  "Prime-3"  (or  supporting  institutions)  have  an
acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations. The effect of
industry  characteristics  and  market  compositions  may  be  more  pronounced.
Variability in earnings and  profitability may result in changes in the level of
debt protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.
Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

"NOT  PRIME":  Issuers  rated  "Not  Prime" do not fall  within any of the Prime
rating categories.

STANDARD & POOR'S

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL DEBT RATINGS

INVESTMENT GRADE

"AAA":  Debt rated "AAA" has the highest  rating  assigned by Standard & Poor's.
Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

"AA":  Debt rated "AA" has a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and repay
principal and differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

"A":  Debt rated "A" has a strong  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal
although it is somewhat more  susceptible  to the adverse  effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

"BBB":  Debt rated  "BBB" is  regarded  as having an  adequate  capacity  to pay
interest and repay principal.  Whereas it normally exhibits adequate  protection
parameters,  adverse economic  conditions,  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

SPECULATIVE GRADE

Debt rated "BB", "B", "CCC",  "CC", and "C" is regarded as having  predominantly
speculative  characteristics  with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay
principal.  "BB" indicates the least degree of speculation  and "C" the highest.
While such debt likely has some quality and  protective  characteristics,  these
are outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

"BB":  Debt rated "BB" has less  near-term  vulnerability  to default than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse  business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions  which  could  lead  to
inadequate  capacity to meet timely  interest and principal  payments.  The "BB"
rating  category  is also  used for debt  subordinated  to  senior  debt that is
assigned an actual or implied "BBB-" rating.

"B": Debt rated "B" has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal  repayments.  Adverse business,
financial,  or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

willingness  to pay interest and repay  principal.  The B rating  category is
also used for debt  subordinated  to senior  debt that is  assigned an actual or
implied "BB" or "BB-" rating.

"CCC":  Debt rated "CCC" has a currently  identifiable  vulnerability to default
and is dependent upon favorable business,  financial, and economic conditions to
meet timely  payment of interest  and  repayment of  principal.  In the event of
adverse business, financial or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  The "CCC" rating category is also
used for debt  subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied
"B" or "B-" rating.

"CC": The rating "CC" typically is applied to debt  subordinated  to senior debt
that is assigned an actual or implied "CCC" rating.

"C":  The rating "C"  typically is applied to debt  subordinated  to senior debt
which is assigned an actual or implied "CCC-" debt rating. The "C" rating may be
used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy  petition has been filed,  but debt
service payments are continued.

"C1": The rating "C1" is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being
paid.

"D": Debt rated "D" is in payment default.  The "D" rating category is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired,  unless S&P believes that such payments
will be made during such grace period. The "D" rating will also be used upon the
filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (-):  The  ratings  from "AA" to "CCC" may be  modified by the
addition  of a plus or minus  sign to show  relative  standing  within the major
rating categories.

Provisional ratings: The letter "p" indicates that the rating is provisional.  A
provisional  rating  assumes the  successful  completion  of the  project  being
financed  by the debt being rated and  indicates  that  payment of debt  service
requirements  is largely or entirely  dependent  upon the  successful and timely
completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality
subsequent to completion of the project,  makes no comment on the likelihood of,
or the risk of default upon  failure of, such  completion.  The investor  should
exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

"r":  The "r" is attached to highlight  derivative,  hybrid,  and certain  other
obligations that S&P believes may experience high volatility or high variability
in expected returns due to non-credit  risks.  Examples of such obligations are:
securities   whose   principal  or  interest  return  is  indexed  to  equities,
commodities,  or  currencies;  certain swaps and options;  and interest only and
principal only mortgage securities.

The  absence  of an "r"  symbol  should  not be taken as an  indication  that an
obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

"N.R.":  Not rated.

Debt  obligations of issuers  outside the United States and its  territories are
rated on the same basis as domestic  corporate and municipal issues. The ratings
measure  the  creditworthiness  of the  obligor  but do not  take  into  account
currency exchange and related uncertainties.

NOTE RATING DEFINITIONS

"SP-1":  Strong  capacity to pay principal and  interest.  Issues  determined to
possess very strong characteristics are given a plus (+) designation.

"SP-2":   Satisfactory  capacity  to  pay  principal  and  interest,  with  some
vulnerability  to adverse  financial  and economic  changes over the term of the
notes.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

"SP-3":  Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

COMMERCIAL PAPER RATING DEFINITIONS

"A-1":  This  highest  category  indicates  that the degree of safety  regarding
timely payment is strong.  Those issues  determined to possess  extremely strong
safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

"A-2":   Capacity  for  timely  payment  on  issues  with  this  designation  is
satisfactory.  However,  the  relative  degree  of  safety is not as high as for
issues designated "A-1".

"A-3":  Issues  carrying  this  designation  have  adequate  capacity for timely
payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

"B":  Issues  rated "B" are  regarded as having only  speculative  capacity  for
timely payment.

"C":  This rating is assigned to  short-term  debt  obligations  with a doubtful
capacity for payment.

"D": Debt rated "D" is in payment default.  The "D" rating category is used when
interest  payments or principal  payments are not made on the date due,  even if
the  applicable  grace  period has not expired,  unless S&P  believes  that such
payments will be made during such grace period.

A commercial  paper rating is not a recommendation  to purchase,  sell or hold a
security in as much as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for
a particular investor. The ratings are based on current information furnished to
S&P by the issuer or obtained by S&P from other  sources it considers  reliable.
S&P does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion
rely on unaudited financial information.  The ratings may be changed, suspended,
or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information.




                                      A-5
<PAGE>




                                     PART C
                                OTHER INFORMATION


Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
         ----------------------------------

(a)      Financial Statements.

         (1)      Included in Part A (Not applicable)

         (2)      Included in Part B (Not applicable)

(b)      Exhibits:

         (1)      Trust Instrument of Schroder Capital Funds II (the "Trust") 
                  (filed herewith).

         (2)      Not applicable.

         (3)      Not applicable.

         (4)      Not applicable.

         (5)      Investment  Advisory  Agreement between the Trust and Schroder
                  Capital Management  International Inc. ("SCMI") for Schroder 
                  International Bond Portfolio (filed herewith).

         (6)      Placement  Agent  Agreement  between the Trust and Forum for 
                  Schroder International  Bond  Portfolio  (filed herewith).

         (7)      Not applicable.

         (8)      Custodian  Agreement between the Trust and The Chase Manhattan
                  Bank for  Schroder  International  Bond Portfolio
                 (filed herewith).

         (9)      (a)      Administration  Agreement  between  the Trust  and   
                           Schroder  Fund  Advisors  Inc. for  Schroder
                           International Bond Portfolio (filed  herewith).

                  (b)      Sub-Administration  Agreement  between  the Trust and
                           Forum  Administrative  Services  LLC  ("Forum")  
                           for Schroder  International  Bond  Portfolio
                           (filed herewith).

                  (c)      Form of Transfer Agency and Portfolio  Accounting 
                           Agreement between the Trust and Forum Financial Corp.
                           for Schroder International Bond Portfolio
                          (filed herewith).

                           
         (10)     Not required.

         (11)     Not required.


<PAGE>

         (12)     Not required.

         (13)     Not applicable.

         (14)     Not applicable.

         (15)     Not applicable.

         (16)     Not applicable.

         (17)     Not applicable.

Item 25.    Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant.
          ----------------------------------------------------------------

         None

Item 26.     Number of Holders of Securities as of June 30, 1997.
          -------------------------------------------------------

Title of Class of Shares                                       Number of Holders
of Beneficial Interest                                         -----------------
- ------------------------

Schroder International Bond Portfolio                                   3

Item 27.    Indemnification.
          ------------------------

The Trust holds a directors' and officers' or errors and omissions insurance
policy.  Additionally,  the Trust's  trustees and officers are insured under the
Trust's  fidelity  bond  purchased  pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the  Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Act").

The general effect of Article 5 of Registrant's Trust Instrument is to indemnify
existing or former  trustees  and  officers  of the Trust to the fullest  extent
permitted by law against liability and expenses. There is no indemnification if,
among other things,  any such person is adjudicated  liable to the Registrant or
its shareholders by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence
or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.  This
description  is  modified  in its  entirety  by the  provisions  of Article 5 of
Registrant's  Trust  Instrument  contained  in this  Registration  Statement  as
Exhibit 1 and incorporated herein by reference.

Provisions  of  Registrant's  investment  advisory  agreements  provide that the
respective investment adviser shall not be liable for any mistake of judgment or
in any event  whatsoever,  except for lack of good faith,  provided that nothing
shall be deemed to  protect,  or  purport to  protect,  the  investment  adviser
against any liability to Registrant or to Registrant's  interestholders to which
the  investment  adviser  would  otherwise  be  subject  by  reason  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the investment
adviser's duties, or by reason of the investment adviser's reckless disregard of
its  obligations  and duties  hereunder.  This  description  is  modified in its
entirety  by  the  provisions  of  Registrant's  Investment  Advisory  Agreement
contained in this Registration Statement as Exhibit 5 and incorporated herein by
reference.  Likewise,  Registrant  has agreed to indemnify  (1) Forum  Financial
Services,  Inc. in the Administration  and  Sub-Administration  Agreements,  (2)
Forum Financial Corp. in the Transfer Agency and Fund Accounting Agreement,  and
(3) Forum Financial Services,  Inc. in the Placement Agent Agreement for certain
liabilities  and  expenses  arising  out of their  acts or  omissions  under the
respective agreements.

Item 28.    Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisers.
          --------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

The following are the directors and principal officers of SCMI,  including their
business  connections  that are of a  substantial  nature.  The address of each
company listed,  unless  otherwise  noted,  is 33 Gutter Lane,  London EC2V 8AS,
United Kingdom.  Schroder Capital  Management  International  Limited ("Schroder
Ltd.")  is  a  United  Kingdom  affiliate  of  SCMI  that  provides  investment
management  services  international  clients  located  principally in the United
States.

          David M. Salisbury, Director and Chairman. Mr. Salisbury is also Chief
          Executive  Officer  and  Director  of Schroder  Ltd.  and  Director of
          Dimensional  Fund  Advisors  Inc.,  1299 Ocean  Avenue,  Santa Monica,
          California,  an investment advisory company and DFA Securities Inc., a
          broker dealer  subsidiary of Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. located at
          the same  address.  Until  October 1992 Mr.  Salisbury was Chairman of
          Schroder Fund Advisors Inc. ("Schroder Advisors"), 787 Seventh Avenue,
          New York,  New York, a broker dealer.  Mr.  Salisbury is a director or
          former director of various  investment  trust companies and closed end
          investment  companies  for which SCMI  and/or its  affiliates  provide
          investment services.

          Richard R.  Foulkes,  Deputy  Chairman/Executive  Vice  President  and
          Director.  Mr. Foulkes is also an Executive Vice President of Schroder
          Capital Management International Ltd.and a Director of Schroder Ltd.

          John S. Ager,  Director and Senior Vice President.  Mr. Ager is also a
          Director of Schroder Ltd.

          Louise Croset,  Director and First Vice President.  Ms. Croset is also
          First Vice  President of Schroder  Ltd. and,  until October 1993,  was
          Vice President of Wellington Management, an investment adviser.

          David Gibson, Director and Senior Vice President. Mr. Gibson is also a
          Director of Schroder Ltd., Director of Schroder Investment  Management
          Limited,  Director of Schroder Capital Management Inc. and Senior Vice
          President of Schroder Ltd.

          Phillipa Gould, Director and Senior Vice President.

          C. John Govett,  Director.  Mr.  Govett is also a Director of Schroder
          Ltd.,  Schroder  Investment  Management  Limited,   Schroder  Personal
          Investment Management (investment adviser),  Schroder Ventures Limited
          (investment  adviser)  and  Schroder  Venture  International  Holdings
          Limited (investment  adviser). He is Chairman and Director of Schroder
          Properties   Limited.  He  is  also  Director  of  several  investment
          companies  for which SCMI  and/or its  affiliates  provide  investment
          services.

          Sharon L. Haugh,  Executive Vice President and Director.  Ms. Haugh is
          also a Director of Schroder Ltd.

          Gavin D.L. Ralston, Director and Senior Vice President. Mr. Ralston is
          also a Director of Schroder Ltd.

          Mark J. Smith,  Director and Senior Vice President.  Mr. Smith is also
          Director,  Schroder Ltd. and Schroder Investment Management (Guernsey)
          Limited,  an investment  management  company,  and Director and Senior
          Vice President of Schroder  Advisors.  Mr. Smith is also a director of
          various investment trusts and open end investment  companies for which
          SCMI and/or its affiliates provide investment services.

          John A. Troiano,  Chief Executive and Director.  Mr. Troiano is also a
          Director of Schroder Ltd.

          Andrew R. Barker, First Vice President.  Mr. Barker is also First Vice
          President of Schroder Ltd.

          J. Ann Bonathan, First Vice President. Ms. Bonathan is also First Vice
          President of Schroder Ltd. During the last two years, Ms. Bonathan has
          been  Deputy  Head of Custody  Operations  of SG  Warburg,  1 Finsbury
          Avenue, London, merchant bankers.

          Heather F. Crighton,  First Vice President.  Ms. Crighton is also Vice
          President of Schroder Ltd.


<PAGE>

          Robert G. Davy, Senior Vice President.  Mr. Davy is also a Director of
          Schroder  Ltd.  and an officer of open end  investment  companies  for
          which SCMI and/or its affiliates provide investment services.

          Margaret H. Douglas-Hamilton,  Secretary. Ms. Douglas-Hamilton is also
          Senior Vice President and General  Counsel of Schroders  Incorporated,
          787  Seventh  Avenue,  New York,  New York,  the  holding  company for
          various United States based SCMI affiliates.  Ms.  Douglas-Hamilton is
          also  Secretary  to  various  SCMI   affiliates  and  Secretary  of  a
          closed-end Fund advised by SCMI.

          Catherine  A.  Mazza,  First Vice  President.  Ms.  Mazza is also Vice
          President of open-end  investment  companies for which SCMI and/or its
          affiliates  provide  investment  services and is President of Schroder
          Advisors.

          Abdallah  Nauphal,  Group Vice President and also Director of Schroder
          Capital Managment Inc.

          Joshua Shapiro, First Vice President.

          John Stainsby,  First Vice President.  Mr. Stainsby is also First Vice
          President of Schroder Ltd.

          Ellen B. Sullivan, First Vice President.

          Fariba Talebi, Group Vice President.  Ms. Talebi is also an officer of
          various  open end  investment  companies  for which  SCMI  and/or  its
          affiliates provide investment services.

          Jan Kees van  Heusde,  First  Vice  President.  Mr. van Heusde is also
          First Vice President of Schroder Ltd.

          Patrick Vermeulen,  First Vice President.  Mr. Vermeulen is also First
          Vice President of Schroder Ltd.

          Kathleen Adams,  Vice  President.  Ms. Adams is also Vice President of
          Schroder Advisors.

          Mark J. Astley, First Vice President.

          William H.  Barnes,  Vice  President.  During the last two years,  Mr.
          Barnes has been a marketer  at Nomura  Capital  Management  Ltd.,  180
          Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10038, and investment adviser.

          James L. Gray, Vice President.

          Robert A.  Jackowitz,  Treasurer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  Mr.
          Jackowitz  also  serves  as Vice  President  and  Treasurer  or CFO of
          open-end investment companies and a closed-end  investment company for
          which SCMI and/or its affiliates provide  investment  services and for
          Schroder Advisors.

          Clare L. Latham, Vice President. During the last two years, Ms. Latham
          has been First Vice President of Schroder Ltd. and Analyst at the Bank
          of England, Threadneedle Street, London EC2R 8AH.

          Thomas Melendez, First Vice President.  During the last two years, Mr.
          Melendez has been a Vice President of Natwest Securities (an 
          investment adviser), 175 Water Street, New York, NY.

          Alexandra Poe, Vice President.  During the last two years, Ms. Poe has
          been an investment  management  lawyer in private practice with Gordon
          Altman Butowsky Weitzen Shalov & Wein, 114 West 47th street, New York,
          New York 10036. Ms. Poe also serves as Vice President and/or Secretary
          of open-end  funds and is a Senior Vice  President  and  Secretary  of
          Schroder Advisors.

          Ira L. Unschuld, First Vice President. Mr. Unschuld is also an officer
          of various  open end  investment  companies  for which SCMI and/or its
          affiliates provide investment services.


<PAGE>

          Dawn M. Vroegop, First Vice President.  During the last two years, Ms.
          Vroegop has been an  Associate  of A.T.  Keaney,  Inc.,  153 East 53rd
          Street, New York, NY, management consultants.

          Anita L. Whelan,  First Vice  President and  Compliance  Officer.  Ms.
          Whelan is also Vice President of Schroder Advisors.

          Michael  M.  Perelstein,  Senior  Vice  President  and  Director.  Mr.
          Perelstein  has been Senior  Vice  President  as of January,  1997 and
          Director since May 1997; prior thereto he was Managing Director of
          MacKay - Shields Financial Corp.

Item 29.    Principal Underwriters.
          -------------------------

         (a)      Not applicable.

         (b)      Not applicable.

         (c)      Not applicable.


Item 30.     Location of Books and Records.
          ---------------------------------

The  majority  of  the  accounts,  books  and  other  documents  required  to be
maintained by Section 31(a) of the Act and the Rules  thereunder  are maintained
at the offices of Forum Administrative  Services,  Limited Liability Company and
Forum Financial Corp., Two Portland Square,  Portland,  Maine 04101. The records
required to be  maintained  under Rule  31a-1(b)(1)  with respect to journals of
receipts and deliveries of securities and receipts and disbursements of cash are
maintained at the offices of the  Registrant's  custodian,  which is named under
"Custodian" in Part B to this Registration Statement. The records required to be
maintained under Rule 31a-1(b)(5),  (6) and (9) are maintained at the offices of
Registrant's investment adviser, which is named in Item 28 hereof.


Item 31.     Management Services.
          -----------------------

         Not applicable.


Item 32.     Undertakings.
          --------------------

Registrant  undertakes  to  contain  in  its  Trust  Instrument  provisions  for
assisting   shareholder   communications   and  for  the   removal  of  trustees
substantially  similar to those provided for in Section 16(c) of the Act, except
to the extent such  provisions  are  mandatory or  prohibited  under  applicable
Delaware law.


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES



Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940,  the
Registrant  has duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned,  thereto duly authorized, in the City of New York and
the State of New York on the 11th day of August, 1997.



                                                   SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II

                                                   By: /S/ Catherine A. Mazza
                                                   --------------------------
                                                       Catherine A. Mazza
                                                       Vice President


<PAGE>








                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


         Exhibits:

(1)  Trust  Instrument  of  Schroder  Capital  Funds  II  (the  "Trust")  (filed
     herewith).

(5)  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  between  the  Trust and  Schroder  Capital
     Management   International   Inc.   ("SCMI")   with   respect  to  Schroder
     International Bond Portfolio (filed herewith).

(6)  Placement  Agent  Agreement  between the Trust and Forum for 
     Schroder International  Bond  Portfolio  (filed herewith).

(8)  Custodian  Agreement  between the Trust and The Chase  Manhattan Bank, N.A.
     with respect to Schroder International Bond Portfolio (filed herewith).

(9)  (a)  Administration  Agreement between the Trust and Schroder Fund Advisors
     Inc.  with  respect  to  Schroder   International   Bond  Portfolio  (filed
     herewith).

     (b) Sub-Administration Agreement between the Trust and Forum Administrative
     Services  LLC  ("Forum")  with  respect  to  Schroder   International  Bond
     Portfolio (filed  herewith).

     (c) Transfer Agency and Portfolio  Accounting Agreement  between  the Trust
     and Forum  Financial  Corp.  with  respect to Schroder International Bond 
     Portfolio (filed herewith).

<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT (1)



<PAGE>




























                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II












                                TRUST INSTRUMENT
                             DATED DECEMBER 26, 1996

<PAGE>




<TABLE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                          Page
<S>              <C>                                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE I -- THE TRUST

         Section 1.1  Name...........................................................................        1
         Section 1.2  Definitions....................................................................        1

ARTICLE II -- TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

         Section 2.1  Number and Qualification.......................................................        3
         Section 2.2  Term and Election..............................................................        3
         Section 2.3  Resignation and Removal........................................................        3
         Section 2.4  Vacancies......................................................................        3
         Section 2.5  Meetings.......................................................................        3
         Section 2.6  Committees.....................................................................        4
         Section 2.7  By-Laws........................................................................        5
         Section 2.8  Officers of the Trust..........................................................        5
         Section 2.9  Election, Tenure and Removal of Officers.......................................        5
         Section 2.10  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents.......................................        5
         Section 2.11  Secretary.....................................................................        6
         Section 2.12  Treasurer.....................................................................        6
         Section 2.13  Other Officers and Duties.....................................................        6

ARTICLE III -- POWERS OF TRUSTEES

         Section 3.1  General........................................................................        6
         Section 3.2  Investments....................................................................        6
         Section 3.3  Legal Title....................................................................        7
         Section 3.4  Sale of Interests..............................................................        7
         Section 3.5  Borrow Money...................................................................        7
         Section 3.6  Delegation.....................................................................        7
         Section 3.7  Collection and Payment.........................................................        7
         Section 3.8  Expenses.......................................................................        7
         Section 3.9  Miscellaneous Powers...........................................................        8
         Section 3.10  Further Powers................................................................        8
         Section 3.11  Principal Transactions........................................................        8

ARTICLE IV -- INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, CUSTODIAL AND PRIVATE
         PLACEMENT ARRANGEMENTS

         Section 4.1  Investment Management and Other Arrangements...................................        8
         Section 4.2  Custodial Arrangements.........................................................        9
         Section 4.3  Parties to Contract............................................................        9
         Section 4.4  Compliance with 1940 Act.......................................................        9

ARTICLE V -- LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

         Section 5.1  No Personal Liability of Trustees, Holders.....................................        9
         Section 5.2  Indemnification................................................................       10
         Section 5.3  No Bond Required of Trustees...................................................       11
         Section 5.4  No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.....................       11
         Section 5.5  Reliance on Experts, etc.......................................................       12


<PAGE>

ARTICLE VI -- INTERESTS OF THE TRUST

         Section 6.1  Interests......................................................................       12
         Section 6.2  Rights of Holders..............................................................       12
         Section 6.3  Purchase of or Increase in Interests...........................................       12
         Section 6.4  Register of Interests..........................................................       12
         Section 6.5  Non-Transferability............................................................       12
         Section 6.6  Notices........................................................................       12
         Section 6.7  Assent to Trust Instrument.....................................................       13
         Section 6.8  Establishment of Series........................................................       13
         Section 6.9  Assets and Liabilities of Series...............................................       13

ARTICLE VII -- DECREASES AND WITHDRAWALS

         Section 7.1  Decreases and Withdrawals......................................................       14

ARTICLE VIII -- DETERMINATION OF BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNT
         BALANCES, NET ASSET VALUE, ALLOCATIONS
         AND DISTRIBUTIONS

         Section 8.1  Book Capital Account Balances..................................................       14
         Section 8.2  Net Asset Value................................................................       14
         Section 8.3  Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses.......................................       15
         Section 8.4  Distributions..................................................................       15
         Section 8.5  Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures...........................................       15

ARTICLE IX -- HOLDERS

         Section 9.1  Meetings of Holders............................................................       15
         Section 9.2  Notice of Meetings.............................................................       16
         Section 9.3  Record Date for Meetings.......................................................       16
         Section 9.4  Proxies, etc...................................................................       16
         Section 9.5  Inspectors of Election.........................................................       16
         Section 9.6  Inspection of Records..........................................................       17
         Section 9.7  Holder Action by Written Consent...............................................       17
         Section 9.8  Voting Powers..................................................................       17

ARTICLE X -- DURATION; TERMINATION; DISSOLUTION; AMENDMENT;
         MERGERS; ETC.

         Section 10.1  Termination of Trust or any Series............................................       17
         Section 10.2  Dissolution...................................................................       18
         Section 10.3  Amendment Procedure...........................................................       18
         Section 10.4  Merger or Consolidation.......................................................       19
         Section 10.5  Incorporation.................................................................       19

ARTICLE XI -- MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 11.1  Governing Law.................................................................       19
         Section 11.2  Counterparts..................................................................       20
         Section 11.3  Reliance by Third Parties.....................................................       20
         Section 11.4  Provisions in Conflict with Law on Regulations................................       20
         Section 11.5  Signatures....................................................................       20
         Section 11.6  Seal..........................................................................       20
         Section 11.7  Fiscal Year...................................................................       20
         Section 11.8  Waivers of Notice.............................................................       20
         Section 11.9  Reports.......................................................................       20

</TABLE>

<PAGE>











                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II






         This TRUST  INSTRUMENT  of SCHRODER  CAPITAL FUNDS II is executed as of
the 26th day of December, 1996 by the parties signatory hereto, as Trustees.

         WHEREAS,  the Trustees desire to form a business trust under the law of
Delaware for the investment and reinvestment of the Trust's assets; and

         WHEREAS,  it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of money and
property contributed hereto by the holders of interests in the trust entitled to
ownership rights in the trust;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  Trustees  hereby  declare that they will hold in
trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund to manage and dispose
of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests in the trust and subject
to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                    ARTICLE I
                                    THE TRUST

         1.1.  NAME. The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust") shall be
"Schroder  Capital Funds II" and so far as may be practicable the Trustees shall
conduct the Trust's  activities,  execute all documents and sue or be sued under
that name,  which name (and the word "Trust"  wherever  hereinafter  used) shall
refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and not individually,  and shall not refer to
the officers,  agents,  employees or holders of interests in the Trust. However,
should  the  Trustees  determine  that the use of the  name of the  Trust is not
advisable, they may select such other name for the Trust as they deem proper and
the Trust may hold its  property  and  conduct its  activities  under such other
name.

         1.2.     DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Trust Instrument, the  following
terms shall have the following meanings:

         The terms  "Affiliated  Person,"  "Assignment" and "Interested  Person"
shall  have  the  meanings  given  them in the  1940  Act,  as  modified  by any
applicable  order or orders of the  Commission or  interpretive  releases of the
Commission thereunder.

         "Book  Capital  Account"  shall mean,  for any Holder of Interests in a
particular  Series at any time,  the Book  Capital  Account of the  Holder  with
respect to that Series for such day,  determined in accordance with Article VIII
of this Instrument.

         "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Delaware  Act" shall mean Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware  Code
entitled "Treatment of Delaware Business Trusts," as it may be amended from time
to time.


<PAGE>

         "Fiscal Year" shall mean, with respect to any Series,  an annual period
as determined by the Trustees.

         "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of record of
Interests of a Series of the Trust at such time.

         "Instrument"  shall mean this Trust  Instrument as amended from time to
time.  References in this  Instrument to  "Instrument,"  "hereof,"  "herein" and
"hereunder"  shall be deemed to refer to the Instrument  rather than the article
or section in which such words appear.

         "Interest(s)" shall mean, with respect to each Series or the Trust, the
interest of a Holder in that Series or the Trust,  as applicable,  including all
rights, powers and privileges accorded to such Holders in this Instrument, which
interest  (i) in a Series,  may be  expressed  as a  percentage,  determined  by
calculating, at such times and on such basis, as the Trustees shall from time to
time  determine,  the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account balance to the
total of all Holders' Book Capital  Account  balances in that Series and (ii) in
the Trust, may be expressed as a percentage,  determined by calculating, at such
times and on such basis, as the Trustees shall from time to time determine,  the
ratio of each Holder's  aggregate  capital  account balance in all Series of the
Trust to the total of all Holders' capital account balances in all Series of the
Trust.  Reference herein to a specified percentage in, or fraction of, Interests
of the Holders in a Series means  Holders whose  combined Book Capital  Accounts
represent such specified  percentage or fraction of the Book Capital Accounts of
all Holders in that Series.

         "Investment  Manager" shall mean any person furnishing  services to the
Trust or any Series pursuant to any investment  management contract as described
in Section 4.1 hereof.

         "Majority  Interests  Vote" shall mean,  with respect to the Trust or a
Series thereof, the vote, at a meeting of the Holders of the Trust or Series, as
the case may be, of (i) 67% or more of the Interests  present or  represented at
such  meeting,  if the Holders of more than 50% of the Interests of the Trust or
Series,  as the case may be, are  present or  represented  by proxy or (ii) more
than 50% of the Interests of the Trust or Series,  as the case may be, whichever
is less.

         "Net Asset  Value"  shall  have the  meaning  assigned  to that term in
Section 8.2 hereof.

         "Person"   shall   mean   and   include   individuals,    corporations,
partnerships,  trusts, associations,  joint ventures and other entities, whether
or not legal entities,  and governments and agencies and political  subdivisions
thereof.

         "Registration  Statement" shall mean the Registration  Statement of the
Trust under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

         "Series"  shall mean a series of Interests of the Trust  established in
accordance with the provisions of Article VI, Section 6.8 hereof.

         "Trustees"  shall mean the signatories to this  Instrument,  so long as
they shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other
persons who at the time in question have been duly elected or appointed and have
qualified as trustees in accordance  with the provisions  hereof and are then in
office,  who are herein  referred to as the  "Trustees,"  and  reference in this
Instrument  to a Trustee or  Trustees  shall  refer to such person or persons in
their capacity as trustees hereunder.

         "Trust  Property"  shall  mean as of any  particular  time  any and all
property, real or personal, tangible or intangible,  which at such time is owned
or held by or for the  account of the Trust or any  Series,  or the  Trustees on
behalf of the Trust or any Series.

         The "1940 Act" refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                              TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

         2.1.  NUMBER AND  QUALIFICATION.  The number of Trustees shall be fixed
from time to time by the Trustees then in office,  provided,  however,  that the
number of Trustees shall in no event be less than three or more than twelve. Any
vacancy  created by an increase in Trustees may be filled by the  appointment of
an individual  having the  qualifications  described in this  Article.  Any such
appointment shall not become effective,  however, until the individual appointed
shall have accepted such appointment and agreed to be bound by the terms of this
Instrument.  No  reduction  in the number of  Trustees  shall have the effect of
removing any Trustee  from office.  Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees
shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided in Section 2.4 hereof, the
Trustees  in  office,  regardless  of their  number,  shall  have all the powers
granted to the  Trustees  and shall  discharge  all the duties  imposed upon the
Trustees by this Instrument.

         2.2.  TERM AND  ELECTION.  Each  Trustee  named  herein,  or elected or
appointed  hereunder,  shall (except in the event of resignations or removals or
vacancies pursuant to Section 2.3 or 2.4 hereof) hold office until the Trustee's
successor has been elected and has qualified to serve as Trustee. Beginning with
the Trustees  elected at the first  meeting of Holders,  each Trustee shall hold
office  during  the  lifetime  of  this  Trust  and  until  its  termination  as
hereinafter  provided  unless such Trustee  resigns or is removed as provided in
Section 2.3 below.

         2.3.  RESIGNATION  AND  REMOVAL.  Any  Trustee  may resign  their trust
(without  need for prior or subsequent  accounting)  by an instrument in writing
signed by him and delivered or mailed to the Chairman,  if any, the President or
the Secretary and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery,  or at
a later date according to the terms of the  instrument.  Any of the Trustees may
be removed by the  affirmative  vote of the Holders of  two-thirds  (2/3) of the
Interests or (provided the aggregate number of Trustees,  after such removal and
after giving effect to any appointment  made to fill the vacancy created by such
removal,  shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1 hereof) with
cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. Removal with cause
includes,  but is not  limited  to, the  removal of a Trustee due to physical or
mental  incapacity.  Upon  the  resignation  or  removal  of a  Trustee,  or the
Trustee's  otherwise  ceasing to be a Trustee,  the  Trustee  shall  execute and
deliver such  documents as the remaining  Trustees shall require for the purpose
of conveying to the Trust or the remaining  Trustees any Trust  Property held in
the name of the resigning or removed  Trustee.  Upon the death of any Trustee or
upon removal or resignation due to any Trustee's incapacity to serve as trustee,
the Trustee's  legal  representative  shall execute and deliver on the Trustee's
behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the
preceding sentence.

         2.4.  VACANCIES.  The term of office of a Trustee shall terminate and a
vacancy  shall  occur  in the  event  of  the  death,  resignation,  adjudicated
incompetence  or other  incapacity  to  perform  the  duties of the  office,  or
removal,  of a Trustee or increase in the number of  Trustees.  No such  vacancy
shall operate to annul this  Instrument or to revoke any existing agency created
pursuant to the terms of this Instrument.  In the case of a vacancy, the Holders
of at least a majority of the Interests  entitled to vote, acting at any meeting
of the Holders held in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof, or a majority vote of
the Trustees  continuing in office,  may fill such  vacancy,  and any Trustee so
elected by the  Trustees  or the  Holders  shall hold office as provided in this
Instrument.

         2.5.     MEETINGS.

         (a) Meetings of the  Trustees  shall be held from time to time upon the
call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the Secretary, or any two Trustees.
The Trustees may act with or without a meeting. A quorum for all meetings of the
Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided otherwise in this
Instrument, any action of the Trustees may be taken by vote of a majority of the
Trustees  present  (a  quorum  being  present)  at a meeting  duly  called or by
unanimous written consent of the Trustees without a meeting. In the absence of a
quorum,  a majority of the Trustees present may adjourn the meeting from time to
time until a quorum shall be present. Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be
given.  The  Trustees by majority  vote may delegate to any one or more of their
number their authority to approve  particular matters or take particular actions
on behalf of the Trust.


<PAGE>

         (b) Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice
at a time and place fixed by the Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be
given by mail,  facsimile or telegram  (which term shall include a cablegram) or
delivered  personally,  which shall  include by  telephone.  Notice of a meeting
designating  the time,  date and place of such meeting  shall be mailed not less
than 72 hours or  otherwise  given not less than 24 hours before the meeting but
may be waived in writing by any Trustee either before or after such meeting. The
attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such
meeting  except  where a Trustee  attends a meeting for the  express  purpose of
objecting,  at the  commencement  of such  meeting,  to the  transaction  of any
business  on the  ground  that the  meeting  has not  been  lawfully  called  or
convened.  Neither  the  business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any
meeting  of the Board of  Trustees  need be  stated  in the  notice or waiver of
notice of such  meeting,  and no notice  need be given of action  proposed to be
taken by unanimous written consent.

         (c) All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the
Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference  telephone or similar
communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons  participating  in the
meeting  can hear each other and  participation  in a meeting  pursuant  to such
communications system shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

         (d) The Chairman,  if any, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the
Trustees; in the Chairman's absence the President shall act as chairman; and, in
the absence of the Chairman and the President,  the Trustees present shall elect
one of their  number to act as  temporary  chairman.  The results of all actions
taken at a meeting  of the  Trustees,  or by  unanimous  written  consent of the
Trustees, shall be recorded by the Secretary.

         (e) With respect to actions of the  Trustees  and any  committee of the
Trustees,  Trustees  who  are  Interested  Persons  of the  Trust  or  otherwise
interested  in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum  purposes  under
this Section 2.5, or with respect to committees, Section 2.6 of this Instrument,
and shall be entitled to vote to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

         2.6.     COMMITTEES.

         (a) Any committee of the Trustees may act with or without a meeting.  A
quorum for all  meetings  of any  committee  shall be a majority  of the members
thereof or such lesser number as determined  by the  Trustees.  Unless  provided
otherwise in this Instrument, any action of any committee may be taken by a vote
of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) at a meeting or by
unanimous  written  consent of the  members  without a meeting  or by  telephone
meeting.

         (b) The  Trustees by vote of a majority of all the  Trustees  may elect
from their own number an Executive Committee to consist of not less than two (2)
to hold office at the  pleasure of the  Trustees,  which shall have the power to
conduct the current and  ordinary  business of the Trust while the  Trustees are
not  in  session,  including  the  purchase  and  sale  of  securities  and  the
designation  of  securities  to be  delivered  upon  decrease or  withdrawal  of
Interests  of the Trust or any Series,  and such other powers of the Trustees as
the Trustees may, from time to time,  delegate to them except those powers which
by law or this Instrument they are prohibited from delegating.  The Trustees may
also elect from their own number other  Committees from time to time, the number
composing such  Committees,  the powers  conferred upon the same (subject to the
same  limitations  as with respect to the Executive  Committee)  and the term of
membership on such Committees to be determined by the Trustees. The Trustees may
designate a Chairman of any such Committee.  In the absence of such designation,
the  Committee  may elect its own Chairman.  Each  Committee  shall keep regular
minutes of its  meetings and records of  decisions  taken  without a meeting and
cause them to be recorded in a book  designated for that purpose and kept in the
Office of the Trust.

         (c) The Trustees may (1) provide for stated  meetings of any Committee;
(2) specify the manner of calling and notice  required  for special  meetings of
any  Committee;  (3) specify  the number of members of a  Committee  required to
constitute  a quorum  and the  number of  members  of a  Committee  required  to
exercise specified powers delegated to such Committee;  (4) authorize the making
of decisions to exercise  specified  powers by written  assent of the  requisite
number of  members  of a  Committee  without a meeting;  and (5)  authorize  the
members of a Committee to meet by means of a telephone conference circuit.


<PAGE>

         2.7.     BY-LAWS. The Trustees may, but need not, adopt By-Laws for the
conduct of the business of the Trust and may from time  to time  amend or repeal
any By-Laws.

         2.8.  OFFICERS OF THE TRUST.  The  Trustees  shall,  from time to time,
elect a  President,  a Secretary  and a  Treasurer.  The  Trustees  may elect or
appoint,  from time to time, a Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees may elect or
appoint such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice Presidents, as
the business of the Trust may require.  The Trustees may delegate to any officer
or committee the power to appoint any subordinate officers or agents. Any two or
more of the offices may be held by the same person,  except that the same person
may not be both  President  and  Secretary.  The Trustees  may  designate a Vice
President as an Executive  Vice  President  and may designate the order in which
the other Vice  Presidents  may act.  The Chairman  and the  President  shall be
Trustees,  but no other officer of the Trust need be a Trustee.  Any officer may
be required by the  Trustees to be bonded for the  faithful  performance  of the
officer's  duties in such  amount and with such  sureties  as the  Trustees  may
determine.

         2.9.  ELECTION,   TENURE  AND  REMOVAL  OF  OFFICERS.  At  the  initial
organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the Trustees,  the
Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, President,  Secretary, Treasurer. The
Trustees  may from time to time elect or  appoint  such  other  officers  as the
Trustees  shall deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business
of the Trust and such officers  shall hold office until the next annual  meeting
of the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.
The Trustees  also may  authorize or appoint the President to appoint such other
officers as the Trustees  shall deem  necessary or appropriate in order to carry
out the  business of the Trust.  The  Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or
add any additional officers at any time. Any officer may be removed at any time,
with or without cause,  by action of a majority of the Trustees.  This provision
shall not  prevent the making of a contract of  employment  for a definite  term
with any  officer  and shall have no effect  upon any cause of action  which any
officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a contract  of  employment.
Any officer may resign at any time by notice in writing  signed by such  officer
and delivered or mailed to the Chairman,  if any, President,  or Secretary,  and
such resignation shall take effect immediately,  or at a later date according to
the terms of such notice in writing.

         2.10. CHAIRMAN,  PRESIDENT, AND VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Chairman, if any,
shall,  if present,  preside at all  meetings of the Holders and of the Trustees
and shall  exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time
to time assigned to him by the Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if
any, as may be given by the  Trustees to the  Chairman,  if any,  the  President
shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the control of
the  Trustees,  shall have  general  supervision,  direction  and control of the
business  of the Trust and of its  employees  and shall  exercise  such  general
powers of  management  as are  usually  vested in the office of  President  of a
corporation. In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall preside
at all  meetings of the Holders and the  Trustees.  Subject to  direction of the
Trustees,  the Chairman,  if any, and the President shall each have power in the
name  and on  behalf  of the  Trust  to  execute  any  and all  loan  documents,
contracts,  agreements,  deeds, mortgages, and other instruments in writing, and
to employ and  discharge  employees  and agents of the Trust.  Unless  otherwise
directed by the  Trustees,  the Chairman,  if any, and the President  shall each
have full authority and power,  on behalf of all of the Trustees,  to attend and
to act and to  vote,  on  behalf  of the  Trust,  at any  meetings  of  business
organizations  in which the Trust  holds an  interest,  or to confer such powers
upon any other persons,  by executing any proxies duly authorizing such persons.
The Chairman,  if any, and the President shall have such further authorities and
duties as the  Trustees  shall from time to time  determine.  In the  absence or
disability of the President,  the Vice  Presidents in order of their rank or the
Vice  President  designated by the Trustees,  shall perform all of the duties of
President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all
of  the  restrictions  upon  the  President.  Subject  to the  direction  of the
President, each Vice President shall have the power in the name and on behalf of
the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,  contracts,  agreements, deeds,
mortgages and other  instruments in writing,  and, in addition,  shall have such
other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees
or by the President.

         2.11.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings
of, and record all votes of, Holders,  Trustees and the Executive Committee,  if
any. The Secretary  shall be custodian of the seal of the Trust, if any, and the
Secretary  (and any other person so authorized by the Trustees)  shall affix the
seal or, if permitted,  a facsimile thereof,  to any instrument  executed by the
Trust which would be sealed by a Delaware  corporation 



<PAGE>

executing  the same or a similar  instrument  and shall  attest the seal and the
signature or signatures of the officer or officers  executing such instrument on
behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall also perform any other duties commonly
incident to such office in a Delaware business corporation,  and shall have such
other authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.

         2.12.  TREASURER.  Except as otherwise  directed by the  Trustees,  the
Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies,  funds,  securities,
notes receivable and other valuable papers and documents of the Trust, and shall
have and exercise under the supervision of the Trustees and of the President all
powers and duties normally incident to the President's office. The Treasurer may
endorse  for  deposit  or  collection  all notes,  checks and other  instruments
payable to the Trust or to its order.  The Treasurer  shall deposit all funds of
the Trust as may be ordered by the  Trustees  or the  Treasurer.  The  Treasurer
shall deliver all funds of the Trust which may come into the  Treasurer's  hands
to such  Custodian  as the  Trustees  may employ  pursuant to Article V of these
By-Laws.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate  account of the books of the Trust's
transactions  which shall be the property of the Trust,  and which together with
all other property of the Trust in the Treasurer's possession,  shall be subject
at all times to the inspection and control of the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees
shall  otherwise  determine,  the Treasurer  shall be the  principal  accounting
officer of the Trust and shall also be the  principal  financial  officer of the
Trust.  The  Treasurer  shall have such  other  duties  and  authorities  as the
Trustees  or  President  shall  from  time  to time  determine.  Notwithstanding
anything to the  contrary  herein  contained,  the Trustees  may  authorize  any
investment  adviser,  administrator  or manager to maintain  bank  accounts  and
deposit and disburse funds on behalf of the Trust.

         2.13.  OTHER  OFFICERS  AND DUTIES.  The  Trustees may elect such other
officers and assistant  officers as they shall from time to time determine to be
necessary or desirable in order to conduct the business of the Trust.  Assistant
officers  shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom they assist and
shall assist that officer in the duties of their office. Each officer,  employee
and agent of the Trust  shall have such other  duties  and  authority  as may be
conferred upon him by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.

                                   ARTICLE III
                               POWERS OF TRUSTEES

         3.1.  GENERAL.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute  control
over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the same extent as
if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property and business in their
own  right,  but with such  powers of  delegation  as may be  permitted  by this
Instrument.  The Trustees may perform such acts as in their sole  discretion are
proper for conducting the business of the Trust. The enumeration of any specific
power herein shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power. Such powers
of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or resort to any court.

         3.2.     INVESTMENTS.  The Trustees shall have power to:

         (a)      Conduct, operate and carry on the business  of  an  investment
company;

         (b)  Subscribe  for,  invest in,  reinvest  in,  purchase or  otherwise
acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute or otherwise
deal in or dispose of any form of property  including  United States and foreign
currencies and related instruments including forward contracts,  and securities,
including common and preferred stocks, warrants,  bonds, debentures,  time notes
and  all  other  evidences  of   indebtedness,   negotiable  or   non-negotiable
instruments,  obligations,  certificates of deposit or indebtedness,  commercial
paper,  repurchase  agreements,   reverse  repurchase  agreements,   convertible
securities, forward contracts, options, futures contracts, and other securities,
including,  without  limitation,  those  issued,  guaranteed or sponsored by any
state, territory or possession of the United States and the District of Columbia
and their  political  subdivisions,  agencies and  instrumentalities,  or by the
United States Government, any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality
or  political  subdivision  of the  United  States  Government  or  any  foreign
government,  or  international  instrumentalities,   or  by  any  bank,  savings
institution,  corporation or other business  entity  organized under the laws of
the United  States or under  foreign  laws;  and to exercise any and all rights,
powers and  privileges  of  ownership or interest in respect of any and all such
investments of every kind and description,  including,  without limitation,  the
right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate
one or more persons, firms, associations or 


<PAGE>

corporations to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges in respect of
any of said instruments;  and the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing
powers with the respect to any  additional  securities in which the Trustees may
determine to invest.

         The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations  maturing
before the possible  termination of the Trust, nor shall the Trustees be limited
by any law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries.

         3.3. LEGAL TITLE. Legal title to all the Trust Property shall be vested
in the Trustees as joint tenants  except that the Trustees  shall have the power
to cause legal  title to any Trust  Property to be held by or in the name of one
or more of the  Trustees,  or in the  name of the  Trust,  or in the name of any
other  Person  on  behalf  of the  Trust,  on such  terms  as the  Trustees  may
determine.

         The right,  title and  interest of the  Trustees in the Trust  Property
shall vest  automatically in each person who may hereafter become a Trustee upon
the Trustee's due election and qualification.  Upon the resignation,  removal or
death of a Trustee,  the Trustee  shall  automatically  cease to have any right,
title or  interest  in any of the  Trust  Property,  and the  right,  title  and
interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest  automatically  in the
remaining  Trustees.  Such  vesting and  cessation  of title shall be  effective
whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.

     3.4. SALE OF INTERESTS.  Subject to the more detailed  provisions set forth
in Articles VII and VIII, the Trustees shall have the power to permit persons to
purchase  Interests and to add to or reduce, in whole or in part, their Interest
in the Trust or any Series thereof.

         3.5.  BORROW  MONEY.  The Trustees  shall have power to borrow money or
otherwise  obtain  credit  and to secure  the same by  mortgaging,  pledging  or
otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust,  including the lending
of portfolio securities,  and to endorse, guarantee or undertake the performance
of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other person, firm, association
or corporation.

         3.6. DELEGATION.  The Trustees shall have power,  consistent with their
continuing  exclusive  authority  over the management of the Trust and the Trust
Property,  to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers,
employees  or agents of the Trust the doing of such things and the  execution of
such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or
otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

         3.7.  COLLECTION AND PAYMENT.  The Trustees shall have power to collect
all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims,  including taxes,  against
the Trust  Property;  to  prosecute,  defend,  compromise  or abandon any claims
relating to the Trust Property;  to foreclose any security interest securing any
obligations,  by virtue of which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter
into releases, agreements and other instruments.

         3.8.  EXPENSES.  The  Trustees  shall  have  power to incur and pay all
expenses  which in the opinion of the Trustees are  necessary or  incidental  to
carry  out  any  of the  purposes  of  this  Instrument,  and to pay  reasonable
compensation from the funds of the Trust or the assets of the appropriate Series
to  themselves  as Trustees.  The  Trustees  shall fix the  compensation  of all
officers,   employees  and  Trustees.  The  Trustees  may  pay  themselves  such
compensation for special services,  including legal and brokerage  services,  as
they  in  good  faith  may  deem  reasonable,  and  reimbursement  for  expenses
reasonably incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust or any Series thereof.

         3.9.  MISCELLANEOUS  POWERS.  The Trustees shall have the power to: (a)
employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem  desirable for the
transaction  of the  business  of the  Trust and  terminate  such  employees  or
contractual  relationships  as they consider  appropriate;  (b) enter into joint
ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or associations; (c) purchase,
and pay for out of Trust  Property  or the  assets  of the  appropriate  Series,
insurance policies insuring the Investment  Manager,  placement agent,  Holders,
Trustees,  officers,  employees, agents, or independent contractors of the Trust
against all claims  arising by reason of holding any such  position or by reason
of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in such  capacity,  whether or
not the Trust  would  have the  power to  indemnify  such  Person  against  such
liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing


<PAGE>

and other  retirement,  incentive and benefit plans for any Trustees,  officers,
employees and agents of the Trust;  (e) make donations,  irrespective of benefit
to the Trust,  for  charitable,  religious,  educational,  scientific,  civic or
similar purposes;  (f) to the extent permitted by law, indemnify any Person with
whom the Trust has dealings,  including the Investment Manager, placement agent,
Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the
Trust,  to  such  extent  as  the  Trustees  shall   determine;   (g)  guarantee
indebtedness or contractual  obligations of others; (h) determine and change the
Fiscal  Year of each  Series of the Trust and the  method in which its  accounts
shall be kept;  (i) adopt a seal for the  Trust,  but the  absence  of such seal
shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf of the Trust;
(j) establish  separate and distinct Series with separately  defined  investment
objectives and policies and distinct  investment purposes in accordance with the
provisions of Article VI hereof;  (k) subject to the  provisions of Section 3804
of the Delaware Act, allocate assets, liabilities and expenses of the Trust to a
particular  Series or  apportion  the same  between or among two or more Series,
provided that any liabilities or expenses  incurred by a particular Series shall
be payable solely out of the assets  belonging to that Series as provided for in
Article VI hereof;  (l) establish,  from time to time, a minimum  investment for
Holders in the Trust or in one or more Series, and require the withdrawal of any
Holder whose  investment  is less than such  minimum upon giving  notice to such
Holder and; (m) appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or
more registrars of the Trust.

         3.10.  FURTHER  POWERS.  The  Trustees  shall have power to conduct the
business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches
and maintain  offices,  whether within or without the State of Delaware,  in any
and all states of the United States of America, in the District of Columbia, and
in any and all commonwealths,  territories, dependencies, colonies, possessions,
agencies  or  instrumentalities  of the United  States of America and of foreign
governments, and to do all such other things and execute all such instruments as
they deem  necessary,  proper or desirable in order to promote the  interests of
the Trust  although  such  things are not  herein  specifically  mentioned.  Any
determination  as to what is in the  interests of the Trust made by the Trustees
in good  faith  shall  be  conclusive.  In  construing  the  provisions  of this
Instrument,  the  presumption  shall  be in  favor  of a grant  of  power to the
Trustees.  The  Trustees  will not be required to obtain any court order to deal
with Trust Property.

         3.11. PRINCIPAL TRANSACTIONS. The Trustees may, on behalf of the Trust,
buy any  securities  from or sell any  securities  to, or lend any assets of the
Trust or any Series to, any Trustee or officer of the Trust or any firm of which
any such Trustee or officer is a member  acting as  principal,  or have any such
dealings with any investment manager,  placement agent or transfer agent for the
Trust or with any Interested Person of such person; and the Trust may employ any
such person, or firm or company in which such person is an Interested Person, as
broker, legal counsel, registrar,  investment manager, placement agent, transfer
agent,  dividend  disbursing  agent,  custodian  or in any other  capacity  upon
customary terms.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                        INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, CUSTODIAL
                        AND PLACEMENT AGENT ARRANGEMENTS

         4.1. INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS.  The Trustees may in
their discretion,  from time to time, enter into investment management contracts
or placement  agent  agreements  with respect to the Trust or any Series whereby
the other party to such  contract or  agreement  shall  undertake to furnish the
Trustees such  investment  management,  placement agent and/or other services as
the Trustees  shall,  from time to time,  consider  desirable  and all upon such
terms  and  conditions  as the  Trustees  may  in  their  discretion  determine.
Notwithstanding  any provisions of this  Instrument,  the Trustees may authorize
any Investment  Manager (subject to such general or specific  instruments as the
Trustees may, from time to time,  adopt) to effect  purchases,  sales,  loans or
exchanges  of Trust  Property  on behalf of the  Trustees or may  authorize  any
officer, employee or Trustee to effect such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges
pursuant to  recommendations  of any such  Investment  Manager  (and all without
further action by the Trustees). Any such purchases,  sales, loans and exchanges
shall be deemed to have been authorized by all of the Trustees.


<PAGE>


         4.2.     CUSTODIAL ARRANGEMENTS.

         (a) The Trustees  shall at all times employ a bank, a company that is a
member of a  national  securities  exchange,  or a trust  company,  each  having
capital,  surplus  and  undivided  profits  of  at  least  two  million  dollars
($2,000,000)  as custodian with  authority as the Trust's agent,  but subject to
such  restrictions,  limitations  and other  requirements  as the Trustees shall
determine  (i) to hold the  securities  owned by the Trust and  deliver the same
upon  written  order or oral order  confirmed  in  writing;  (ii) to receive and
receipt  for any monies due to the Trust and deposit the same in its own banking
department  or elsewhere as the Trustees may direct;  and (iii) to disburse such
funds upon orders or vouchers.

         (b) The Trustees may direct the custodian to deposit all or any part of
the  securities  owned by the  Trust in a system  for the  central  handling  of
securities   established  by  a  national  securities  exchange  or  a  national
securities  association  registered  with the  Commission  under the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  or such other person as may be permitted by
the Commission,  or otherwise in accordance with the 1940 Act, pursuant to which
system all securities of any particular  class or series of any issuer deposited
within the system are treated as fungible and may be  transferred  or pledged by
bookkeeping  entry without physical  delivery of such securities,  provided that
all such  deposits  shall be  subject to  withdrawal  only upon the order of the
Trust or its custodians, subcustodians or other agents.

         (c) The funds of the Trust shall be deposited in such  depositories  as
the Trustees shall  designate and shall be drawn out on checks,  drafts or other
orders  signed  by such  officer,  officers,  agent  or  agents  (including  any
investment adviser,  administrator or manager), as the Trustees may from time to
time authorize.

         4.3.  PARTIES TO  CONTRACT.  Any  contract may be entered into with any
corporation, firm, trust or association, although one or more of the Trustees or
officers  of the Trust may be an officer,  director,  trustee,  shareholder,  or
member  of such  other  party to the  contract,  and no such  contract  shall be
invalidated  or rendered void or voidable by reason of the existence of any such
relationship,  nor shall any person holding such  relationship  be  disqualified
from voting on or executing the same in the Holder's and/or  Trustee's  capacity
as Holder and/or  Trustee,  nor shall any person  holding such  relationship  be
liable  merely by reason of such  relationship  for any loss or  expense  to the
Trust under or by reason of said contract or accountable for any profit realized
directly  or  indirectly   therefrom.   The  same  person   (including  a  firm,
corporation,  trust, or association) may be the other party to contracts entered
into pursuant to Sections 4.1 or 4.2 above or  otherwise,  and any person may be
financially  interested or otherwise  affiliated with persons who are parties to
any or all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.3.

         4.4.  COMPLIANCE  WITH 1940 ACT. Any contract  entered into pursuant to
Section 4.1 shall be consistent with and subject to the  requirements of Section
15 of the 1940  Act,  as  modified  by any  applicable  order or  orders  of the
Commission or interpretive releases of the Commission  thereunder,  with respect
to its continuance in effect,  its  termination and the method of  authorization
and approval of such contract or renewal thereof.

                                    ARTICLE V
                            LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

         5.1. NO PERSONAL  LIABILITY  OF  TRUSTEES,  HOLDERS.  No Trustee,  when
acting in such capacity,  shall be subject to any personal liability  whatsoever
to any Person,  other than the Trust or its Holders,  in  connection  with Trust
Property or the affairs of the Trusts. No Trustee, when acting in such capacity,
shall be subject to any personal  liability  whatsoever,  provided  that nothing
contained  herein or in the Delaware Act shall  protect any Trustee  against any
liability to the Trust or its Holders to which he would  otherwise be subject by
reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard
of the duties  involved in the conduct of the office of Trustees  hereunder.  No
Holder shall be subject to any personal  liability  whatsoever  to any Person in
connection  with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust.  The Trustees shall
have no power to bind any Holder  personally  or to call upon any Holder for the
payment  of any sum of money or  assessment  whatsoever  other  than such as the
Holder may at any time personally agree to pay by way of purchase of or increase
in Interests or otherwise.


<PAGE>

         5.2.     INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a)      Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Section
(b) below:

                  (i) Every  Person who is, or has been, a Trustee or officer of
         the Trust  (hereinafter  referred  to as a "Covered  Person")  shall be
         indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against
         liability and against all expenses  reasonably  incurred or paid by him
         in connection  with any claim,  action,  suit or proceeding in which he
         becomes  involved as a party or  otherwise by virtue of being or having
         been a Trustee or officer and against  amounts  paid or incurred by him
         in the settlement thereof;

                  (ii) The words  "claim,"  "action,"  "suit,"  or  "proceeding"
         shall  apply  to all  claims,  actions,  suits or  proceedings  (civil,
         criminal or other,  including  appeals),  actual or threatened while in
         office or thereafter,  and the words  "liability" and "expenses"  shall
         include, without limitation, attorneys' fees, costs, judgments, amounts
         paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.

         (b) No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person:

                  (i) Who shall have been  adjudicated by a court or body before
         which the  proceeding  was brought (A) to be liable to the Trust or its
         Holders by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence
         or  reckless  disregard  of the duties  involved  in the conduct of the
         Covered  Person's  office or (B) not to have acted in good faith in the
         reasonable belief that Covered Person's action was in the best interest
         of the Trust; or

                  (ii) In the  event of a  settlement,  unless  there has been a
         determination  that such  Trustee or officer  did not engage in willful
         misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence or reckless disregard of the
         duties involved in the conduct of the Trustee's or officer's office,

                         (A)By the court or other body approving the settlement;

                         (B) By at least a majority of  those  Trustees  who are
                  neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor are parties to the
                  matter  based  upon a review of  readily  available  facts (as
                  opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); or

                         (C) By written  opinion  of  independent  legal counsel
                  based upon a review of readily  available facts (as opposed to
                  a full trial-type inquiry);

         provided,   however,   that  any  Holder  may,  by  appropriate   legal
         proceedings,  challenge  any such  determination  by the Trustees or by
         independent counsel.

         (c) The  rights  of  indemnification  herein  provided  may be  insured
against by policies  maintained by the Trust,  shall be severable,  shall not be
exclusive of or affect any other  rights to which any Covered  Person may now or
hereafter  be  entitled,  shall  continue  as to a person who has ceased to be a
Covered  Person  and shall  inure to the  benefit of the  heirs,  executors  and
administrators  of such a person.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall  affect any
rights to indemnification to which Trust personnel,  other than Covered Persons,
and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.

         (d) Expenses in connection with the  preparation and  presentation of a
defense to any claim,  action,  suit or proceeding of the character described in
paragraph  (a) of this  Section 5.2 may be paid by the Trust or Series from time
to time prior to final disposition  thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or
on behalf of such  Covered  Person  that such amount will be paid over by him to
the Trust or Series if it is  ultimately  determined  that he is not entitled to
indemnification under this Section 5.2; provided,  however, that either (a) such
Covered Person shall have provided  appropriate  security for such  undertaking,
(b) the Trust is insured against losses arising out of any such advance payments
or (c) either a majority of the Trustees who are neither  Interested  Persons of
the Trust nor parties to the matter,  or independent  legal counsel in a written
opinion,  shall have determined,  based upon a review of 


<PAGE>

readily   available   facts  (as  opposed  to  a  trial-type   inquiry  or  full
investigation), that there is reason to believe that such Covered Person will be
found entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.2.

         (e) Conditional advancing of indemnification  monies under this Section
5.2 for  actions  based  upon  the 1940  Act may be made  only on the  following
conditions: (i) the advances must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for
the  preparation or  presentation  of a defense to the action,  including  costs
connected with the  preparation of a settlement;  (ii) advances may be made only
upon  receipt of a written  promise by, or on behalf of, the  recipient to repay
that amount of the advance  which  exceeds  that amount  which it is  ultimately
determined  that  he is  entitled  to  receive  from  the  Trust  by  reason  of
indemnification;  and (iii) (a) such  promise  must be secured by a surety bond,
other  suitable  insurance or an equivalent  form of security which assures that
any repayments  may be obtained by the Trust without delay or litigation,  which
bond,  insurance or other form of security  must be provided by the recipient of
the  advance,  or (b) a  majority  of a  quorum  of the  Trust's  disinterested,
non-party Trustees, or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion,  shall
determine, based upon a review of readily available facts, that the recipient of
the advance ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

         (f) In case any Holder or former  Holder of any Series shall be held to
be  personally  liable  solely by reason of the Holder or former Holder being or
having  been a Holder of that  Series  and not  because  of the Holder or former
Holder acts or omissions or for some other  reason,  the Holder or former Holder
(or the Holder or former  Holder's  heirs,  executors,  administrators  or other
legal  representatives,  or, in the case of a corporation  or other entity,  its
corporate  or other  general  successor)  shall be  entitled  out of the  assets
belonging to the  applicable  Series to be held  harmless  from and  indemnified
against all loss and expense arising from such  liability.  The Trust, on behalf
of the affected Series, shall, upon request by the Holder, assume the defense of
any claim made  against the Holder for any act or  obligation  of the Series and
satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the Series.

     5.3. NO BOND REQUIRED OF TRUSTEES.  No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated
to give any bond or surety or other  security for the  performance of any of the
Trustee's duties hereunder.

         5.4. NO DUTY OF  INVESTIGATION;  NOTICE IN TRUST  INSTRUMENTS,  ETC. No
purchaser,  lender,  or other  person  dealing with the Trustees or any officer,
employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the
validity of any  transaction  purporting  to be made by the  Trustees or by said
officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property
paid,  loaned,  or  delivered  to or on the  order  of the  Trustees  or of said
officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, instrument,  certificate
or other interest or undertaking of the Trust or any Series, and every other act
or thing whatsoever  executed in connection with the Trust or any Series,  shall
be  conclusively  taken to have been executed or done by the  executors  thereof
only in their capacity as Trustees,  officers, employees or agents of the Trust.
Every written obligation, contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or
undertaking  of the Trust or any Series  made or sold by the  Trustees or by any
officer,  employee  or agent of the  Trust,  in their  capacity  as such,  shall
contain an appropriate recital to the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee
and agent of the Trust shall not  personally  be bound by or liable  thereunder,
nor shall resort be had to their private  property for the  satisfaction  of any
obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate references shall be made therein
to the  Instrument,  and may  contain any  further  recital  which they may deem
appropriate,  but the  omission  of such  recital  shall not  operate  to impose
personal liability on any of the Trustees,  officers, employees or agents of the
Trust.  The Trustees  may maintain  insurance  for the  protection  of the Trust
Property, its Holders, Trustees,  officers,  employees and agents in such amount
as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort  liability,  and such
other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable.

         5.5. RELIANCE ON EXPERTS,  ETC. Each Trustee and officer or employee of
the Trust shall, in the  performance of the Trustee's,  officer's and employee's
duties,  be fully and completely  justified and protected with regard to any act
or any failure to act  resulting  from  reliance in good faith upon the books of
account or other records of the Trust or any Series, upon an opinion of counsel,
or upon  reports  made to the  Trust or any  Series  by any of its  officers  or
employees or by any Investment Manager,  accountant,  appraiser or other experts
or  consultants  selected  with  reasonable  care by the  Trustees,  officers or
employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be
a Trustee.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                             INTERESTS OF THE TRUST

         6.1.  INTERESTS.  The beneficial  interest in the property of the Trust
shall be divided into  Interests of one or more separate and distinct  Series as
the  Trustees  shall from time to time create and  establish.  The  Trustees may
permit the purchase of Interests in any Series by any number of Persons. Subject
to applicable law and to such restrictions as may be adopted by the Trustees,  a
Holder may increase or decrease its Interest in any Series without limitation.

         6.2.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS.  The ownership of the Trust  Property of every
description  and the right to conduct any business  hereinbefore  described  are
vested exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title
therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests and they
shall  have no right to call for any  partition  or  division  of any  property,
profits or rights of the Trust. The Interests shall be personal  property giving
only the rights specifically set forth in this Instrument.

         6.3.  PURCHASE OF OR  INCREASE IN  INTERESTS.  The  Trustees,  in their
discretion,  may, from time to time,  without a vote of the Holders,  permit the
purchase of Interests of any Series by such party or parties (or increase in the
Interest  of a  Holder  in any  Series)  and for  such  type  of  consideration,
including  cash  or  property,  at  such  time  or  times  (including,   without
limitation, each business day), and on such terms as the Trustees may deem best,
and may in such manner acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets
subject  to,  and  in  connection  with  the  assumption  of,  liabilities)  and
businesses;  provided, however, that the Trustees may not permit the purchase of
Interests  of any Series if any Series  would  have more than 500  Holders.  The
Trustees may make such additional rules and regulations,  not inconsistent  with
this Instrument,  as they may deem expedient concerning the purchase or increase
of Interests.

         6.4.  REGISTER OF INTERESTS.  A register shall be kept at the principal
office of the Trust under the direction of the Trustees  which shall contain the
names and  addresses of the Holders of each Series and the Book Capital  Account
balances of each Holder of each Series.  Each such register  shall be conclusive
as to who are the  Holders of each Series of the Trust and who shall be entitled
to payments of  distributions  or  otherwise  to exercise or enjoy the rights of
Holders. No Holder shall be entitled to receive payment of any distribution,  or
to have notice given to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to
such officer or agent of the Trustees as shall keep the said  register for entry
thereon.

         6.5.   NON-TRANSFERABILITY.   Interests   of  a  Series  shall  not  be
transferable,  unless the  prospective  transferor  obtains the prior  unanimous
consent  of the  Holders of that  Series to the  transfer.  Except as  otherwise
provided by law, the Trust shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of
a person in whose  name any  Interest  stands on the  record of  Holders  as the
holder of such Interest for all purposes,  including,  without  limitation,  the
rights to receive distributions, and to vote as such holder, and the Trust shall
not be bound to  recognize  any  equitable  or legal claim to or interest in any
such Interest on the part of any other person.

     6.6.  NOTICES.  Any and all  notices to which any Holder  hereunder  may be
entitled and any and all communications  shall be deemed duly served or given if
mailed,  postage  prepaid,  addressed  to any Holder of record at its last known
address as recorded on the register of the Trust.

     6.7. ASSENT TO TRUST INSTRUMENT. Every Holder, by virtue of having become a
Holder,  shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof
and to have become a party hereto.

         6.8. ESTABLISHMENT OF SERIES. The Trust created hereby shall consist of
one or more Series and separate and distinct  records shall be maintained by the
Trust for each Series and the assets  associated  with any such Series  shall be
held and  accounted  for  separately  from the  assets of the Trust or any other
Series.  The  Trustees  shall  have full  power  and  authority,  in their  sole
discretion, and without obtaining any prior authorization or vote of the Holders
of any Series of the Trust,  to  establish  and  designate  and to change in any
manner any such Series of Interests and to fix such preferences,  voting powers,
right  and  privileges  of such  Series  as the  Trustees  may from time to time
determine,  to classify or reclassify any unissued  Interests or any Series into
one or more Series,  and to


<PAGE>

take such other  action with  respect to the  Interests as the Trustees may deem
desirable.  The  establishment  and designation of any Series shall be effective
upon the adoption of a resolution  by a majority of the Trustees  setting  forth
such  establishment  and  designation and the relative rights and preferences of
the  Interests  of  such  Series.  At any  time  that  there  are  no  Interests
outstanding of any particular Series previously established and designated,  the
Trustees may by a majority  vote abolish that Series and the  establishment  and
designation thereof.

         All references to Interests in this Trust Instrument shall be deemed to
be Interests of any or all Series,  as the context may require.  All  provisions
herein  relating to the Trust  shall apply  equally to each Series of the Trust,
except as the context otherwise requires.

         6.9. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF SERIES.  All  consideration  received by
the Trust for the issuance or sale of Interests of a particular Series, together
with all assets in which such  consideration  is  invested  or  reinvested,  all
income, earnings,  profits and proceeds thereof,  including any proceeds derived
from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments
derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be,
shall be held and  accounted for  separately  from the other assets of the Trust
and of every other Series and may be referred to herein as "assets belonging to"
that Series.  The assets  belonging to a particular  Series shall belong to that
Series for all purposes,  and to no other Series,  subject only to the rights of
creditors of that Series. In addition, any assets, income, earnings,  profits or
funds,  or payments and proceeds  with  respect  thereto,  which are not readily
identifiable  as  belonging to any  particular  Series shall be allocated by the
Trustees  between  and  among one or more of the  Series  in such  manner as the
Trustees,  in  their  sole  discretion,  deem  fair  and  equitable.  Each  such
allocation  shall be  conclusive  and binding upon the Holders of all Series for
all purposes, and such assets, income,  earnings,  profits or funds, or payments
and proceeds with respect thereto shall be assets belonging to that Series.  The
assets  belonging to a particular  Series shall be so recorded upon the books of
the Trust,  and shall be held by the  Trustees  in trust for the  benefit of the
Holders of  Interests of that Series.  The assets  belonging to each  particular
Series shall be charged with the  liabilities  of that Series and all  expenses,
costs,   charges  and  reserves   attributable  to  that  Series.   Any  general
liabilities,  expenses,  costs,  charges or  reserves of the Trust which are not
readily  identifiable  as belonging to any particular  Series shall be allocated
and  charged by the  Trustees  between or among any one or more of the Series in
such manner as the Trustees in their sole  discretion  deem fair and  equitable.
Each such  allocation  shall be  conclusive  and binding upon the Holders of all
Series for all purposes.  Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this
Section  6.9, but subject to the right of the  Trustees in their  discretion  to
allocate general  liabilities,  expenses,  costs,  changes or reserves as herein
provided, the debts, liabilities,  obligations and expenses incurred, contracted
for  or  otherwise  existing  with  respect  to a  particular  Series  shall  be
enforceable  against  assets of such Series only,  and not against the assets of
the Trust  generally.  Notice of this  contractual  limitation  on  inter-Series
liabilities  may,  in  the  Trustee's  sole  discretion,  be  set  forth  in the
certificate of trust of the Trust (whether  originally or by amendment) as filed
or to be filed in the Office of the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
pursuant  to the  Delaware  Act,  and  upon the  giving  of such  notice  in the
certificate of trust,  the statutory  provisions of Section 3804 of the Delaware
Act relating to  limitations  on  inter-Series  liabilities  (and the  statutory
effect under  Section 3804 of the Delaware Act setting  forth such notice in the
certificate of trust) shall become applicable to the Trust and each Series.  Any
person  extending  credit to,  contracting  with or having any claim against any
Series may look only to the assets of that Series to satisfy or enforce any debt
with respect to that Series. No Holder or former Holder of any Series shall have
a claim on or any  right to any  assets  allocated  or  belonging  to any  other
Series.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                            DECREASES AND WITHDRAWALS

         7.1.  DECREASES AND  WITHDRAWALS.  A Holder shall have the authority to
decrease or withdraw its Interest in any Series of the Trust,  at such  Holder's
option,  subject to the terms and  conditions  provided in this Article VII. The
Trust shall,  upon application of any Holder or pursuant to  authorization  from
any Holder,  and subject to this Article VII, decrease or withdraw such Holder's
Interest for an amount (which shall be treated as a distribution for purposes of
Section 8.1) determined by the application of a formula adopted for such purpose
by resolution  of the  Trustees;  provided that (a) such amount shall not exceed
the positive  balance in such Holder's Book Capital  Account  (determined  after
taking into account  such  adjustments  as are  required by Treasury  Department
Regulation.    1.704-1(b)  (2)  (ii) (B) (2) but  before   reduction  thereo  to
reflect  the  distribution  of  such 


<PAGE>

amount) and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at any time and
from time to time,  charge fees for effecting  such decrease or  withdrawal,  at
such rates as the Trustees may establish,  and may, at any time and from time to
time, suspend such right of decrease or withdrawal. The procedures for effecting
decreases or  withdrawals  shall be as  determined  by the Trustees from time to
time.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      DETERMINATION OF BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNT
            BALANCES, NET ASSET VALUE, ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

         8.1. BOOK CAPITAL  ACCOUNT  BALANCES.  A Book Capital  Account shall be
maintained  for each Holder of each Series.  With  respect to each Series,  each
Book Capital Account shall be credited with the amounts of consideration paid by
the Holder to purchase or increase its Interest in the Series and with its share
of the Series' Net Profits (defined below),  shall be charged with such Holder's
share of the Series' Net Losses (defined below),  distributions  and withholding
taxes (if any) and shall  otherwise  appropriately  reflect  transactions of the
Series and the Holders. No interest shall be paid on any amount of consideration
paid to the Trust to purchase or increase Interests.

         "Net  Profits"  of a Series  for any given time  period  shall mean the
excess of the Net Asset  Value of the Series  (defined  in  Section  8.2) at the
close of business on the last day of the period, prior to any distribution being
made with respect to such  period,  over the Net Asset Value of the Series as of
the opening of business on the first day of such  period,  after any  additional
contributions made on such date.

         "Net  Losses"  of a Series  for any given  time  period  shall mean the
excess of the Net Asset Value of the Series as of the opening of business on the
first day of the period,  after any additional  contributions made on such date,
over the Net Asset  Value of the Series at the close of business on the last day
of such  period,  prior to any  distribution  being  made with  respect  to such
period.

         The Book  Capital  Account  balances of Holders of each Series shall be
determined periodically at such time or times as the Trustees may determine. The
power and duty to make calculations necessary to determine these balances may be
delegated by the Trustees to the Investment  Manager,  custodian,  or such other
person as the Trustees may determine.

         Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  the Book  Capital
Accounts and any related  accounts  (including  without  limitation  tax capital
accounts,  gross appreciation [unrealized gain] accounts, and gross depreciation
[unrealized  loss] accounts) of the Holders and of any series shall at all times
during the full term of such Series be determined  and  maintained in accordance
with the rules of Treasury  Department  Regulation ss. 1.704-1 (b) (2) (iv). The
Trustees  are  authorized  to  prescribe,  in their  absolute  discretion,  such
policies for the establishment and maintenance of such accounts  ("Policies") as
they, in consultation with the Trust's professional advisers,  consider to be in
accordance with the requirements of such rules.

         8.2.  NET ASSET  VALUE.  The term "Net Asset  Value"  shall mean,  with
respect to any Series,  that amount by which the assets of the Series exceed its
liabilities,  all as determined  by or under the  direction of the Trustees.  In
making this determination,  the Trustees, without Holder approval, may alter the
method of valuing portfolio  securities  insofar as permitted under the 1940 Act
and the rules,  regulations and interpretations thereof promulgated or issued by
the Commission or insofar as permitted by any order of the Commission applicable
to the Series.  The  Trustees  may delegate any of their powers and duties under
this Section 8.2 with respect to valuation of assets and liabilities.

         8.3.     ALLOCATION OF NET PROFITS AND NET LOSSES.

         (a) Net Profits and Net Losses of each Series shall be  determined  and
allocated  daily as of the close of  business  to and among the  Holders of that
Series in proportion to their respective Interests in the Series,  determined as
of the opening of business on such day.


<PAGE>

         (b) Except as  otherwise  provided in this Section 8.3, for each fiscal
year, items of income, deduction,  gain, loss or credit that are recognized by a
Series for tax  purposes  shall be  allocated  pursuant to  Treasury  Department
Regulations  ss.  1.704-1(b)  in such  manner as to  equitably  reflect  amounts
credited  or debited to the Book  Capital  Account of each Holder of that Series
for such year.  Allocations of such items also shall be made, where appropriate,
in accordance with section 704(c) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, as
may be provided in any Policies adopted by the Trustees pursuant to Section 8.1.

         (c) Expenses of a Series, if any, which are borne by any Holder of that
Series in its individual capacity shall be specially allocated to that Holder.

         (d) Notwithstanding  anything in Section 8.3(b) or (c) to the contrary,
in the  event any  Holder of a Series  unexpectedly  receives  any  adjustments,
allocations  or  distributions  described  in  Treasury  Department  Regulations
ss.1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),             ss.1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5)            or
ss.1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of income (including gross income) and gain of
that Series shall be specially  allocated to such Holder in an amount and manner
sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in the Holder's Book Capital Account
(as  determined in accordance  with Treasury  Department  Regulation ss. 1.704-1
(b)(2)(ii)(D))  created by such  adjustments,  allocations or  distributions  as
quickly as  possible.  Any  special  allocations  of income and gain of a Series
pursuant  to this  Section  8.3(d)  shall be taken  into  account  in  computing
subsequent  allocations  of  income  and gain of that  Series  pursuant  to this
Article  VIII,  so that the net amount of any items of that Series so  allocated
and the  income,  gain,  loss,  deduction  and all  other  items of that  Series
allocated  to each Holder  pursuant to this  Article  VIII shall,  to the extent
possible,  equal the net  amount  that would  have been  allocated  to each such
Holder  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  this  Article  VIII  if  such  special
allocations had not been made.

     8.4. DISTRIBUTIONS. The Trustees may from time to time agree to the payment
of distributions to Holders of a Series.  The amount of such  distributions  and
the payment of them and whether  they are in cash or in any other  assets of the
Series shall be wholly in the discretion of the Trustees.

         8.5. POWER TO MODIFY FOREGOING  PROCEDURES.  Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may prescribe,  in their
absolute discretion,  such other bases and times for determining,  for financial
reporting  and/or tax  accounting  purposes,  (a) the Net  Profits,  Net Losses,
taxable income, tax loss, and/or net assets of any Series (or, where appropriate
in the Trustees' judgment,  of the Trust as a whole),  and/or (b) the allocation
of the Net  profits or Net Losses and taxable  income or tax loss so  determined
among,  or the  payment of  distributions  to, the Holders of any Series as they
deem necessary or desirable to enable the Trust or any Series to comply with any
provision of the 1940 Act, the Code, any rule or regulation  thereunder,  or any
order  of  exemption  issued  by  the  Commission,  all as in  effect  now or as
hereafter amended or modified.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                     HOLDERS

         9.1. MEETINGS OF HOLDERS.  Meetings of the Holders of any Series may be
called  at any time by a  majority  of the  Trustees  and shall be called by any
Trustee upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not less than
10% of the  Interests of that Series,  such  request  specifying  the purpose or
purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall be held
within  or  without  the State of  Delaware  on such day and at such time as the
Trustees  shall  designate.  Holders of one-third of the  Interests  entitled to
vote,  present  in  person  or by  proxy,  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for the
transaction  of any  business,  except as may otherwise be required by law or by
this Instrument.  The Chairman, if any, shall act as chairman at all meetings of
the Holders; in the Chairman's absence, the President shall act as chairman; and
in the  absence of the  Chairman  and the  President,  the  Trustee or  Trustees
present at each meeting may elect a temporary chairman for the meeting,  who may
be one of  themselves.  Holders  may vote  either in person or by duly  executed
proxy and each Holder  shall be entitled to vote  proportionate  to the Holder's
Interest in the Trust or affected Series. If a quorum is present at a meeting, a
Majority  Interests  Vote of the Holders  present and entitled to vote  thereon,
either in person or by proxy,  at such  meeting  constitutes  the  action of the
Holders,  unless law or this Instrument requires a greater number of affirmative
votes.


<PAGE>

         9.2.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Notice of all meetings of the Holders of any
Series,  stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting,  shall be given by
the Trustees by mail to each Holder of that Series,  at the Holder's  registered
address,  mailed at least 10 days and not more than 90 days before the  meeting.
At any such meeting,  any business properly before the meeting may be considered
whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be
held as adjourned  without further notice. No notice need be given to any Holder
who shall have failed to inform the Trust of the Holder's  current address or if
a written waiver of notice,  executed  before or after the meeting by the Holder
or the Holder's attorney thereunto authorized,  is filed with the records of the
meeting.

         9.3.  RECORD  DATE FOR  MEETINGS.  For the purpose of  determining  the
Holders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting,  including any
adjournment  thereof, or to participate in any distribution,  or for the purpose
of any other  action,  the Trustees  may from time to time fix a date,  not more
than 90 days  prior to the date of any  meeting  of the  Holders  or  payment of
distributions  or other  action,  as the case may be,  as a record  date for the
determination  of the  Persons  to be  treated  as  Holders  of record  for such
purposes.  If the  Trustees do not,  prior to any  meeting of Holders,  so fix a
record date,  then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be the record
date.

         9.4.  PROXIES,  ETC. At any meeting of Holders,  any Holder entitled to
vote  thereat  may vote by proxy,  provided  that no proxy shall be voted at any
meeting  unless it shall have been  placed on file with the  Secretary,  or with
such  other  officer  or agent of the Trust as the  Secretary  may  direct,  for
verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. A proxy may be
given in writing, by any electronic or telecommunications device or in any other
manner.  Pursuant to a resolution of a majority of the Trustees,  proxies may be
solicited in the name of one or more  Trustees or one or more of the officers of
the Trust.  Only Holders of record shall be entitled to vote.  Each Holder shall
be entitled to a vote  proportionate  to its Interest in the Trust or applicable
Series,  as the case may be. When Interests are held jointly by several persons,
any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such
Interest,  but if more than one of them  shall be  present  at such  meeting  in
person or by proxy,  and such joint owners or their proxies so present  disagree
as to any vote to be cast,  such vote shall not be  received  in respect of such
Interest. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be
deemed valid unless  challenged at or prior to its  exercise,  and the burden of
proving  invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  If the Holder is a minor or a
person of unsound mind, and subject to  guardianship  or to the legal control of
any other person as regards the charge or management of its Interest, the Holder
may vote by the Holder's  guardian or such other person appointed or having such
control,  and such vote may be given in person  or by proxy.  No proxy  shall be
valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its  execution,  unless a longer
period is expressly stated in such proxy.

         9.5. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.  In advance of any meeting of Holders, the
Trustees  may  appoint  Inspectors  of  Election  to act at the  meeting  or any
adjournment  thereof.  If  Inspectors  of  Election  are not so  appointed,  the
Chairman,  if any,  of any  meeting of Holders  may,  and on the  request of any
Holder or the  Holder's  proxy  shall,  appoint  Inspectors  of  Election of the
meeting.  The number of Inspectors shall be either one or three. If appointed at
the meeting on the request of one or more Holders or proxies,  a majority of the
Interests  present shall  determine  whether one or three  Inspectors  are to be
appointed,  but failure to allow such  determination  by the  Holders  shall not
affect the validity of the  appointment  of Inspectors of Election.  In case any
person  appointed as  Inspector  fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the
vacancy  may be filled by  appointment  made by the  Trustees  in advance of the
convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the person acting as Chairman. The
Inspectors of Election  shall  determine the  percentage of the total  Interests
represented  at the  meeting,  the  existence  of a  quorum,  the  authenticity,
validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,  shall
hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection
with the  right  to vote,  shall  count  and  tabulate  all  votes or  consents,
determine  the  results,  and do such other acts as may be proper to conduct the
election or vote with fairness to all Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of
Election,  the decision,  act or  certificate  of a majority is effective in all
respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. On request of the Chairman,
if any, of the meeting,  or of any Holder or a Holder's proxy, the Inspectors of
Election  shall make a report in writing of any  challenge or question or matter
determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


<PAGE>

         9.6.  INSPECTION OF RECORDS.  The records of the Trust shall be open to
inspection by Holders  during normal  business hours for any purpose not harmful
to the Trust.  At each  meeting of the Holders of the Trust or any Series  there
shall be open for inspection the minutes of the last previous meeting of Holders
of the Trust or  Series,  as the case may be,  and a list of the  Holders of the
Trust or Series,  certified  to be true and  correct by the  Secretary  or other
proper agent of the Trust,  as of the record date of the  meeting.  Such list of
Holders shall contain the name of each Holder and the address and the percentage
of the total Interests owned by such Holder.

         9.7. HOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Any action which may be taken by
Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders shall  unanimously  consent to
the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the
meetings of Holders.  Such  consent  shall be treated for all purposes as a vote
taken at a meeting of Holders.

         9.8.  VOTING POWERS.  The Holders shall have power to vote only (i) for
the  election of Trustees  as  provided  in Sections  2.2 and 2.4;  (ii) for the
removal of  Trustees  as  provided  in Section  2.3;  (iii) with  respect to any
investment  management  contract entered into pursuant to Section 4.1; (iv) with
respect to  termination  of the Trust as provided in Section 10.1;  and (v) with
respect to any such additional  matters relating to the Trust as may be required
by this  Instrument or any  registration  of the Trust as an investment  company
under  the 1940 Act with the  Commission  (or any  successor  agency)  or as the
Trustees may consider necessary or desirable.  On any matter submitted to a vote
of the Holders,  all Interests shall be voted  separately by individual  Series,
except  (i) when  required  by the  1940  Act,  Interests  shall be voted in the
aggregate  and not by  individual  Series;  and  (ii)  when  the  Trustees  have
determined  that the matter affects the interests of more than one Series,  then
the Holders of all such Series shall be entitled to vote thereon. There shall be
no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Until Interests are issued and
at any time wherein no Interests are outstanding,  the Trustees may exercise all
rights of Holders and may take any action  required by law or this Instrument to
be taken by Holders.

                                    ARTICLE X
                       DURATION; TERMINATION; DISSOLUTION;
                            AMENDMENT; MERGERS; ETC.

         10.1.    TERMINATION OF TRUST OR ANY SERIES.

     (a) The Trust or any Series may be terminated  by (i) a Majority  Interests
Vote of each  Series  affected  by the  matter  or, if  applicable,  a  Majority
Interests  vote of the Trust,  or (ii) the  Trustees  by  written  notice to the
Holders. Upon any such termination,

                    (i) The  Trust  or any  affected  Series  shall  carry on no
               business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

                  (ii) The Trustees  shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the
         Trust or any  affected  Series  and all of the  powers of the  Trustees
         under this  Instrument with respect to the Trust or any affected Series
         shall  continue until the affairs of the Trust or any such Series shall
         have been wound up,  including  the power to fulfill or  discharge  the
         contracts  of the Trust or any such Series,  collect its assets,  sell,
         convey,  assign,  exchange,  or otherwise dispose of all or any part of
         the  remaining  assets of the  Trust or any such  Series to one or more
         persons at public or private sale for  consideration  which may consist
         in whole or in part of cash,  securities or other property of any kind,
         discharge or pay its liabilities,  and do all other acts appropriate to
         liquidate its business.

                  (iii) After paying or adequately  providing for the payment of
         all  liabilities,  and upon receipt of such releases,  indemnities  and
         refunding agreements, as they deem necessary for their protection,  the
         Trustees  shall  distribute  the  remaining  assets of the Trust or any
         affected  Series,  in cash or in kind or partly each, among the Holders
         of the Trust or the affected  Series in proportion to their  respective
         Interests  in the Trust or Series  (that  is,  in  accordance  with the
         positive Book Capital  Account  balances of the Holders),  after taking
         into account such  adjustments  as are required by Treasury  Department
         Regulation ss. 1.704-1(b) (2) (ii) (B) (2).


<PAGE>

         (b) Upon termination of the Trust or any Series and distribution to the
Holders as herein  provided,  a majority of the Trustees shall execute and lodge
among the records of the Trust an instrument  in writing  setting forth the fact
of such termination.  Upon termination of the Trust or any Series,  the Trustees
shall thereupon be discharged from all further  liabilities and duties hereunder
with respect to the Trust or Series, and the rights and interests of all Holders
of the Trust or Series shall thereupon cease.

         10.2.  DISSOLUTION.  Any  Series  shall be  dissolved  120 days after a
Holder of an  Interest  in such Series  either (a) makes an  assignment  for the
benefit of  creditors,  (b) files a  voluntary  petition in  bankruptcy,  (c) is
adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (d) files any pleading admitting or failing
to  contest  the  material  allegations  of a petition  filed  against it in any
bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or (e) seeks, consents to, or acquiesces in
the appointment of a trustee,  receiver,  or liquidator of such Holder or of all
or any substantial  part of its assets,  unless,  within such 120 days,  Holders
(excluding  the Holder with respect to whom such event occurs) owning a majority
of the  Interests  in  such  Series  vote  to  continue  the  Series.  Upon  any
dissolution  pursuant to this section,  the  provisions of Section  10.1(a) (i),
(ii), and (iii) shall apply as if such dissolution were a termination  described
in Section 10.1.

         10.3.    AMENDMENT PROCEDURE.

         (a) Except as specifically  provided herein,  the Trustees may, without
the vote or consent of Holders, amend or otherwise supplement this Instrument by
making an amendment,  a trust instrument  supplemental  hereto or an amended and
restated  trust  instrument.  Holders  shall  have the  right to vote (i) on any
amendment which would affect their right to vote granted in Section 9.8, (ii) on
any amendment to this Section 10.3, (iii) on any amendment as may be required by
law or by the Trust's registration statement filed with the Commission, and (iv)
on any amendment  submitted to them by the Trustees.  Any amendment  required or
permitted to be submitted to Holders  which,  as the Trustees  determine,  shall
affect the  Holders of one or more  Series  shall be  authorized  by vote of the
Holders of each Series affected, and no vote of Holders of a Series not affected
shall be required.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  anything else herein,  any Amendment to Article 5
hereof  shall not limit the  rights to  indemnification  or  insurance  provided
therein  with  respect to action or  omission of Covered  Persons  prior to such
amendment.  Nothing  contained in this Instrument  shall permit the amendment of
this  Instrument to impair the exemption from personal  liability of the Holders
or Trustees of the Trust.

         (c) A certification  signed by a majority of the Trustees setting forth
an  amendment  and  reciting  that it was duly  adopted by the Holders or by the
Trustees as aforesaid  or a copy of the  Instrument,  as amended,  executed by a
majority of the Trustees,  shall be conclusive  evidence of such  amendment when
lodged among the records of the Trust.

         Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  hereof,   until  such  time  as
Interests are first sold,  this  Instrument  may be terminated or amended in any
respect  by  the  affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of  the  Trustees  or by an
instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees.

         10.4.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.  Notwithstanding  anything else herein,
the Trustees may,  without the prior  consent or vote of the Holders,  cause the
Trust or any Series to merge or consolidate with any other partnership, trust or
other organization. Pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section
3815(f) of the  Delaware  Act,  and  notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary
contained in this Instrument,  any such agreement of merger or consolidation may
effect any  amendment  to the  Instrument  or effect the adoption of a new trust
instrument  of the Trust if the Trust or Series is the  surviving  or  resulting
entity in the merger or consolidation.

         10.5. INCORPORATION. Notwithstanding anything else herein, the Trustees
may, without the prior consent or vote of the Holders,  cause to be organized or
assist  in  organizing  a  corporation  or  corporations  under  the laws of any
jurisdiction or any other trust, partnership,  association or other organization
to take over all of the Trust  Property  or the assets of any Series or to carry
on any  business in which the Trust or any Series shall  directly or  indirectly
have any interest,  and to sell,  convey and transfer the Trust  Property or the
assets of any Series to any such corporation, trust, association or organization
in exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to


<PAGE>

lend  money to,  subscribe  for the  equity  interests  of,  and enter  into any
contracts  with  any  such  corporation,  trust,  partnership,   association  or
organization,   or  any   corporation,   partnership,   trust,   association  or
organization  in which  the  Trust or any  Series  holds or is about to  acquire
equity interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
the  Trust or any  Series or any  successor  thereto  and any such  corporation,
trust,  partnership,  association  or other  organization  if and to the  extent
permitted by law, as provided under the law then in effect. In addition, nothing
contained herein shall be construed as requiring approval of the Holders for the
Trustees to organize or assist in organizing one or more  corporations,  trusts,
partnerships,  associations  or other  organizations  and selling,  conveying or
transferring a portion of the Trust Property or the assets of any Series to such
organizations or entities.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         11.1.  GOVERNING LAW. The trust set forth in this instrument is made in
the State of  Delaware,  and the Trust and this  Instrument,  and the rights and
obligations  of the  Trustees and Holders  hereunder,  are to be governed by and
construed  and  administered  according to the Delaware Act and the laws of said
State;  provided,  however, that there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the
Trustees or this  Instrument  (a) the  provisions of Section 3540 of Title 12 of
the Delaware Code or (b) any provisions of the laws (statutory or common) of the
State of Delaware  (other than the  Delaware  Act)  pertaining  to trusts  which
relate to or  regulate  (i) the filing  with any court or  governmental  body or
agency of trustee  accounts  or  schedules  of trustee  fees and  charges,  (ii)
affirmative  requirements  to post  bonds  for  trustees,  officers,  agents  or
employees  of a  trust,  (iii)  the  necessity  for  obtaining  court  or  other
governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real
or personal  property,  (iv) fees or other sums payable to  trustees,  officers,
agents or employees of a trust,  (v) the allocation of receipts and expenditures
to income or principal,  (vi)  restrictions  or limitations  on the  permissible
nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to
the titling,  storage or other manner of holding of trust  assets,  or (vii) the
establishment of fiduciary or other standards or responsibilities or limitations
on the acts or powers of trustees,  which are inconsistent  with the limitations
or liabilities or authorities and powers of the Trustees set forth or referenced
in this  Instrument.  The Trust shall be of the type commonly called a "business
trust," and without limiting the provisions  hereof,  the Trust may exercise all
powers which are  ordinarily  exercised by such a trust under  Delaware law. The
trust  specifically  reserves  the  right  to  exercise  any  of the  powers  or
privileges  afforded to trusts or actions that may be engaged in by trusts under
the  Delaware  Act, and the absence of a specific  reference  herein to any such
power,  privilege or action shall not imply that the Trust may not exercise such
power or privilege or take such actions.

     11.2.  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Instrument  may be  simultaneously  executed in
several counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such
counterparts,  together,  shall  constitute one and the same  instrument,  which
shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.

         11.3.  RELIANCE  BY  THIRD  PARTIES.  Any  certificate  executed  by an
individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any recording office
in which this  Instrument  may be recorded,  appears to be a Trustee  hereunder,
certifying  to: (a) the number or identity  of Trustees or Holders;  (b) the due
authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing; (c) the form of any
vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or Holders; (d) the fact that the number of
Trustees or Holders  present at any meeting or executing any written  instrument
satisfies  the  requirements  of this  Instrument;  (e) the form of any  By-Laws
adopted by or the identity of any officers elected by the Trustees,  or; (f) the
existence of any fact or facts which in any manner  relate to the affairs of the
Trust,  shall be conclusive  evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of
any person dealing with the Trustees and their successors.

         11.4.    PROVISIONS IN CONFLICT WITH LAW OR REGULATIONS.

         (a)  The  provisions  of  this  Instrument  are  severable,  and if the
Trustees  shall  determine,  with  the  advice  of  counsel,  that  any of  such
provisions  is  in  conflict  with  any  applicable  laws  or  regulations,  the
conflicting  provision shall be deemed never to have  constituted a part of this
Instrument;  provided,  however, that such


<PAGE>

determination  shall  not  affect  any  of  the  remaining  provisions  of  this
Instrument  or render  invalid or improper any action taken or omitted  prior to
such determination.

         (b) If any  provision  of this  Instrument  shall  be held  invalid  or
unenforceable in any  jurisdiction,  such invalidity or  unenforceability  shall
attach only to such provision in such  jurisdiction  and shall not in any manner
affect such provision in any other  jurisdiction  or any other provision of this
Instrument in any jurisdiction.

         (c) It is  intended  that each Series of the Trust be  classified  as a
partnership  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  The  Trustees,  in their sole
discretion  and  without  the vote or  consent  of the  Holders,  may amend this
Instrument  and do whatever  else they  determine to be necessary to ensure that
this objective is achieved.

     11.5. SIGNATURES.  All contracts and other instruments shall be executed on
behalf of the Trust by such officer,  officers,  agent or agents, as provided in
this Instrument or as the Trustees may from time to time by resolution provide.

         11.6.  SEAL.  The seal of the  Trust,  if any,  may be  affixed  to any
document,  and the seal and its  attestation  may be  lithographed,  engraved or
otherwise  printed on any  document  with the same force and effect as if it had
been imprinted and attested manually in the same manner and with the same effect
as if done by a Delaware business corporation.

     11.7. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Trust and each Series shall begin
on November 1, provided, however, that the Trustees may from time to time change
the fiscal year of the Trust or of any Series.

         11.8. WAIVERS OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be
given by law or this  Instrument,  a waiver  thereof in  writing,  signed by the
person or persons  entitled  to said  notice,  whether  before or after the time
stated therein,  shall be deemed equivalent thereto. A notice shall be deemed to
have been telegraphed,  cabled or wirelessed for the purposes of this Instrument
when it has  been  delivered  to a  representative  of any  telegraph,  cable or
wireless company with instructions that it be telegraphed, cabled or wirelessed.

         11.9.  REPORTS.  The  Trustees  shall  cause to be  prepared,  at least
annually, a report of operations containing those financial statements as may be
required  by laws or as the  Trustees  may direct for each  Series  prepared  in
conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles and an opinion of an
independent public accountant on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall,
in  addition,  furnish  to the  Holders  of each  Series at least  semi-annually
interim reports containing  unaudited financial statements as may be required by
laws or as the Trustees may direct.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  caused  this  amended and
restated  Trust  Instrument  to be  executed  as of the day and year first above
written.



                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 John Y. Keffer
                                                 as Trustee and not individually



                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Don L. Evans
                                                 as Trustee and not individually



                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Dana A. Lukens
                                                 as Trustee and not individually


<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX A

                             ESTABLISHED PORTFOLIOS
                             ----------------------

         The  following  Series have been created by the Trustees in  accordance
with section 6.8 of the Trust Instrument:

         Portfolio                                     Date Established
         ---------                                     ----------------

1.       Schroder International Bond Portfolio         December 26, 1997










                                                                     EXHIBIT (5)



<PAGE>





                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                          INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT  made  this  27th day of  December,  1996,  between  Schroder
Capital Funds II (the "Trust"), a business trust organized under the laws of the
State of Delaware with its principal  place of business at Two Portland  Square,
Portland,  Maine 04101, and Schroder Capital Management  International Inc. (the
"Adviser"), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York with
its principal place of business at One State Street, New York, New York.

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is registered  under the Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended,  (the "Act") as an open-end management  investment company and
is authorized to issue interests (as defined in the Trust's Trust Instrument) in
separate series;

         WHEREAS,  the Adviser provides investment advice and is registered with
the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC") as an investment  adviser
under the Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Advisers Act"), and
is  registered  with  the  United  Kingdom  Investment   Management   Regulatory
Organization ("IMRO");

         WHEREAS, the Trust desires that the Adviser perform investment advisory
services for the series listed in Appendix A, (the  "Portfolio") and the Adviser
is willing to provide those  services on the terms and  conditions  set forth in
this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Adviser is  willing  to render  suc  investment advisory
services to the Portfolio;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  THE TRUST; DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

         The Trust is engaged in the business of investing and  reinvesting  its
assets  in  securities  of the  type  and in  accordance  with  the  limitations
specified in its Trust  Instrument  and  Registration  Statement  filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  under the Act, as may be
supplemented  from time to time,  all in such  manner and to such  extent as may
from time to time be authorized by the Trust's Board of Trustees (the  "Board").
The Trust is  currently  authorized  to issue two series of  interests,  and the
Trust is authorized to issue  interests in any number of additional  series upon
approval of the Board.  The Trust has  delivered  to the  Adviser  copies of the
Trust's Trust Instrument and  Registration  Statement and will from time to time
furnish Adviser with any amendments thereof.

         SECTION 2.  INVESTMENT ADVISER; APPOINTMENT

         The Trust hereby employs Adviser,  subject to the direction and control
of the Board,  to manage the  investment and  reinvestment  of the assets in the
Portfolio and,  without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  to provide
other services specified in Section 3 hereof.

         SECTION 3.  DUTIES OF THE ADVISER

         (a) The Adviser shall make  decisions with respect to all purchases and
sales of securities and other investment  assets in the Portfolio.  To carry out
such decisions, the Adviser is hereby authorized,  as agent and attorney-in-fact
for the Trust,  for the account of, at the risk of and in the name of the Trust,
to place orders and issue instructions with respect to those transactions of the
Portfolio. In all purchases,  sales and other transactions in securities for the
Portfolio, the Adviser is authorized to exercise full discretion and act for the
Trust in the same  manner and with the same force and effect as the Trust  might
or could do with respect to such purchases, sales or



<PAGE>

other  transactions,  as well as with respect to all other  things  necessary or
incidental  to the  furtherance  or  conduct of such  purchases,  sales or other
transactions.

         (b) The Adviser  will report to the Board at each  meeting  thereof all
changes in the Portfolio  since the prior  report,  and will also keep the Board
informed of important  developments  affecting the Trust,  the Portfolio and the
Adviser,  and on its own  initiative,  will  furnish the Board from time to time
with such  information as the Adviser may believe  appropriate for this purpose,
whether concerning the individual companies whose securities are included in the
Portfolio's  holdings,  the  industries  in which they engage,  or the economic,
social or political conditions prevailing in each country in which the Portfolio
maintains  investments.  The  Adviser  will also  furnish  the  Board  with such
statistical  and  analytical  information  with  respect  to  securities  in the
Portfolio as the Adviser may believe  appropriate or as the Board reasonably may
request.  In making  purchases and sales of securities  for the  Portfolio,  the
Adviser  will  bear in mind the  policies  set from time to time by the Board as
well as the limitations imposed by the Trust's Trust Instrument and Registration
Statement under the Act, the limitations in the Act and in the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, in respect of regulated  investment  companies and the
investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Portfolio.

         (c) The Adviser  will from time to time employ or  associate  with such
persons  as the  Adviser  believes  to be  particularly  fitted to assist in the
execution of the Adviser's  duties  hereunder,  the cost of  performance of such
duties to be borne and paid by the Adviser. No obligation may be incurred on the
Trust's behalf in any such respect.

         (d) The Adviser shall  maintain  records for the Portfolio  relating to
portfolio transactions and the placing and allocation of brokerage orders as are
required to be  maintained by the Trust under the Act. The Adviser shall prepare
and maintain,  or cause to be prepared and  maintained,  in such form,  for such
periods  and in  such  locations  as may be  required  by  applicable  law,  all
documents and records relating to the services  provided by the Adviser pursuant
to this  Agreement  required to be prepared and maintained by the Trust pursuant
to the rules and regulations of any national,  state, or local government entity
with  jurisdiction  over the Trust,  including the  Commission  and the Internal
Revenue  Service.  The books and  records  pertaining  to the Trust  that are in
possession of the Adviser shall be the property of the Trust.  The Trust, or the
Trust's authorized representatives,  shall have access to such books and records
at all times during the Adviser's  normal  business  hours.  Upon the reasonable
request of the Trust,  copies of any such books and  records  shall be  provided
promptly by the Adviser to the Trust or the Trust's authorized representatives.

         SECTION 4.  EXPENSES

         The Trust hereby confirms that the Trust shall be responsible and shall
assume the  obligation  for  payment  of all the  Trust's  expenses,  including:
interest  charges,  taxes,  brokerage fees and  commissions;  certain  insurance
premiums;  fees,  interest  charges and  expenses of the Trust's  custodian  and
transfer  agent;  telecommunications  expenses;  auditing,  legal and compliance
expenses; costs of the Trust's formation and maintaining its existence; costs of
preparing the Trust's  registration  statement,  account  application  forms and
interestholder   reports  and  delivering   them  to  existing  and  prospective
interestholders;  costs of maintaining books of original entry for portfolio and
fund accounting and other required books and accounts and of calculating the net
asset value of interests in the Trust;  costs of  reproduction,  stationery  and
supplies; compensation of the Trust's trustees, officers and employees and costs
of other personnel performing services for the Trust who are not officers of the
Adviser or of Schroder Fund Advisors Inc. or affiliated persons of either; costs
of Trust meetings;  registration fees and related expenses for registration with
the Commission and the securities  regulatory  authorities of other countries in
which the Trust's interests are sold; state securities law registration fees and
related expenses;  and fees and out-of-pocket  expenses payable to Schroder Fund
Advisors Inc. under any placement agent, management or similar agreement.

         SECTION 5.  STANDARD OF CARE

         (a) The Trust shall  expect of the  Adviser,  and the Adviser will give
the Trust the benefit of, the  Adviser's  best judgment and efforts in rendering
its services to the Trust,  and as an inducement  to the  Adviser's  undertaking
these  services  the Adviser  shall not be liable  hereunder  for any mistake of
judgment or in any event 


<PAGE>

whatsoever, except for lack of good faith, provided that nothing herein shall be
deemed to protect,  or purport to protect,  the Adviser against any liability to
the Trust or to the Trust's interestholders to which the Adviser would otherwise
be subject by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in
the performance of the Adviser's duties hereunder, or by reason of the Adviser's
reckless  disregard of its  obligations  and duties  hereunder.  As used in this
Section 5, the term  "Adviser"  shall  include  any  affiliates  of the  Adviser
performing  services  for  the  Portfolio  contemplated  hereby  and  directors,
officers and employees of the Adviser as well as the Adviser itself.

         (b)  The  Adviser  shall  not  be  liable  for  any  losses  caused  by
disturbances of its operations by virtue of force majeure,  war, riot, or damage
caused by nature or due to other events for which the Adviser is not responsible
(e.g.,  strike,  lock-out or losses caused by the imposition of foreign exchange
controls,  expropriation  of  assets  or  other  acts  of  domestic  or  foreign
authorities) except under the circumstances provided for in Section 5(a).

         The presence of exculpatory language in this Agreement shall not in any
way limit or be deemed by anyone to limit the Trust,  the Trustees of the Trust,
the  Portfolio,  the  Adviser,  or any other  party  appointed  pursuant to this
Agreement,  including without  limitation any custodian,  as in any way limiting
causes of action and  remedies  which may,  notwithstanding  such  language,  be
available to the Trust,  the Trustees of the Trust,  the  Portfolio or any other
party appointed pursuant to this Agreement, either under common law or statutory
law  principles  applicable  to  fiduciary  relationships  or under the  Federal
securities laws.

         SECTION 6.  COMPENSATION

         In  consideration  of the  foregoing,  the Trust shall pay the Adviser,
with  respect  to the  average  daily net assets of the  Portfolio,  a fee at an
annual  rate as listed in  Appendix A hereto.  Such fees shall be accrued by the
Trust  daily and shall be  payable  monthly  in arrears on the first day of each
calendar month for services performed hereunder during the prior calendar month.

         SECTION 7.  EFFECTIVENESS, DURATION, AND TERMINATION

         (a) This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Portfolio
immediately  upon approval by a majority of the outstanding  voting interests of
the Portfolio.

         (b) This Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Portfolio
for a period of two years from the date of its  effectiveness and shall continue
in effect for successive  twelve-month  periods  (computed from each anniversary
date  of the  approval)  with  respect  to the  Portfolio;  provided  that  such
continuance  is  specifically  approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by
the vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  interests of the  Portfolio,
and, in either  case,  (ii) by a majority of the  Trust's  trustees  who are not
parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party (other than as
trustees of the Trust); provided further, however, that if this Agreement or the
continuation of this Agreement is not approved as to the Portfolio,  the Adviser
may continue to render to the  Portfolio  the services  described  herein in the
manner  and to the  extent  permitted  by the Act and the rules and  regulations
thereunder.

     (c) This  Agreement may be terminated  with respect to the Portfolio at any
time,  without  the payment of any  penalty,  (i) by the Board or by a vote of a
majority  of the  outstanding  voting  interests  of the  Portfolio  on 60 days'
written  notice to the Adviser or (ii) by the Adviser on 60 days' written notice
to the Trust. This agreement shall terminate upon assignment.

         SECTION 8.  ACTIVITIES OF THE ADVISER

         Except to the extent  necessary to perform its  obligations  hereunder,
nothing herein shall be deemed to limit or restrict the Adviser's  right, or the
right of any of the Adviser's officers, directors or employees who may also be a
trustee,  officer or  employee  of the Trust,  or persons  otherwise  affiliated
persons  of the  Trust to engage in any  other  business  or to devote  time and
attention to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a
similar or  dissimilar  nature,  or to render  services of any kind to any other
corporation,   trust,  firm,  individual  or  association.  It  is  specifically
understood  that  officers,  directors  and  employees  of the  Adviser  and its
affiliates may


<PAGE>

continue to engage in  providing  portfolio  management  services  and advice to
other investment companies,  whether or not registered,  and to other investment
advisory clients. When other clients of the Adviser desire to purchase or sell a
security at the same time such security is purchased or sold for the  Portfolio,
such purchases and sales will, to the extent  feasible,  be allocated  among the
Portfolios and such clients in a manner  believed by the Adviser to be equitable
to the Portfolio and such clients.

         SECTION 9.  LIMITATION OF INTERESTHOLDER AND TRUSTEE LIABILITY

         The  Trustees or officers of the Trust and the  interestholders  of the
Portfolio  shall  not be  liable  for any  obligations  of the  Trust  or of the
Portfolio  under this  Agreement,  and the Adviser agrees that, in asserting any
rights or claims  under  this  Agreement,  it shall  look only to the assets and
property of the Trust or the Portfolio to which the  Adviser's  rights or claims
relate in  settlement  of such  rights or  claims,  and not to the  Trustees  or
officers of the Trust or the interestholders of the Portfolio.

         SECTION 10. NOTICE

         Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this
Agreement  shall be in writing or by telex and shall be effective  upon receipt.
Notices and communications shall be given, if to the Trust, at:

                  Schroder Capital Funds II
                  Two Portland Square
                  Portland, Maine 04101
                  Attention: Thomas G. Sheehan

and if to the Adviser, at:

                  Schroder Capital Management International Inc.
                  787 Seventh Avenue, 29th Floor
                  New York, New York 10019
                  Attention:  Laura Luckyn-Malone

         SECTION 11.  MISCELLANEOUS

         (a) No provisions  of this  Agreement may be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written  agreement  properly  authorized and executed by both
parties  hereto  and,  if  required  by the Act,  by a vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting interests of the Portfolio thereby affected.  No amendment to
this  Agreement  or the  termination  of  this  Agreement  with  respect  to the
Portfolio shall effect this Agreement as it pertains to any other Portfolio.

         (b) If any part,  term or  provision  of this  Agreement  is held to be
illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or
portions shall be considered  severable and not be affected,  and the rights and
obligations  of the parties  shall be construed and enforced as if the Agreement
did not contain the  particular  part,  term or provision  held to be illegal or
invalid.

         (c) This  Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number
of counterparts,  and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument.

         (d)     Section headings in this Agreement are included for convenience
only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

         (e)  This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and the  provisions  thereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.


<PAGE>

         (f) The Adviser confirms that the Portfolio is a "Non-private Customer"
as defined in the rules of IMRO.

         (g) The terms "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting interests,"
"interested  person,"  "affiliated  person"  and  "assignment"  shall  have  the
meanings  ascribed  thereto in the Act to the terms  "vote of a majority  of the
outstanding voting  securities,"  "interested  person,"  "affiliated person" and
"assignment," respectively.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.

                                                     SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II


                                                     /S/ Alexandra Poe
                                                     -------------------------
                                                     Alexandra Poe
                                                       Vice President

                                                     SCHRODER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
                                                     INTERNATIONAL INC.


                                                     /S/ Catherine A. Mazza
                                                     -------------------------
                                                     Catherine A. Mazza
                                                       First Vice President


<PAGE>





                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                          INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

                                   Appendix A


                                                       Annual Fee as a % of
                                                         the Average Daily
Portfolios Of The Trust                              Net Assets Of The Portfolio
- -----------------------                              ---------------------------

Schroder International Bond Portfolio                                  0.50%







                                                                  EXHIBIT (6)



<PAGE>






                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                            PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT  made  this  27th day of  December,  1996,  between  Schroder
Capital Funds II (the "Trust"), a business trust organized under the laws of the
State of Delaware with its principal  place of business at Two Portland  Square,
Portland,   Maine  04101,  and  Forum  Financial  Services,  Inc.  ("Forum"),  a
corporation  organized  under the laws of State of Delaware  with its  principal
place of business at Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101.

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is registered as an open-end management  investment
company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Act"), and is
authorized to issue  interests (as defined in the Trust's Trust  Instrument)  in
separate series; and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust desires that Forum perform placement agent services
for each of the  portfolios  of the Trust as listed in Appendix A hereto (each a
"Portfolio," and collectively the  "Portfolios") and Forum is willing to provide
those services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  SERVICES AS PLACEMENT AGENT

         (a) Forum will act as Placement  Agent of the Interests  covered by the
Trust's  registration  statement then in effect under the 1940 Act. As Placement
Agent,  Forum shall have the right to sell Interests of the Portfolios  upon the
terms set forth in the  Trust's  registration  statement,  as such  registration
statement  is amended  and in effect from time to time.  In acting as  Placement
Agent under the Placement Agency Agreement,  neither Forum nor its employees nor
any agents  thereof  shall make any offer or sale of Interests in a manner which
would require the Interests to be registered  under the  Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "1933 Act").  As used in this  Agreement the term  "registration
statement" shall mean any  registration  statement filed with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission")  as modified by any amendments  thereto
that at any time shall have been  filed with the  Commission  by or on behalf of
the Trust.

         (b) All  activities  by Forum and its agents and employees as Placement
Agent of Interests shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations,
including without limitation,  all rules and regulations adopted pursuant to the
1940 Act by the Commission.

         (c) Nothing  herein  shall be  construed to require the Trust to accept
any offer to purchase any  Interests,  all of which shall be subject to approval
by the Trust's Board of Trustees.

         (d) The Trust  shall  furnish  from time to time for use in  connection
with the sale of  Interests  such  information  with  respect  to the  Trust and
Interests as Forum may  reasonably  request.  The Trust shall also furnish Forum
upon request with: (a) audited annual and unaudited semiannual statements of the
Trust's  books and  accounts  prepared  by the  Trust,  and (b) such  additional
information regarding the Trust's financial or regulatory condition as Forum may
from time to time reasonably request.

         (e) The Trust  represents  to Forum  that all  registration  statements
filed by the  Trust  with the  Commission  under  the 1940 Act with  respect  to
Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of such statute
and rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The Trust represents and
warrants to Forum that any  registration  statement  will contain all statements
required to be stated herein in conformity  with both such statute and the rules
and regulations of the Commission;  that all statements of fact contained in any
registration  statement will be true and correct in all material respects at the
time of filing of such registration  statements or amendments thereto;  and that
no registration statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the  statements  therein not  misleading to a purchaser of Interests.  The Trust
may, but


<PAGE>

shall not be  obligated  to,  propose  from time to time such  amendment  to any
registration  statement  as in the  light of  future  developments  may,  in the
opinion of the Trust's  counsel,  be necessary or advisable.  If the Trust shall
not propose such amendment and/or  supplement  within fifteen days after receipt
by the Trust of a written request from Forum to do so, Forum may, at its option,
terminate  this  Agreement.  The  Trust  shall  not  file any  amendment  to any
registration  statement  without  giving  Forum  reasonable  notice  thereof  in
advance;  provided,  however,  that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in
any way  limit  the  Trust's  right to file at any time  such  amendment  to any
registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable,  such right being in all
respects absolute and unconditional.

         (f) The Trust agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold Forum,  its several
officers and directors,  and any person who controls Forum within the meaning of
Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
(the "1934 Act") (for  purposes of this  Section  1(f),  collectively,  "Covered
Persons")  free and  harmless  from and  against  any and all  claims,  demands,
liabilities  and any counsel fees  incurred in connection  therewith)  which any
Covered  Person  may  incur  under the 1933 Act,  the 1934  Act,  common  law or
otherwise,  arising out of or based on any untrue  statement of a material  fact
contained in any registration  statement,  private placement memorandum or other
offering  material  ("Offering  Material")  or  arising  out of or  based on any
omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any Offering Material
or necessary to make the  statements  in any Offering  Material not  misleading,
provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to indemnify Covered Persons shall
not be deemed to cover any claims, demands,  liabilities or expenses arising out
of any financial  and other  statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust
by Forum in its capacity as Placement  Agent for use in the answers to any items
of  any  registration  statement  or in any  statements  made  in  any  Offering
Material,  or arising  out of or based on any  omission  or alleged  omission to
state a material fact in connection with the giving of such information required
to be stated in such answers or  necessary  to make the answers not  misleading;
and further  provided  that the Trust's  agreement  to Section 1(e) shall not be
deemed to cover any  liability to the Trust or its  investors to which a Covered
Person would otherwise be subject by reason or willful misfeasance, bad faith or
gross  negligence in the  performance  of its duties,  or by reason of a Covered
Person's reckless  disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.
The Trust shall be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
notification to be given by letter or by telegram  addressed to the Secretary of
the Trust,  promptly  after the summons or other first legal  process shall have
been duly and completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to notify
the Trust of any such  action  shall not  relieve  the Trust from any  liability
except to the extent that the Trust shall have been  prejudiced by such failure,
or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person against whom
such  action is  brought by reason of any such  untrue  statement  or  omission,
otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity  agreement  contained in this
Section  1(f).  The Trust will be  entitled  to assume  the  defense of any suit
brought to enforce any such claim,  demand or  liability,  but in such case such
defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Trust and approved by Forum,
the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the fees and expenses of any
additional counsel retained by any of them; but in case the Trust does not elect
to assume the  defense of any such suit,  or in case Forum  reasonably  does not
approve of counsel  chosen by the Trust,  the Trust will  reimburse  the Covered
Person named as defendant in such suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel
retained by Forum or such Covered Person. The Trust's indemnification  agreement
contained in this Section (f) and the Trust's  representations and warranties in
this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of
any investigation made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the
delivery of any Interests. This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively to
Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify Forum promptly
of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Trust or any of
its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and sale of any Interests.

         (g) Forum agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold the Trust,  its several
officers and trustees,  and any person who controls the Trust within the meaning
of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or  Section  20 of the 1934 Act (for  purposes  of
this Section 1(g)  collectively,  "Covered  Persons") free and harmless from and
against any and all claims,  demands,  liabilities  and expenses  (including the
costs of  investigating or defending such claims,  demands,  liabilities and any
counsel fees incurred in connection  therewith)  that Covered  Persons may incur
under the 1933 Act,  the 1934 Act, or common law or  otherwise,  but only to the
extent that such  liability or expense  incurred by a Covered  Person  resulting
from  such  claims  or  demands  shall  arise  out of or be based on any  untrue
statement of a material fact  contained in  information  furnished in writing by
Forum in its capacity as Placement  Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to
any of the  items of any  registration  statement  or in any  statements  in any
Offering  Material or shall arise out of or be based on any  omission to state a
material fact in connection with such information  furnished in writing by Forum
to the Trust  required to be stated in such  answers or  necessary  to make such
information  not  misleading.  Forum 


<PAGE>

shall  be  notified  of any  action  brought  against  a  Covered  Person,  such
notification  to be given by letter or telegram  addressed to Forum,  Attention:
Legal Department,  promptly after the summons or other first legal process shall
have been duly and completely served upon such Covered Person.  Forum shall have
the right of first  control of the defense of the action with counsel of its own
choosing  satisfactory  to the  Trust if such  action  is based  solely  on such
alleged  misstatement  or omission on Forum's part,  and in any other event each
Covered Person shall have the right to participate in the defense or preparation
of the defense of any such  action.  The failure to so notify  Forum of any such
action  shall not  relieve  Forum from any  liability  except to the extent that
Forum shall have been  prejudiced  by such failure,  or from any liability  that
Forum may have to Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue
statement, or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of Forum's
indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1(g).

         (h) No  Interests  shall be offered by either  Forum or the Trust under
any of the  provisions of this  Agreement and no orders for the purchase or sale
of  Interests  hereunder  shall be  accepted  by the Trust if and so long as the
effectiveness of the registration  statement or any necessary amendments thereto
shall be  suspended  under  any of the  provisions  of the 1940  Act;  provided,
however,  that nothing  contained in this Section 1(h) shall in any way restrict
or have an  application  to or  bearing  on the  Trust's  obligation  to  redeem
Interests  from any investor in  accordance  with the  provisions of the Trust's
registration statement or Trust Instrument, as amended from time to time.

         (i) The Trust agrees to advise Forum as soon as reasonably practical by
a notice in writing delivered to Forum or its counsel:

                  (i) of  any  reques  by  the  Commission  for amendment to the
                  registratio   statement  then  in  effect  or  for  additional
                  information;

                  (ii) in the event of the  issuance  by the  Commission  of any
                  stop order  suspending the  effectiveness  of the registration
                  statement  then in  effect or the  initiation  by  service  of
                  process on the Trust of any proceeding for that purpose;

                  (iii) of the  happening  of any event  that  makes  untrue any
                  statement  of  a  material  fact  made  in  the   registration
                  statement  then in effect  or that  requires  the  making of a
                  change  in such  registration  statement  in order to make the
                  statements therein not misleading; and

                  (iv) of all  action  of the  Commission  with  respect  to any
                  amendment to any registration  statement that may from time to
                  time be filed with the Commission.

         For purposes of this Section 1(i),  informal requests by or acts of the
Staff  of the  Commission  shall  not  be  deemed  actions  or  requests  by the
Commission.

         (j)  Forum  agrees  on behalf  of  itself  and its  employees  to treat
confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other
information  not  otherwise  publicly  available  relative  to the Trust and its
prior,  present  or  potential  investors  and  not  to  use  such  records  and
information for any purpose other than performance of its  responsibilities  and
duties hereunder,  except after prior notification to and approval in writing by
the Trust,  which  approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld and may not be
withheld  where Forum may be exposed to civil or criminal  contempt  proceedings
for  failure to comply,  when  requested  to divulge  such  information  by duly
constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.

         (k) In  addition  to  Forum's  duties  as  Placement  Agent,  the Trust
understands that Forum may, in its discretion,  perform additional  functions in
connection with transactions in Interests.

         (l)      Forum shall receive no fee for its services hereunder.

         (m) The  processing of Interest  transactions  may include,  but is not
limited to, compilation of all transactions;  creation of a transaction tape and
timely   delivery  of  it  to  the  Trust's   transfer  agent  for   processing;
reconciliation of all transactions  delivered to the Trust's transfer agent; and
the  recording  and  reporting  of these 


<PAGE>

transactions executed by the Trust's transfer agent in customer statements;  and
rendering of periodic customer statements.

         (n)  Forum  may  also  provide  other   investor   services,   such  as
communicating with Trust investors and other functions in administering customer
accounts for Trust investors.

          (o) Nothing herein is intended,  nor shall be construed,  as requiring
Forum to perform any of the foregoing functions.

         SECTION 2.  EFFECTIVENESS, DURATION AND TERMINATION

         (a)  This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  with  respect  to  each
Portfolio  on the  later  of the date  hereof  or the  date of  commencement  of
operations of the Trust, and with respect to each future portfolio of the Trust,
on the date this Agreement or Appendix A hereto is amended.  Upon  effectiveness
of this  Agreement,  it shall  supersede  all  previous  agreements  between the
parties hereto  covering the subject matter hereof insofar as such Agreement may
have been deemed to relate to the Portfolios.

         (b) This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to a Portfolio
for a period of one year from its effectiveness and shall continue in effect for
successive  twelve-month  periods;   provided,   however,  that  continuance  is
specifically  approved  at  least  annually  (i) by the  Board or by a vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting interests of the Portfolio and (ii) by a vote
of a majority of Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this  agreement or
interested  persons of any such party  (other  than as  Trustees  of the Trust);
provided  further,  however,  that if the  continuation of this agreement is not
approved as to a Portfolio,  Forum may continue to render to the  Portfolio  the
services  described  herein in the manner and to the extent permitted by the Act
and the rules and regulations thereunder.

         (c) This Agreement may be terminated with respect to a Portfolio at any
time,  without the payment of any penalty,  (i) by the Board on 60 days' written
notice to Forum or (ii) by Forum on 60 days' written  notice to the Trust.  This
agreement shall terminate upon assignment.

         SECTION 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Forum and the Trust each hereby  represents  and  warrants to the other
that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute,  deliver and perform
its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  and that,  with  respect  to it,  this
Agreement is legal,  valid and binding,  and  enforceable in accordance with its
terms.

         SECTION 4.  ACTIVITIES OF FORUM

         Except  to  the  extent   necessary  to  perform  Forum's   obligations
hereunder, nothing herein shall be deemed to limit or restrict Forum's right, or
the right of any of Forum's  officers,  directors or employees who may also be a
trustee,  officer or  employee  of the Trust,  or persons  otherwise  affiliated
persons  of the  Trust to engage in any  other  business  or to devote  time and
attention to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a
similar or  dissimilar  nature,  or to render  services of any kind to any other
corporation, trust, firm, individual or association.

         SECTION 5.  LIMITATION OF INTEREST HOLDER AND TRUSTEE LIABILITY

         The  Trustees of the Trust and the  interestholders  of each  Portfolio
shall not be liable for any obligations of the Trust or of the Portfolios  under
this  Agreement,  and Forum agrees that, in asserting any rights or claims under
this  Agreement,  it shall look only to the assets and  property of the Trust or
the  Portfolio to which  Forum's  rights or claims  relate in settlement of such
rights or claims, and not to the Trustees of the Trust or the interestholders of
the Portfolios.

         SECTION 6.  MISCELLANEOUS


<PAGE>

         (a) No provisions  of this  Agreement may be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written  agreement  properly  authorized and executed by both
parties hereto.

         (b) If any part,  term or  provision  of this  Agreement  is held to be
illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or
portions shall be considered  severable and not be affected,  and the rights and
obligations  of the parties  shall be construed and enforced as if the Agreement
did not contain the  particular  part,  term or provision  held to be illegal or
invalid.

         (c) This  Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number
of counterparts,  and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument.

          (d) Section  headings in this  Agreement are included for  convenience
only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

         (e)  This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and the  provisions  thereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         (f) Neither party to this Agreement  shall be liable to the other party
for  consequential  damages  under any  provision  of this  Agreement or for any
consequential damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder.

         (g) The terms "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting interests,"
"interested  person,"  "affiliated  person"  and  "assignment"  shall  have  the
meanings  ascribed  thereto in the Act to the terms  "vote of a majority  of the
outstanding voting  securities,"  "interested  person,"  "affiliated person" and
"assignment," respectively.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.

                                                  SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II


                                                  /S/ Alexandra Poe
                                                  ------------------------
                                                  Alexandra Poe
                                                    Vice President

                                                  FORUM FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.


                                                  /S/ John Y. Keffer
                                                  ------------------------
                                                  John Y. Keffer
                                                    President



<PAGE>






                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                            PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT

                                   APPENDIX A


                      Schroder International Bond Portfolio





                                                                     EXHIBIT (8)



<PAGE>





                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                            GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT,  dated as of December 27, 1996  between The Chase  Manhattan
Bank (the "Bank") and Schroder  Capital Funds II (the  "Customer")  on behalf of
each series of the Customer listed in Schedule A hereto (each series, a "Fund").

SECTION 1.  CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

         The Bank  agrees to  establish  and  maintain  the  following  accounts
("Accounts"):

         (a)      A  custody  account  in the  name  of the  Customer  ("Custody
                  Account") for any and all stocks,  shares, bonds,  debentures,
                  notes,  mortgages  or other  obligations  for the  payment  of
                  money, bullion, coin and any certificates,  receipts, warrants
                  or other instruments representing rights to receive,  purchase
                  or subscribe for the same or evidencing  or  representing  any
                  other rights or interests  therein and other similar  property
                  whether  certificated or  uncertificated as may be received by
                  the Bank or its Subcustodian (as defined in Section 3) for the
                  account of the Customer ("Securities"); and

         (b)      A  deposit  account  in the  name  of the  Customer  ("Deposit
                  Account") for any and all cash in any currency received by the
                  Bank or its  Subcustodian  for the  account  of the  Customer,
                  which  cash shall not be  subject  to  withdrawal  by draft or
                  check.

     The Customer  warrants its authority to: 1) deposit the cash and Securities
("Assets")  received in the  Accounts  and 2) give  Instructions  (as defined in
Section 11) concerning the Accounts. The Bank may deliver securities of the same
class in place of those deposited in the Custody Account.

         Upon written  agreement  between the Bank and the Customer,  additional
Accounts may be established and separately  accounted for as additional Accounts
under the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. MAINTENANCE OF SECURITIES AND CASH AT BANK AND SUBCUSTODIAN LOCATIONS

         Unless Instructions specifically require another location acceptable to
the Bank:

         (a)      Securities  will be held in the country or other  jurisdiction
                  in which the principal  trading market for such  Securities is
                  located, where such Securities are to be presented for payment
                  or where such Securities are acquired; and

         (b)      Cash will be  credited  to an  account  in a country  or other
                  jurisdiction in which such cash may be legally deposited or is
                  the legal currency for the payment of public or private debts.

         Cash  may be held  pursuant  to  Instructions  in  either  interest  or
non-interest  bearing accounts as may be available for the particular  currency.
To the  extent  Instructions  are  issued  and the Bank  can  comply  with  such
Instructions,  the Bank is  authorized  to maintain cash balances on deposit for
the Customer with itself or one of its  affiliates at such  reasonable  rates of
interest as may from time to time be paid on such accounts,  or in  non-interest
bearing accounts as the Customer may direct, if acceptable to the Bank.

         If the Customer wishes to have any of its Assets held in the custody of
an institution other than the established  Subcustodians as defined in Section 3
(or their  securities  depositories),  such  arrangement must be authorized by a
written agreement, signed by the Bank and the Customer.

SECTION 3.  SUBCUSTODIANS AND SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES


<PAGE>

         The Bank may act under this Agreement through the Subcustodians  listed
in  Schedule  B  of  this  Agreement  with  which  the  Bank  has  entered  into
subcustodial agreements  ("Subcustodians").  The Customer authorizes the Bank to
hold Assets in the Accounts in accounts which the Bank has established  with one
or more of its  branches  or  Subcustodians.  The  Bank  and  Subcustodians  are
authorized to hold any of the  Securities  in their account with any  securities
depository in which they participate.

         The  Bank   reserves   the  right  to  add  new,   replace   or  remove
Subcustodians.  The Customer will be given reasonable  notice by the Bank of any
amendment to Schedule B. Upon request by the  Customer,  the Bank will  identify
the name,  address and principal  place of business of any  Subcustodian  of the
Customer's  Assets and the name and address of the governmental  agency or other
regulatory authority that supervises or regulates such Subcustodian.

     The  terms  Subcustodian  and  securities  depositories  as  used  in  this
Agreement  shall mean a branch of a qualified  U.S.  bank,  an eligible  foreign
custodian  or an  eligible  foreign  securities  depository,  which are  further
defined as follows:

          (a)  "qualified U.S. Bank" shall mean a qualified U.S. bank as defined
               in Rule 17f-5 under the Act;




          (b)  "eligible foreign custodian" shall mean (i) a banking institution
               or trust company  incorporated  or organized  under the laws of a
               country other than the United States that is regulated as such by
               that  country's  government  or an  agency  thereof  and that has
               shareholders'  equity in excess of $200 million in U.S.  currency
               (or a foreign currency equivalent thereof), (ii) a majority owned
               direct or indirect  subsidiary  of a qualified  U.S. bank or bank
               holding  company that is incorporated or organized under the laws
               of  a  country   other  than  the  United  States  and  that  has
               shareholders'  equity in excess of $100 million in U.S.  currency
               (or a  foreign  currency  equivalent  thereof)  (iii)  a  banking
               institution or trust company  incorporated or organized under the
               laws of a country  other  than the  United  States or a  majority
               owned direct or indirect  subsidiary of a qualified  U.S. bank or
               bank holding  company that is incorporated or organized under the
               laws of a country  other  than the United  States  which has such
               other  qualifications  as shall be specified in Instructions  and
               approved  by the Bank;  or (iv) any other  entity that shall have
               been so qualified by exemptive order,  rule or other  appropriate
               action of the SEC; and

          (c)  "eligible foreign securities  depository" shall mean a securities
               depository or clearing  agency,  incorporated  or organized under
               the  laws of a  country  other  than  the  United  States,  which
               operates  (i) the  central  system  for  handling  securities  or
               equivalent  book-entries in that country, or (ii) a transnational
               system for the  central  handling  of  securities  or  equivalent
               book-entries.

         The Customer represents that its Board of Trustees has approved each of
the  Subcustodians  listed in Schedule B to this  Agreement and the terms of the
subcustody agreements between the Bank and each Subcustodian, which are attached
as Exhibits I through ___ of Schedule B, and further  represents  that its Board
has  determined  that  the  use of  each  Subcustodian  and  the  terms  of each
subcustody  agreement are consistent  with the best interests of the Fund(s) and
its (their)  shareholders.  The Bank will supply the Customer with any amendment
to Schedule B for  approval.  The  Customer has supplied or will supply the Bank
with certified  copies of its Board of Trustees  resolutions(s)  with respect to
the foregoing prior to placing Assets with any Subcustodian so approved.

SECTION 4.  USE OF SUBCUSTODIAN

         (a)      The Bank will identify such Assets on its  books as  belonging
                  to the Customer.

         (b)      A  Subcustodian  will hold such  Assets  together  with assets
                  belonging   to  other   customers  of  the  Bank  in  accounts
                  identified  on such  Subcustodian's  books as special  custody
                  accounts for the exclusive benefit of customers of the Bank.


<PAGE>

         (c)      Any  Assets in the  Accounts  held by a  Subcustodian  will be
                  subject only to the instructions of the Bank or its agent. Any
                  Securities held in a securities  depository for the account of
                  a  Subcustodian  will be subject only to the  instructions  of
                  such Subcustodian.

         (d)      Any  agreement  the Bank enters into with a  Subcustodian  for
                  holding its  customer's  assets shall provide that such assets
                  will not be subject to any right,  charge,  security interest,
                  lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian except
                  for safe custody or  administration,  and that the  beneficial
                  ownership of such assets will be freely  transferable  without
                  the payment of money or value  other than for safe  custody or
                  administration. The foregoing shall not apply to the extent of
                  any special agreement or arrangement made by the Customer with
                  any particular Subcustodian.

SECTION 5.  DEPOSIT ACCOUNT TRANSACTIONS

          (a)  The Bank or its  Subcustodians  will make payments from a Deposit
               Account  upon   receipt  of   Instructions   which   include  all
               information  required by the Bank.  Instructions bust be received
               from  one or  more  Authorized  Person(s)  and  countersigned  or
               confirmed in writing by one or more Authorized  Person(s) who are
               different  than  the  Authorized  Person(s)  that  originated  or
               drafted the Instructions.

          (b)  In the event that any  payment  to be made  under this  Section 5
               exceeds the funds  available in a Deposit  Account,  the Bank, in
               its discretion, may advance the Customer such excess amount which
               shall be deemed a loan payable on demand, bearing interest at the
               rate customarily charged by the Bank on similar loans.

          (c)  If the Bank credits a Deposit  Account on a payable  date,  or at
               any time prior to actual  collection and  reconciliation  to that
               Deposit  Account,  with interest,  dividends,  redemptions or any
               other  amount due,  the Customer  will  promptly  return any such
               amount  upon oral or written  notification:  (i) that such amount
               has not been received in the ordinary  course of business or (ii)
               that such amount was incorrectly  credited.  If the Customer does
               not promptly return any amount upon such  notification,  the Bank
               shall be  entitled,  upon  oral or  written  notification  to the
               Customer,  to reverse such credit by debiting the Deposit Account
               for the amount previously credited.  The Bank or its Subcustodian
               shall have no duty or obligation to institute legal  proceedings,
               file a claim or a proof of claim in any insolvency  proceeding or
               take any other  action  with  respect to the  collection  of such
               amount,  but may act for the  Customer  upon  Instructions  after
               consultation with the Customer.

SECTION 6.  CUSTODY ACCOUNT TRANSACTIONS

          (a)  Securities  will be  transferred,  exchanged  or delivered by the
               Bank or its Subcustodian upon receipt by the Bank of Instructions
               which include all  information  required by the Bank.  Settlement
               and  payment  for  Securities   received  for,  and  delivery  of
               Securities  out of, a Custody  Account may be made in  accordance
               with  the  customary  or   established   securities   trading  or
               securities   processing   practices   and   procedures   in   the
               jurisdiction   or  market  in  which  the   transaction   occurs,
               including,  without  limitation,  delivery  of  Securities  to  a
               purchaser,  dealer or their  agents  against  a receipt  with the
               expectation  of  receiving   later  payment  and  free  delivery.
               Delivery of Securities out of a Custody  Account may also be made
               in any manner specifically required by Instructions acceptable to
               the Bank.

          (b)  The Bank, in its discretion,  may credit or debit an Account on a
               contractual  settlement date with cash or Securities with respect
               to any sale, exchange or purchase of Securities.  Otherwise, such
               transactions  will be  credited  or debited to the Account on the
               date cash or  Securities  are  actually  received by the Bank and
               reconciled to the Account.


<PAGE>

                  (i)      The Bank may  reverse  credits  or debits  made to an
                           Account in its discretion if the related  transaction
                           fails  to   settle   within  a   reasonable   period,
                           determined by the Bank in its  discretion,  after the
                           contractual   settlement   date   for   the   related
                           transaction.

                  (ii)     If any Securities  delivered pursuant to this Section
                           6 are returned by the recipient thereof, the Bank may
                           reverse  the  credits  and  debits of the  particular
                           transaction at any time.

SECTION 7.  ACTIONS OF THE BANK

         The Bank shall follow  Instructions  received  regarding assets held in
the Accounts.  However, until it receives Instructions to the contrary, the Bank
will:

          (a)  Present for payment any Securities which are called,  redeemed or
               retired or  otherwise  become  payable  and all coupons and other
               income  items which call for payment  upon  presentation,  to the
               extent that the Bank or  Subcustodian  is actually  aware of such
               opportunities.

          (b)  Execute  in the name of the  Customer  such  ownership  and other
               certificates  as may be required to obtain payments in respect of
               Securities.

          (c)  Exchange interim receipts or temporary  Securities for definitive
               Securities.

          (d)  Appoint  brokers  and agents for any  transaction  involving  the
               Securities, including, without limitation, affiliates of the Bank
               or any Subcustodian.

          (e)  Issue statements to the Customer,  at times mutually agreed upon,
               identifying the Assets in the Accounts.

         The Bank  will send the  Customer  an  advice  or  notification  of any
transfers  of  Assets  to or from the  Accounts.  Such  statements,  advices  or
notifications  shall  indicate the identity of the entity having  custody of the
Assets.  Unless the Customer sends the Bank a written  exception or objection to
any Bank  statement  within sixty (60) days of receipt,  the  Customer  shall be
deemed to have approved such statement. In such event, or where the Customer has
otherwise  approved any such statement,  the Bank shall, to the extent permitted
by law, be  released,  relieved and  discharged  with respect to all matters set
forth in such  statement or reasonably  implied  therefrom as though it had been
settled by the decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  in an action where
the Customer  and all persons  having or claiming an interest in the Customer or
the Customer's Accounts were parties.

         All  collections  of funds or other  property  paid or  distributed  in
respect of  Securities  in the Custody  Account shall be made at the risk of the
Customer.  The Bank shall have no liability for any loss  occasioned by delay in
the actual receipt of notice by the Bank or by its Subcustodians of any payment,
redemption or other transaction  regarding  Securities in the Custody Account in
respect of which the Bank has agreed to take any action under this Agreement.

SECTION 8.  CORPORATE ACTIONS; PROXIES

         Whenever the Bank receives information  concerning the Securities which
requires  discretionary  action by the beneficial owner of the Securities (other
than a proxy), such as subscription rights, bonus issues, stock repurchase plans
and  rights  offerings,  or legal  notices  or  other  material  intended  to be
transmitted to securities holders ("Corporate Actions"),  the Bank will give the
Customer notice of such Corporate  Actions to the extent that the Bank's central
corporate actions  department has actual knowledge of a Corporate Action in time
to notify its customers.

         When a rights  entitlement  or a fractional  interest  resulting from a
rights  issue,  stock  dividend,  stock  split or  similar  Corporate  Action is
received  which  bears an  expiration  date,  the Bank will  endeavor  to obtain
Instructions  from the Customer or its  Authorized  Person as defined in Section
10, but if  Instructions  are not  received  in time for


<PAGE>

the Bank to take timely actions,  or actual notice of such Corporate  Action was
received  too late to seek  Instructions,  the Bank is  authorized  to sell such
rights entitlement or fractional interest and to credit the Deposit Account with
the proceeds or take any other action it deems, in good faith, to be appropriate
in which case it shall be held harmless for any such action.

         The Bank will deliver  proxies to the Customer or its designated  agent
pursuant to special arrangements which may have been agreed to in writing.  Such
proxies shall be executed in the appropriate nominee name relating to Securities
in the  Custody  Account  registered  in the name of such  nominee  but  without
indicating  the manner in which such  proxies are to be voted;  and where bearer
Securities  are  involved,   proxies  will  be  delivered  in  accordance   with
Instructions.

SECTION 9.  NOMINEES

         Securities  which  are  ordinarily  held  in  registered  form  may  be
registered in a nominee name of the Bank, Subcustodian or securities depository,
as the case may be. The Bank may without  notice to the Customer  cause any such
Securities  to cease to be  registered in the name of any such nominee and to be
registered  in the  name of the  Customer.  In the  event  that  any  Securities
registered  in a nominee name are called for partial  redemption  by the issuer,
the Bank may allot the called  portion to the respective  beneficial  holders of
such class of  security  in any manner the Bank deems to be fair and  equitable.
The  Customer  agrees to hold the  Bank,  Subcustodians,  and  their  respective
nominees  harmless from any liability arising from their status as a mere record
holder of Securities in the Custody Account.

SECTION 10.  AUTHORIZED PERSONS.

         As used in this Agreement, the term "Authorized Person" means employees
or agents  including  investment  managers  as have been  designated  by written
notice  from  the  Customer  or its  designated  agent to act on  behalf  of the
Customer  under this  Agreement.  Such persons  shall  continue to be Authorized
Persons until such time as the Bank receives  Instructions  from the Customer or
its designated  agent that any such employee or agent is no longer an Authorized
Person.

SECTION 11.  INSTRUCTIONS.

         The term  "Instructions"  means  instructions of any Authorized  Person
received by the Bank, via telephone,  telex, TWX, facsimile  transmission,  bank
wire or other teleprocess or electronic  instruction or trade information system
acceptable  to the Bank which the Bank believes in good faith to have been given
by  Authorized   Persons  or  which  are  transmitted  with  proper  testing  or
authentication  pursuant  to terms and  conditions  which the Bank may  specify.
Unless otherwise  expressly  provided,  all Instructions  shall continue in full
force and effect until canceled or superseded.

         Any  Instructions  delivered  to the Bank by telephone  shall  promptly
thereafter be confirmed in writing by an Authorized  Person (which  confirmation
may bear the facsimile signature of such Person), but the Customer will hold the
Bank harmless for the failure of an Authorized  Person to send such confirmation
in  writing,  the  failure of such  confirmation  to  conform  to the  telephone
instructions  received or the Bank's failure to produce such confirmation at any
subsequent time. The Bank may  electronically  record any Instructions  given by
telephone,  and any other  telephone  discussions  with  respect to the  Custody
Account.  The Customer  shall be  responsible  for  safeguarding  any  testkeys,
identification  codes or other  security  devices  which  the  Bank  shall  make
available to the Customer or its Authorized Persons.

         Deposit Account Payments and Custody Account Transactions made pursuant
to Section 5 and 6 of this  Agreement  may be made only for the purposes  listed
below.  Instructions must specify the purpose for which any transaction is to be
made and Customer shall be solely responsible to assure that Instructions are in
accord with any limitations or restrictions applicable to the Customer by law or
as may be set forth in its prospectus.

         (a)     In connection with the purchase or sale of Securities at price
                 as confirmed by Instructions;


<PAGE>

          (b)  When  Securities  are called,  redeemed or retired,  or otherwise
               become payable;

          (c)  In exchange for or upon conversion into other securities alone or
               other  securities  and  cash  pursuant  to any  plan  or  merger,
               consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or readjustment;

          (d)  Upon conversion of Securities  pursuant to their terms into other
               securities;

          (e)  Upon exercise of  subscription,  purchase or other similar rights
               represented by Securities;

          (f)  For the payment of interest,  taxes,  management  or  supervisory
               fees, distributions or operating expenses;

          (g)  In connection  with any  borrowings  by the Customer  requiring a
               pledge  of  Securities,  but  only  against  receipt  of  amounts
               borrowed;

          (h)  In  connection  with any  loans,  but  only  against  receipt  of
               adequate  collateral  as  specified in  Instructions  which shall
               reflect any restrictions applicable to the Customer;

          (i)  For the purpose of redeeming  shares of the capital  stock of the
               Customer and the delivery to, or the crediting to the account of,
               the Bank, its Subcustodian or the Customer's transfer agent, such
               shares to be purchased or redeemed;

          (j)  For the  purpose  of  redeeming  in kind  shares of the  Customer
               against  delivery to the Bank, its Subcustodian or the Customer's
               transfer agent of such shares to be so redeemed;

          (k)  For delivery in accordance  with the  provisions of any agreement
               among the Customer, the Bank and a broker-dealer registered under
               the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act") and a
               member of The National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
               ("NASD"),  relating to  compliance  with the rules of The Options
               Clearing  Corporation and of any registered  national  securities
               exchange,  or  of  any  similar  organization  or  organizations,
               regarding  escrow  or  other   arrangements  in  connection  with
               transactions by the Customer;

          (l)  For release of  Securities  to  designated  brokers under covered
               call options,  provided,  however,  that such Securities shall be
               released  only upon payment to the Bank of monies for the premium
               due and a  receipt  for the  Securities  which  are to be held in
               escrow.  Upon exercise of the option, or at expiration,  the Bank
               will receive from brokers the  Securities  previously  deposited.
               The Bank will act strictly in accordance with Instructions in the
               delivery  of  Securities  to be held in  escrow  and will have no
               responsibility or liability for any such Securities which are not
               returned  promptly when due other than to make proper request for
               such return;

          (m)  For spot or forward foreign  exchange  transactions to facilitate
               security  trading,  receipt of income from  Securities or related
               transactions;

          (n)  For other proper  purposes as may be  specified  in  Instructions
               issued  by an  officer  of the  Customer  which  shall  include a
               statement  of the purpose for which the delivery or payment is to
               be made,  the amount of the payment or specific  Securities to be
               delivered,  the name of the person or persons to whom delivery or
               payment is to be made, and a certification  that the purpose is a
               proper purpose under the instruments governing the Customer; and

          (o)  Upon the  termination  of this  Agreement as set forth in Section
               14(i).

SECTION 12.  STANDARD OF CARE; LIABILITIES


<PAGE>

         (a)      The Bank shall be responsible for the performance of only such
                  duties  as are  set  forth  in  this  Agreement  or  expressly
                  contained  in  Instructions  which  are  consistent  with  the
                  provisions of this Agreement as follows:

               (i)  The Bank  will  use  reasonable  care  with  respect  to its
                    obligations  under this  Agreement  and the  safekeeping  of
                    Assets.  The Bank  shall be liable to the  Customer  for any
                    loss which  shall  occur as the  result of the  failure of a
                    Subcustodian to exercise reasonable care with respect to the
                    safekeeping  of such Assets to the same extent that the Bank
                    would be liable  to the  Customer  if the Bank were  holding
                    such  Assets  in New  York.  In the event of any loss to the
                    Customer  by  reason  of  the  failure  of the  Bank  or its
                    Subcustodian to utilize  reasonable  care, the Bank shall be
                    liable to the customer only to the extent of the  Customer's
                    direct damages,  to be determined  based on the market value
                    of the property which is the subject of the loss at the date
                    of  discovery  of such  loss and  without  reference  to any
                    special conditions or circumstances.

               (ii) The Bank  will  not be  responsible  for any act,  omission,
                    default or for the  solvency of any broker or agent which it
                    or a Subcustodian  appoints unless such appointment was made
                    negligently or in bad faith.

               (iii)The Bank shall be indemnified  by, and without  liability to
                    the  Customer  for any actions  taken or omitted by the Bank
                    whether  pursuant to  Instructions  or otherwise  within the
                    scope of this  Agreement if such act or omission was in good
                    faith,  without  negligence.  In performing its  obligations
                    under this  Agreement,  the Bank may rely on the genuineness
                    of any document which it believes in good faith to have been
                    validly executed.

               (iv) The  Customer  agrees to pay for and hold the Bank  harmless
                    from any liability or loss  resulting from the imposition or
                    assessment of any taxes or other governmental  charges,  and
                    any related  expenses  with respect to income from or Assets
                    in the Accounts.

               (v)  The Bank shall be  entitled to rely,  and may act,  upon the
                    advice of counsel  (who may be counsel for the  Customer) on
                    all  matters and shall be without  liability  for any action
                    reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

               (vi) The Bank need not maintain any  insurance for the benefit of
                    the Customer.

               (vii)Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  the  Bank  shall  not be
                    liable for any loss which  results from: 1) the general risk
                    of  investing,  or  2)  investing  or  holding  Assets  in a
                    particular  country  including,  but not limited to,  losses
                    resulting  from  nationalization,   expropriation  or  other
                    governmental   actions;   regulation   of  the   banking  or
                    securities industry; currency restrictions,  devaluations or
                    fluctuations;   and  market  conditions  which  prevent  the
                    orderly  execution of securities  transactions or affect the
                    value of Assets.

               (viii)  Neither  party  shall be liable to the other for any loss
                    due to  forces  beyond  their  control  including,  but  not
                    limited  to  strikes  or  work 


<PAGE>

                    stoppages,  acts of war or  terrorism,  revolution,  nuclear
                    fusion, fission or radiation, or acts of God.

     (b)  Consistent  with and  without  limiting  the first  paragraph  of this
          Section 12, it is specifically  acknowledged  that the Bank shall have
          no duty or  responsibility  to: 

               (i)  question   Instructions  or  make  any  suggestions  to  the
                    Customer   or   an   Authorized    Person   regarding   such
                    Instructions;

               (ii) supervise   or  make   recommendations   with   respect   to
                    investments or the retention of Securities;

               (iii)advise the Customer or an  Authorized  Person  regarding any
                    default  in  the  payment  of  principal  or  income  of any
                    security  other than as  provided  in  Section  5(c) of this
                    Agreement;

               (iv) evaluate or report to the Customer or an  Authorized  Person
                    regarding  the financial  condition of any broker,  agent or
                    other  party   (except  for   brokers,   agents  other  than
                    subcustodians  or depositories or other parties  selected by
                    the  Bank,  except  in  markets  where  there  is  only  one
                    registered  or otherwise  qualified  broker,  agent or other
                    party) to which  Securities  are  delivered  or payments are
                    made pursuant to this Agreement; or

               (v)  review  or  reconcile  trade  confirmations   received  from
                    brokers.  The Customer or its Authorized Persons (as defined
                    in  Section   10)  issuing   Instructions   shall  bear  any
                    responsibility   to  review   such   confirmations   against
                    Instructions issued to and statements issued by the Bank.

     (c)  The  Customer   authorizes  the  Bank  to  act  under  this  Agreement
          notwithstanding  that the Bank or any of its  divisions or  affiliates
          may have a material  interest in a transaction,  or circumstances  are
          such that the Bank may have a  potential  conflict of duty or interest
          including the fact that the Bank or any of its  affiliates may provide
          brokerage services to other customers, act as financial advisor to the
          issuer of Securities, act as a lender to the issuer of Securities, act
          in the same  transaction  as agent for more than one customer,  have a
          material interest in the issue of Securities, or earn profits from any
          of the activities listed herein.

     (d)  The Bank hereby  warrants to the Customer  that in its opinion,  after
          due inquiry, the established  procedures to be followed by each of its
          branches,  each branch of a qualified U.S. bank, each eligible foreign
          custodian and each eligible foreign securities  depository holding the
          Customer's Securities pursuant to this Agreement afford protection for
          such  Securities  at  least  equal  to  that  afforded  by the  Bank's
          established  procedures with respect to similar securities held by the
          Bank and its securities depositories in New York.

SECTION 13.  FEES AND EXPENSES

         The  Customer  agrees  to pay the  Bank  for its  services  under  this
Agreement such amount as may be agreed upon in writing, together with the Bank's
reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses,  including, but not limited to,
legal  fees.  The Bank  shall  have a lien on and is  authorized  to charge  any
Accounts of the Customer for any amount owing to the Bank under any provision of
this  Agreement,  so long as such lien does not  contravene  the  provisions  of
S.E.C. Release #40-12053,  as amended from time to time. No fee shall be payable
hereunder  with respect to any Fund during any period in which such Fund invests
all (or substantially  all) of its investment  assets in a registered,  open-end
management  investment  company,  or separate series thereof, in accordance with
section 12(d)(1)(E) under the Investment Company Act of 1940.


<PAGE>

SECTION 14.  MISCELLANEOUS

     (a)  FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS. To facilitate the administration of the
          Customer's trading and investment activity,  the Bank is authorized to
          enter  into  spot or  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  with  the
          Customer or an Authorized Person for the Customer and may also provide
          foreign   exchange   through   its    subsidiaries,    affiliates   or
          Subcustodians.  Instructions,  including standing instructions, may be
          issued  with  respect to such  contracts,  but the Bank may  establish
          rules or  limitations  concerning any foreign  exchange  facility made
          available.  In all cases where the Bank, its subsidiaries,  affiliates
          or Subcustodians  enter into a foreign exchange contract related to an
          Account, the terms and conditions of the then current foreign exchange
          contract of the Bank, its subsidiary,  affiliate or Subcustodian  and,
          to the extent not  inconsistent,  this  Agreement  shall apply to such
          transaction.

     (b)  CERTIFICATION OF RESIDENCY,  ETC. The Customer  certifies that it is a
          resident  of the  United  States  and agrees to notify the Bank of any
          changes in residency. The Bank may rely upon this certification or the
          certification of such other facts as may be required to administer the
          Bank's  obligations under this Agreement.  The Customer will indemnify
          the Bank  against all  losses,  liability,  claims or demands  arising
          directly or indirectly from any such certifications.

     (c)  ACCESS TO  RECORDS.  The Bank shall allow the  Customer's  independent
          public  accountant  reasonable  access  to the  records  of  the  Bank
          relating  to the  Assets  as is  required  in  connection  with  their
          examination of books and records pertaining to the customer's affairs.
          Subject to  restrictions  under  applicable  law,  the Bank shall also
          obtain an  undertaking  to permit the  Customer's  independent  public
          accountants reasonable access to the records of any Subcustodian which
          has physical possession of any Assets as may be required in connection
          with  the  examination  of the  Customer's  books  and  records.  Upon
          reasonable  request  from the  Customer,  the Bank shall  furnish  the
          Customer  such reports (or portions  thereof) of the Bank's  system of
          internal  accounting  controls  applicable  to the Bank's duties under
          this  Agreement.  The Bank shall  endeavor  to obtain and  furnish the
          Customer with such similar  reports as it may reasonably  request with
          respect to each  Subcustodian  and securities  depository  holding the
          Customer's assets.

     (d)  GOVERNING  LAW;  SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.  This  Agreement  shall  be
          governed  by the  laws of the  State  of New  York  and  shall  not be
          assignable by either party,  but shall bind the successors in interest
          of the Customer and the Bank.

     (e)  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT;  APPLICABLE  RIDERS.  Customer  represents that the
          Assets deposited in the Accounts are (Check one):

                  ___      Employee  Benefit Plan or other assets subject to the
                           Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
                           amended ("ERISA");

                  _X_      Mutual Fund  assets subject to certai  Securities an
                           Exchange Commission ("SEC")rules and regulations;

                  ___      Neither of the above.

This Agreement  consists  exclusively of this document together with Schedule A,
Schedule  B,  Exhibits  I-___  and  the  following  Rider(s)  [Check  applicable
rider(s)]:

                  ___  ERISA

                  _X_  MUTUAL FUND


<PAGE>

                  _X_  SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         There are no other  provisions  of this  Agreement  and this  Agreement
supersedes any other agreements,  whether written or oral,  between the parties.
Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing, executed by both parties.

         (f)      SEVERABILITY. In the event that one or more provisions of this
                  Agreement  are held  invalid,  illegal or  enforceable  in any
                  respect on the basis of any particular circumstances or in any
                  jurisdiction,  the validity,  legality and  enforceability  of
                  such provision or provisions  under other  circumstances or in
                  other  jurisdictions and of the remaining  provisions will not
                  in any way be affected or impaired.

         (g)      WAIVER.  Except as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  no
                  failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any
                  power or right under this Agreement  operates as a waiver, nor
                  does any  single  or  partial  exercise  of any power or right
                  preclude any other or further exercise, or the exercise of any
                  other power or right. No waiver by a party or any provision of
                  this  Agreement,  or  waiver  of any  breach  or  default,  is
                  effective  unless in writing  and signed by the party  against
                  whom the waiver is to be enforced.

         (h)      NOTICES.  All notices under this Agreement  shall be effective
                  when actually  received.  Any notices or other  communications
                  which may be required  under this  Agreement are to be sent to
                  the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses
                  as may subsequently be given to the other party in writing:

                  Bank:          The Chase Manhattan Bank
                                 Attention:  Global Custody Division
                                 Woolgate House, Coleman Street
                                 London, EC2P 2HD, United Kingdom
                                 or telex:

                  Customer:      Schroder Capital Funds II
                                 c/o Forum Financial Services, Inc., Legal Dept.
                                 Two Portland Square
                                 Portland, Maine 04101
                                 or telex:  (207) 879-6050

     (i)  TERMINATION.  This  Agreement may be terminated by the Customer or the
          Bank by giving sixty (60) days written  notice to the other,  provided
          that such notice to the Bank shall specify the names of the persons to
          whom the Bank shall deliver the assets in the  Accounts.  If notice of
          termination  is given by the Bank,  the Customer  shall,  within sixty
          (60)  days  following  receipt  of the  notice,  deliver  to the  Bank
          Instructions  specifying  the  names of the  persons  to whom the Bank
          shall  deliver the Assets.  In either case,  the Bank will deliver the
          Assets to the persons so specified,  after deducting any amounts which
          the Bank  determines  in good faith to be owed to it under Section 13.
          If within sixty (60) days following receipt of a notice of termination
          by the Bank, the Bank does not receive  Instructions from the Customer
          specifying the names of the persons to whom the Bank shall deliver the
          Assets, the Bank, at its election, may deliver the Assets to a bank or
          trust company  doing  business in the State of New York to be held and
          disposed  of  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  or to
          Authorized   Persons,  or  may  continue  to  hold  the  Assets  until
          Instructions are provided to the Bank.

     (j)  A copy of the Trust  Instrument of the Schroder Capital Funds II is on
          file with the  Secretary of the State of Delaware and notice is hereby
          given that the  Agreement  is not  binding  upon any of the  trustees,
          officers,  or  shareholders  of the  Customer  individually,  but  are
          binding only upon the 


<PAGE>

          assets and property of the  applicable  Fund.  The Bank agrees that no
          shareholder,  trustee,  or officer of the  Customer or any Fund may be
          held personally  liable or responsible for any obligations of any fund
          arising out of the  Agreement.  With respect to the  obligations  of a
          Fund arising out of the Agreement,  the Bank shall look for payment or
          satisfaction  of any claim  solely to the assets and  property of that
          Fund, and not to the assets of any other series of the Trust.


                                                     SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                                                       On  behalf  of each  fund
                                                       listed in Schedule A.


                                                     By:________________________
                                                           Alexandra Poe
                                                           Vice President

                                                     THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,


                                                     By:________________________
                                                           Caroline Willson
                                                           Vice President


<PAGE>





                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                            GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT


                                   SCHEDULE A
                            (as of December 27, 1996)


                      Schroder International Bond Portfolio



<PAGE>



                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II

                            GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT


                                   SCHEDULE B


                       (List of authorized Subcustodians)





<PAGE>





                          SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                          ----------------------------

         These  Special  Terms and  Conditions  supplement  the Agreement by and
         between The Chase  Manhattan  Bank (the  "Bank") and  Schroder  Capital
         Funds II (the  "Customer")  effective  December 27, 1996. To the extent
         that any term or provision of the Agreement is inconsistent  with these
         Special Terms and  Conditions,  the Special Terms and Conditions  shall
         control.

         In order to properly allocate the  responsibilities of the parties, the
         term "Customer" shall have the meanings designated below.

         a)      In the following sections of the Agreement, the term "Customer"
                 shall mean "each Fund":

                  --      Section 1(a) & (b)
                  --      Section 2
                  --      Section 4
                  --      Section 13, and
                  --      Section 14(c)

         b)       In the following sections of the Agreement the term "Customer"
                  shall refer to the Customer on behalf of a Fund.

                  --      Section 1; the last paragraphs
                  --      Section 3
                  --      Section 4
                  --      Section 5(c)
                  --      Section 7(b) & (e)
                  --      Section 7; the last paragraph
                  --      Section 8
                  --      Section 10
                  --      Section 11, and
                  --      Section 14(a) & (i)

         c)      In sections 9 and 12 of the Agreement,the term "Customer" shall
                 mean the Customer or the Fund.








                                                                  EXHIBIT (9)(A)



<PAGE>







                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                            ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT  made  this  27th day of  December,  1996,  between  Schroder
Capital Funds II (the "Trust"), a business trust organized under the laws of the
State of Delaware with its principal  place of business at Two Portland  Square,
Portland, Maine 04101, and Schroder Fund Advisors Inc. ("Schroder").

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is registered  under the Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended,  (the "Act") as an open-end management  investment company and
is authorized to issue interests (as defined in the Trust's Trust Instrument) in
separate series; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Trust  desires  that  Schroder  perform   administrative
services for each of the  portfolios of the Trust as listed in Appendix A hereto
(each a "Portfolio," and collectively the  "Portfolios") and Schroder is willing
to  provide  those  services  on the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth in this
Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  THE TRUST; DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

         The Trust is engaged in the business of investing and  reinvesting  its
assets  in  securities  of the  type  and in  accordance  with  the  limitations
specified in its Trust  Instrument  and  Registration  Statement  filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  under the Act, as may be
supplemented  from time to time,  all in such  manner and to such  extent as may
from time to time be authorized by the Trust's Board of Trustees (the  "Board").
The Trust is currently authorized to issue two series of interests and the Board
is authorized to issue interests in any number of additional  series.  The Trust
has  delivered  to  Schroder   copies  of  the  Trust's  Trust   Instrument  and
Registration  Statement  and will from time to time  furnish  Schroder  with any
amendments thereof.

         SECTION 2.  APPOINTMENT

         The Trust hereby employs Schroder, subject to the direction and control
of the Board,  to manage all aspects of the Trust's  operations  with respect to
each Portfolio  except those which are the  responsibility  of Schroder  Capital
Management International Inc. (the "Adviser"), the Trust's investment adviser.

         SECTION 3.  ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES

         (a)      With respect to  the Trust  or each  Portfolio, as applicable,
         Schroder shall:

         (i) oversee (A) the  preparation and maintenance by the Adviser and the
         Trust's   sub-administrator,   custodian,   transfer   agent  and  fund
         accountant (or if appropriate,  prepare and maintain) in such form, for
         such  periods and in such  locations  as may be required by  applicable
         law, of all  documents  and records  relating to the  operation  of the
         Trust  required to be prepared or maintained by the Trust or its agents
         pursuant  to  applicable  law;  (B)  the   reconciliation   of  account
         information  and balances among the Adviser and the Trust's  custodian,
         transfer agent and fund  accountant;  (C) the  transmission of purchase
         and  redemption  orders  for  interests  in  the  Portfolios;  (D)  the
         notification to the Adviser of available funds for investment;  and (E)
         the  performance of fund  accounting,  including the calculation of the
         net asset value of the Trust's interests;

         (ii)  oversee  the  performance  of  administrative   and  professional
         services   rendered   to   the   Trust   by   others,   including   its
         sub-administrator,  custodian,  transfer  agent and fund  accountant as
         well as legal, auditing and interestholder servicing and other services
         performed for the Portfolios;


<PAGE>

          (iii) be  responsible  for the  preparation  and the  printing  of the
          periodic  updating of the  Registration  Statement,  tax returns,  and
          reports to interestholders and the Commission;

          (iv) be  responsible  for the  preparation  of proxy  and  information
          statements and any other communications to interestholders;

         (v) at the  request  of the  Board,  provide  the Trust  with  adequate
         general office space and facilities and provide persons suitable to the
         Board to serve as officers of the Trust;

         (vi) provide the Trust,  at the Trust's  expense,  with the services of
         persons,  who may be officers of the Trust,  competent  to perform such
         supervisory,  administrative and clerical functions as are necessary to
         provide effective operations of the Trust;

         (vii)  prepare,  file and  maintain  the Trust's  governing  documents,
         including the Trust  Instrument and minutes of meetings of Trustees and
         interestholders;

         (viii) with the approval of the Trust's  counsel and  cooperation  from
         the  Adviser  and  other  relevant  parties,  prepare  and  disseminate
         materials for meetings of the Board;

         (ix) oversee the calculation of performance  data for  dissemination to
         information  services  covering the investment  company  industry,  for
         sales  literature  of  the  Trust  or  its  interestholders  and  other
         appropriate purposes;

         (x)  oversee  the   determination   of  the  amount  of  and  supervise
         distributions to  interestholders  as necessary to, among other things,
         maintain  the  qualification  of  each  interestholder  that  may  be a
         regulated  investment  company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
         as amended; and

          (xi)  advise the Trust and the Board on matters  concerning  the Trust
          and its affairs.

         (b)  The  books  and  records  pertaining  to the  Trust  which  are in
possession  of Schroder  shall be the property of the Trust.  The Trust,  or the
Trust's authorized representatives,  shall have access to such books and records
at all times  during  Schroder's  normal  business  hours.  Upon the  reasonable
request of the Trust,  copies of any such books and  records  shall be  provided
promptly by Schroder to the Trust or the Trust's authorized representatives.  In
the event the Trust  designates  a successor  to any of  Schroder's  obligations
hereunder,  Schroder shall, at the expense and direction of the Trust,  transfer
to such  successor all relevant  books,  records and other data  established  or
maintained by Schroder under this Agreement.

         SECTION 4.  STANDARD OF CARE

         The Trust shall  expect of Schroder,  and Schroder  will give the Trust
the benefit of, Schroder's best judgment and efforts in rendering these services
to the Trust,  and the Trust agrees as an inducement  to Schroder's  undertaking
these  services that Schroder  shall not be liable  hereunder for any mistake of
judgment or in any event  whatsoever,  except for lack of good  faith,  provided
that nothing herein shall be deemed to protect, or purport to protect,  Schroder
against any liability to the Trust or to its  interestholders  to which Schroder
would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of Schroder's  duties  hereunder,  or by reason of
Schroder's  reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.  As used
in this Section 4, the term "Schroder"  shall include any affiliates of Schroder
performing  services  for the  Portfolios  contemplated  hereby  and  directors,
officers and employees of Schroder as well as Schroder itself.

         SECTION 5.  COMPENSATION; EXPENSES

         (a)  In  consideration  of the  administrative  services  performed  by
Schroder as described herein, the Trust will pay Schroder,  with respect to each
Portfolio  a fee at the annual  rate as listed in  Appendix  A hereto.  Such


<PAGE>

fee shall be accrued by the Trust daily and shall be payable  monthly in arrears
on the first day of each calendar month for services performed  hereunder during
the prior calendar month. 

     (b) The Trust hereby confirms that the Trust shall be responsible and shall
assume the  obligation  for  payment  of all the  Trust's  expenses,  including:
interest  charges,  taxes,  brokerage fees and  commissions;  certain  insurance
premiums;  fees,  interest  charges and  expenses of the Trust's  custodian  and
transfer  agent;  telecommunications  expenses;  auditing,  legal and compliance
expenses; costs of the Trust's formation and maintaining its existence; costs of
preparing the Trust's  registration  statement,  account  application  forms and
interestholder   reports  and  delivering   them  to  existing  and  prospective
interestholders;  costs of maintaining books of original entry for portfolio and
fund accounting and other required books and accounts and of calculating the net
asset value of interests in the Trust;  costs of  reproduction,  stationery  and
supplies;  compensation of the Trust's trustees,  officers and employees and the
costs of other personnel  performing services for the Trust who are not officers
of the Adviser or of Schroder or  affiliated  persons of either;  costs of Trust
meetings;  registration  fees and related  expenses  for  registration  with the
Commission and the securities regulatory authorities of other countries in which
the Trust's  interests are sold;  state  securities  law  registration  fees and
related expenses; and fees and out-of-pocket expenses payable to each investment
adviser under any investment advisory or similar agreement.

         SECTION 6.  EFFECTIVENESS, DURATION AND TERMINATION

         (a)  This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  with  respect  to  each
Portfolio  on the date hereof and with  respect to each future  portfolio of the
Trust  on the  date  this  Agreement  or  Appendix  A hereto  is  amended.  Upon
effectiveness  of this  Agreement,  it shall  supersede all previous  agreements
between the parties  hereto  covering the subject  matter hereof insofar as such
Agreement may have been deemed to relate to the Portfolios.

         (b) This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to a Portfolio
for a period of one year from its effectiveness and shall continue in effect for
successive  twelve-month  periods;   provided,   however,  that  continuance  is
specifically  approved  at  least  annually  (i) by the  Board or by a vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting interests of the Portfolio and (ii) by a vote
of a majority of Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this  agreement or
interested  persons of any such party  (other  than as  Trustees  of the Trust);
provided  further,  however,  that if the  continuation of this agreement is not
approved as to a Portfolio, Schroder may continue to render to the Portfolio the
services  described  herein in the manner and to the extent permitted by the Act
and the rules and regulations thereunder.

         (c) This Agreement may be terminated with respect to a Portfolio at any
time,  without the payment of any penalty,  (i) by the Board on 60 days' written
notice to Schroder or (ii) by Schroder on 60 days' written  notice to the Trust.
This agreement shall terminate upon assignment.

         SECTION 7.  ACTIVITIES OF SCHRODER

         Except  to the  extent  necessary  to  perform  Schroder's  obligations
hereunder, nothing herein shall be deemed to limit or restrict Schroder's right,
or the right of any of Schroder's officers,  directors or employees who may also
be a trustee,  officer or employee of the Trust, or persons otherwise affiliated
persons  of the  Trust to engage in any  other  business  or to devote  time and
attention to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a
similar or  dissimilar  nature,  or to render  services of any kind to any other
corporation, trust, firm, individual or association.

         SECTION 8.  LIMITATION OF INTERESTHOLDER AND TRUSTEE LIABILITY

         The  Trustees of the Trust and the  interestholders  of each  Portfolio
shall not be liable for any obligations of the Trust or of the Portfolios  under
this  Agreement,  and Schroder  agrees that,  in asserting  any rights or claims
under this Agreement, it shall look only to the assets and property of the Trust
or the  Portfolio to which  Schroder's  rights or claims relate in settlement of
such  rights  or  claims,   and  not  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Trust  or  the
interestholders of the Portfolios.


<PAGE>

         SECTION 9.  MISCELLANEOUS

         (a) No provisions  of this  Agreement may be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written  agreement  properly  authorized and executed by both
parties hereto.

         (b) If any part,  term or  provision  of this  Agreement  is held to be
illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or
portions shall be considered  severable and not be affected,  and the rights and
obligations  of the parties  shall be construed and enforced as if the Agreement
did not contain the  particular  part,  term or provision  held to be illegal or
invalid.

         (c) This  Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number
of counterparts,  and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument.

         (d)     Section headings in this Agreement are included for convenience
only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

         (e)  This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and the  provisions  thereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the state of New York.

         (f) The terms "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting interests,"
"interested  person,"  "affiliated  person"  and  "assignment"  shall  have  the
meanings  ascribed  thereto in the Act to the terms  "vote of a majority  of the
outstanding voting  securities,"  "interested  person,"  "affiliated person" and
"assignment," respectively.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.

                                                     SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II


                                                     /S/ Alexandra Poe
                                                     --------------------------
                                                     Alexandra Poe
                                                       Vice President

                                                     SCHRODER FUND ADVISORS INC.


                                                     /S/ Catherine A. Mazza
                                                     --------------------------
                                                     Catherine A. Mazza
                                                       Senior Vice President




<PAGE>





                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                            ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

                                   APPENDIX A


                                                        Annual Fee as a % of
                                                          the Average Daily
Portfolios Of The Trust                              Net Assets Of The Portfolio
- -----------------------                              ---------------------------

Schroder International Bond Portfolio                          0.10%








                                                                  EXHIBIT (9)(B)



<PAGE>






                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                          SUB-ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT  made  this  27th day of  December,  1996,  between  Schroder
Capital  Funds II, a  business  trust  organized  under the laws of the State of
Delaware with its principal  place of business at 2 Portland  Square,  Portland,
Maine  04101 (the  "Trust")  and Forum  Administrative  Services,  LLC ("FAS" or
"Sub-Administrator"),  a  corporation  organized  under the laws of the State of
Delaware with its principal place of business at 61 Broadway, New York, New York
10006.

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is registered  under the Investment  Company Act of
1940 (the "Act") as an open-end management  investment company and is authorized
to issue interests in separate series ("Interests");

         WHEREAS,  the Trust  desires that Schroder  perform  sub-administrative
services  for the  portfolio of the Trust as listed in Appendix A hereto (each a
"Portfolio",  and  collectively  the  "Portfolios")  and  Schroder is willing to
provide those services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

         WHEREAS,  the  Trust  has  entered  into  an  Administration  Agreement
("Administration Agreement") with Administrator, pursuant to which Administrator
provides certain  management and  administrative  services for the Trust and any
series thereof;

         WHEREAS,  the Trust and  Administrator  desire that FAS perform certain
administrative  services for the Trust, and each of its series that now exist or
may in the future be created,  and FAS is willing to provide  those  services on
the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

         NOW THEREFORE,  for and in  consideration  of the mutual  covenants and
agreements contained herein, Trust and FAS agree as follows:

         SECTION   1.   APPOINTMENT.   The   Trust   hereby   appoints   FAS  as
Sub-Administrator  of the Trust and FAS hereby accepts such appointment,  all in
accordance  with the terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement.  In  connection
therewith,  the Trust has delivered to the Sub-Administrator copies of its Trust
Instrument,  the Trust's Registration Statement and all amendments thereto filed
pursuant to the Act (the "Registration Statement") and the current Parts A and C
of the  Registration  Statement  covering  each  Series of the Trust and,  shall
promptly furnish the Sub-Administrator  with all amendments of or supplements to
the foregoing.

     SECTION 2.  DEFINITIONS.  Whenever  used in this  Agreement,  the following
terms shall have the meanings specified, insofar as the context will allow:

     a) ACT:  The term Act shall mean the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as
     amended from time to time.

     b) ADMINISTRATOR.  The term Administrator shall mean Schroder Fund Advisors
     Inc., or any successor  thereto who acts as the  administrator of the Trust
     or any series thereof.

     c)  ADVISER.  The term  Adviser  shall  mean  Schroder  Capital  Management
     International  Inc.,  or any successor  thereto who acts as the  investment
     adviser of the Trust or any series thereof;

     d) BOARD: The term Board shall mean the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

     e) CUSTODIAN:  The term Custodian  shall mean Chase  Manhattan Bank, NA, or
     any successor or other  custodian  acting as such for any current or future
     Series of the Trust.

     f) DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT: The term Dividend Disbursing Agent shall mean
     Forum  Financial  Corp.,  or any successor  thereto that is responsible for
     determining the amount of, and declaring, dividends and other distributions
     to Interestholders, subject to approval by the Board;


<PAGE>

     g) FUND  ACCOUNTANT:  The term Fund  Accountant  shall mean Forum Financial
     Corp., or any successor thereto that is responsible for calculating the net
     asset  value of each  series of the Trust and  maintaining  its  accounting
     books and records.

     h) FUND  BUSINESS  DAY: The term Fund Business Day shall mean each day that
     the New  York  Stock  Exchange  is open for  trading  (which  excludes  the
     following national business holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, Good
     Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day, and
     Christmas Day).

     i)  INTERESTHOLDERS:  The term  Interestholders  shall mean the  registered
     owners from time to time of the  Interests,  as  reflected  on the registry
     records of the Trust.

     j)  INTERESTS:  The term  Interests  shall mean the issued and  outstanding
     interests of the Trust, or any series of the Trust, including any fractions
     thereof.

     k) PROSPECTUS: The term Prospectus shall mean the then-current Part A of an
     effective  Registration  Statement  of the Trust under the Act covering any
     Series of the Trust, as the same may be amended or  supplemented  from time
     to time.

     l) SERIES:  The term Series shall mean each series  listed in Schedule A or
     any series that the Trust shall subsequently establish;

     m)  SUB-ADMINISTRATOR:   The  term   Sub-Administrator   shall  mean  Forum
     Administrative   Services,  LLC  or  any  successor  thereto  who  provides
     administrative services to the Trust.

     n) TRANSFER  AGENT.  The term  Transfer  Agent  shall mean Forum  Financial
     Corp., or any successor thereto who provides transfer agent services to the
     Trust.

     o) TRUST: The term Trust shall mean Schroder Capital Funds II.

         SECTION 3. FURNISHING OF EXISTING ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS. The Trust shall
promptly turn over to FAS such of the Accounts and Records previously maintained
by or for it as are  necessary  for FAS to  perform  its  functions  under  this
Agreement.  The Trust authorizes FAS to rely on such Accounts and Records turned
over to it and hereby indemnifies and will hold FAS, its successors and assigns,
harmless of and from any and all expenses,  damages, claims, suits, liabilities,
actions,  demands and losses whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any
error, omission,  inaccuracy or other deficiency of such Accounts and Records or
in the  failure of the Trust to provide  any  portion of such or to provide  any
information needed by FAS to knowledgeably perform its functions.

         SECTION 4.  ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES

         (a)  Subject  to the  direction  and  control  of  the  Board  and  the
Administrator,  the Sub-Administrator shall manage certain aspects of operations
of the Trust, and any existing or future series thereof,  except those functions
which are the  responsibility  of the  Adviser,  the  Administrator,  Custodian,
Transfer  Agent,  Dividend  Disbursing  Agent, or Fund  Accountant,  all in such
manner  and  to  such  extent  as  may  be   authorized  by  the  Board  or  the
Administrator;

         (b)   With respect to the Trust and each series thereof, as applicable,
               the Sub-Administrator shall:

          (i)  oversee (A) the  preparation  and  maintenance by the Adviser and
               the Trust's Custodian,  Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent
               and Fund Accountant (or if appropriate,  prepare and maintain) in
               such  form,  for such  periods  and in such  locations  as may be
               required by applicable law, of all documents and records relating
               to  the  operation  of  the  Trust  required  to be  prepared  or
               maintained by the Trust or its agents pursuant to applicable law;
               (B) the reconciliation of account  information


<PAGE>

               and  balances  among  the  Adviser  and  the  Trust's  Custodian,
               Transfer Agent,  Dividend  Disbursing  Agent and Fund Accountant;
               (C) the  transmission  of  purchase  and  redemption  orders  for
               Interests; (D) the notification to the Adviser of available funds
               for  investment;  and (E)  the  performance  of fund  accounting,
               including  the   calculation  of  the  net  asset  value  of  the
               Interests; 

          (ii) oversee  the  performance  of  administrative   and  professional
               services   rendered  to  the  Trust  by  others,   including  its
               Custodian,  Transfer Agent,  Dividend  Disbursing Agent, and Fund
               Accountant,  as well as legal, auditing and shareholder servicing
               and other  services  performed for each existing or future Series
               of the Trust;

          (iii)be  responsible  for  the  preparation  and the  printing  of the
               periodic  updating of the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,
               tax returns,  and reports to Interestholders,  the Securities and
               Exchange Commission and state securities commissions;

          (iv) be  responsible  for the  preparation  of proxy  and  information
               statements and any other communications to Interestholders;

          (v)  at the  request of the  Board,  provide  the Trust with  adequate
               general office space and facilities and provide persons  suitable
               to the Board to serve as officers of the Trust;

          (vi) provide the Trust, at the Trust's  request,  with the services of
               persons  who  are  competent  to  perform  such   supervisory  or
               administrative functions as are necessary for effective operation
               of the Trust;

          (vii)   prepare,  file and maintain the Trust's  governing  documents,
                  including  the Trust  Instrument  and  minutes of  meetings of
                  Trustees and Interestholders;

         (viii)   with   the   cooperation   of   the   Trust's   counsel,   the
                  Administrator,   the  Adviser,  and  other  relevant  parties,
                  prepare and disseminate materials for meetings of the Board of
                  Trustees;

           (ix)   monitor sales of Interests and ensure that such  Interests are
                  properly and duly  registered with the Securities and Exchange
                  Commission and applicable state securities commissions;

            (x)   oversee the calculation of performance data for  dissemination
                  to  information   services  covering  the  investment  company
                  industry,   for  sales  literature  of  the  Trust  and  other
                  appropriate purposes;

           (xi)   oversee the  determination of the amount of, and supervise the
                  declaration   of,   dividends  and  other   distributions   to
                  Interestholders as necessary to, among other things,  maintain
                  the  qualification  of each Series as a  regulated  investment
                  company  under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
                  and prepare and  distribute  to  appropriate  parties  notices
                  announcing   the    declaration   of   dividends   and   other
                  distributions to Interestholders; and

          (xii)advise the Trust and its Board of Trustees on matters  concerning
               the Trust and its affairs.

         (c) FAS  shall  prepare  and  maintain  or  cause  to be  prepared  and
maintained records in such form for such periods and in such locations as may be
required by applicable  regulations,  all documents and records  relating to the
services  provided  to the  Trust  pursuant  to this  Agreement  required  to be
maintained  pursuant to the Act,  rules and  regulations  of the  Securities and
Exchange Commission,  the Internal Revenue Service and any other national, state
or local government  entity with  jurisdiction  over the Trust. The accounts and
records pertaining to the Trust which are in possession of the Sub-Administrator
shall be the  property  of the  Trust.  The  Trust,  or the  Trust's  authorized
representatives,  shall have  access to such  accounts  and records at all times
during  the  Sub-Administrator's  normal  business  hours.  Upon the  reasonable
request of the Trust,  copies of any such accounts and records shall be provided
promptly  by the  Sub-Administrator  to the  Trust  or  the  Trust's  authorized
representatives.  In the event the Trust  designates  a successor  to any of the
Sub-Administrator's  obligations hereunder,  the 


<PAGE>

Sub-Administrator  shall, at the expense and direction of the Trust, transfer to
such  successor  all  relevant  books,  records  and other data  established  or
maintained by the Sub-Administrator under this Agreement.

         SECTION 5.  STANDARD OF CARE.  FAS, in  performing  under the terms and
conditions  of this  Agreement,  shall  use its best  judgment  and  efforts  in
rendering the services  described  herein,  and shall incur no liability for its
status  hereunder or for any reasonable  actions taken or omitted in good faith.
As an inducement to FAS's undertaking to render these services, the Trust hereby
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless FAS, its employees,  agents,  officers and
directors,  from any and all loss,  liability  and expense,  including any legal
expenses,  arising out of FAS's performance under this Agreement,  or status, or
any act or omission of FAS,  its  employees,  agents,  officers  and  directors;
provided  that this  indemnification  shall not apply to FAS's  actions taken or
failures  to act in cases of FAS's own bad faith,  willful  misconduct  or gross
negligence in the performance of its duties under this  Agreement;  and provided
further  that FAS shall give the Trust  notice  and  reasonable  opportunity  to
defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense in the name of
the Trust or FAS,  or both.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the defense of
any suit brought to enforce any such claim or demand,  and to retain  counsel of
good standing  chosen by the Trust and approved by FAS, which approval shall not
be  withheld  unreasonably.  In the  event the Trust  does  elect to assume  the
defense of any such suit and retain  counsel of good  standing  approved by FAS,
the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the fees and expenses of any
additional counsel retained by any of them; but in case the Trust does not elect
to assume  the  defense  of any such  suit,  or in case FAS does not  approve of
counsel  chosen by the Trust or FAS has been advised that it may have  available
defenses or claims which are not available or conflict  with those  available to
the Trust,  the Trust will  reimburse  FAS,  its  officers or  directors  or the
controlling person or persons named as defendant or defendants in such suit, for
the fees and  expenses  of any one law firm  retained as counsel by FAS or them.
FAS may, at any time,  waive its right to  indemnification  hereunder and assume
its own defense. Without limitation of the foregoing:

     a)  FAS may rely upon the  advice of the  Trust or of  counsel,  who may be
         counsel  for the  Trust or  counsel  for FAS,  and upon  statements  of
         accountants,  brokers and other persons believed by it in good faith to
         be expert in the matters upon which they are  consulted,  and FAS shall
         not be liable to anyone for any  actions  taken in good faith upon such
         statements.

     b)  FAS may act upon any oral  instruction  which it receives  and which it
         believes  in good  faith  was  transmitted  by the  person  or  persons
         authorized by the Board of the Trust to give such oral instruction. FAS
         shall  have no duty or  obligation  to make any  inquiry  or  effort of
         certification of such Oral Instruction.

     c)  FAS shall not be liable  for any action  taken in good  faith  reliance
         upon any written instruction or certified copy of any resolution of the
         Board of the Trust,  and FAS may rely upon the  genuineness of any such
         document or copy  thereof  reasonably  believed in good faith by FAS to
         have been validly executed.

     d)  FAS may rely and  shall be  protected  in  acting  upon any  signature,
         instruction,  request, letter of transmittal,  certificate,  opinion of
         counsel,  statement,  instrument,  report, notice,  consent,  order, or
         other  paper  document  believed  by it to be genuine  and to have been
         signed or  presented by the  purchaser,  Trust or other proper party or
         parties.

         SECTION 6. EXPENSES.  Subject to any agreement by the Sub-Administrator
or other  person to  reimburse  any  expenses  of the Trust  that  relate to any
Series,  the Trust  shall be  responsible  for and assumes  the  obligation  for
payment  of all of its other  expenses,  including:  (a) the fee  payable  under
Section  7 hereof;  (b) the fees  payable  to the  Adviser  under  the  Advisory
Agreement;  (c) the fees payable to the Administrator  under the  Administration
Agreement;  (d) expenses of issue,  repurchase and redemption of Interests;  (e)
interest charges,  taxes and brokerage fees and commissions,  including the fees
and commissions of introducing brokers; (f) premiums of insurance for the Trust,
its Trustees and officers and fidelity bond premiums; (g) fees, interest charges
and expenses of third parties, including the Trust's Custodian,  Transfer Agent,
Dividend  Disbursing Agent and Fund Accountant;  (h) fees of pricing,  interest,
dividend,  credit and other reporting services; (i) costs of membership in trade
associations;  (j) telecommunications expenses; (k) funds transmission expenses;
(l) auditing,  legal and compliance expenses; (m) costs of forming the Trust and
maintaining its existence;  (n) to the extent  permitted by rule 12b-1 under the
1940 Act, costs of preparing and printing the Series' Prospectuses, subscription
application  forms and  


<PAGE>

shareholder  reports  and  delivering  them  to  existing  Interestholders;  (o)
expenses of meetings of Interestholders and proxy solicitations  therefore;  (p)
costs of maintaining  books of original entry for portfolio and fund  accounting
and other  required books and accounts,  of  calculating  the net asset value of
Interests of the Trust and of preparing tax returns;  (q) costs of reproduction,
stationery  and  supplies;  (r) fees and expenses of the Trust's  Trustees;  (s)
compensation of the Trust's  officers and employees who are not employees of the
Adviser,  Administrator  or  Sub-Administrator  or their  respective  affiliated
persons  and costs of other  personnel  (who may be  employees  of the  Adviser,
Administrator,  or  Sub-Administrator  or their respective  affiliated  persons)
performing services for the Trust; (t) costs of Trustee meetings; (u) Securities
and Exchange  Commission  registration fees and related  expenses;  (v) state or
foreign securities laws registration fees and related expenses; and (w) all fees
and expenses paid by the Trust in accordance with any distribution  plan adopted
pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act or under any  shareholder  service  plan or
agreement.

         In the event that this agreement is terminated, FAS shall be reimbursed
for reasonable charges and disbursements  associated with promptly  transferring
to the  Administrator or successor  sub-administrator  the original or copies of
all accounts and records maintained by FAS hereunder,  and cooperating with, and
providing   reasonable   assistance   to,   the   Administrator   or   successor
sub-administrator  in the establishment of the accounts and records necessary to
carry out the Administrator's or successor sub-administrators responsibilities.

         SECTION 7.  COMPENSATION

         (a)  In  consideration  of the  administrative  services  performed  by
Schroder as described herein, the Trust will pay Schroder,  with respect to each
Portfolio  a fee at the annual  rate as listed in  Appendix  A hereto.  Such fee
shall be accrued by the Trust  daily and shall be payable  monthly in arrears on
the first day of each calendar month for services performed hereunder during the
prior calendar month.

The Trust shall pay the  sub-Administrator a fee at the annual rate as listed in
Appendix A hereto.  upon authorization by the Administrator and the deduction of
an equivalent amount from the fees paid to the Administrator. Such fees shall be
accrued  daily and shall be payable  monthly in arrears on the first day of each
calendar  month for services  performed  under this  Agreement  during the prior
calendar  month. If the fees payable to the  Sub-Administrator  pursuant to this
paragraph  7 begin to accrue  before  the end of any month or if this  Agreement
terminates  before the end of any month,  the fees for the period from that date
to the end of that  month or from  the  beginning  of that  month to the date of
termination,  as the case may be, shall be prorated  according to the proportion
that  the  period  bears  to the  full  month  in  which  the  effectiveness  or
termination  occurs.  For purposes of calculating the monthly fees, the value of
the net assets of each Series  shall be computed in the manner  specified in its
Prospectus for the computation of net asset value.  Upon the termination of this
Agreement,  the Trust shall pay to the  Sub-Administrator  such  compensation as
shall be payable prior to the effective date of such termination.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement to the contrary,  the
Sub-Administrator  and  its  affiliated  persons  may  receive  compensation  or
reimbursement  from the Trust with  respect to (i) the  provision of services on
behalf of the Series in  accordance  with any  distribution  plan adopted by the
Trust pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act, or (ii) the provision of shareholder
support or other services, including fund accounting services.

         SECTION 8.  EFFECTIVENESS, DURATION AND TERMINATION

         (a)  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Agreement shall become  effective on the date
first  above  written  with  respect to  existing  series of the Trust and shall
relate to every other  Series as of the date on which the  Trust's  Registration
Statement relating to such Series becomes effective.

         (b) DURATION: This Agreement shall continue in effect for twelve months
and, thereafter, shall be automatically renewed each year for an additional term
of one year.

         (c)  TERMINATION.  This  Agreement may be terminated  with respect to a
Series at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) by the Board and the
Administrator on 60 days' written notice to the Sub-Administrator or (ii) by the
Sub-Administrator on 60 days' written notice to the Trust and the Administrator.
Upon 


<PAGE>

receiving  notice of termination by FAS, the Trust shall use its best efforts to
obtain a successor  sub-administrator.  Upon receipt of written  notice from the
Trust of the appointment of the successor sub-administrator, and upon payment to
FAS of all fees owed through the effective  termination  date, and reimbursement
for reasonable  charges and disbursements (as described in Section 6), FAS shall
promptly transfer to the successor  sub-administrator  the original or copies of
all accounts and records maintained by FAS hereunder  including,  in the case of
records   maintained   on   computer   systems,   copies  of  such   records  in
machine-readable   form,  and  shall  cooperate  with,  and  provide  reasonable
assistance  to, the  successor  sub-administrator  in the  establishment  of the
accounts and records  necessary to carry out the  successor  sub-administrator's
responsibilities.  For so long as FAS  continues  to perform any of the services
contemplated by this Agreement after termination of this Agreement (as agreed to
by the Trust and FAS),  the provisions of Sections 5 and 7 hereof shall continue
in full force and effect.

         SECTION  9.  ACTIVITIES  OF  SUB-ADMINISTRATOR.  Except  to the  extent
necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement,  nothing herein shall
be deemed to limit or restrict the  Sub-Administrator's  right,  or the right of
any of its officers,  directors or employees (whether or not they are a Trustee,
officer,  employee  or other  affiliated  person of the  Trust) to engage in any
other  business  or to devote  time and  attention  to the  management  or other
aspects of any other business,  whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to
render  services  of any  kind to any  other  corporation,  trust,  fund,  firm,
individual or association.

         SECTION  10.  COOPERATION  WITH  INDEPENDENT  ACCOUNTANTS.   FAS  shall
cooperate  with the  Trust's  independent  public  accountants  and  shall  take
reasonable  action  to  make  all  necessary   information   available  to  such
accountants for the performance of their duties.

         SECTION 11.  SERVICE  DAYS.  Nothing  contained  in this  Agreement  is
intended to or shall  require  FAS, in any  capacity  hereunder,  to perform any
functions  or duties on any day other than a Fund  Business  Day.  Functions  or
duties  normally  scheduled  to be  performed  on any  day  which  is not a Fund
Business  Day shall be  performed  on,  and as of, the next Fund  Business  Day,
unless otherwise required by law.

         SECTION 12. NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication  required by or
permitted to be given in connection  with this Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be delivered in person,  or by first-class  mail,  postage prepaid,  or by
overnight or two-day private mail service to the respective party. Notice to the
Trust shall be given as follows until further notice:

                  Schroder Capital Funds II
                  2 Portland Square
                  Portland, Maine 04101

Notice to FAS shall be given as follows until further notice:

                  Forum Administrative Services, LLC
                  2 Portland Square
                  Portland, Maine  04101


<PAGE>


         SECTION 13.  MISCELLANEOUS

     (a)  MODIFICATIONS  AND AMENDMENTS.  No provisions of this Agreement may be
amended  or  modified  in any  manner  except  by a written  agreement  properly
authorized and executed by both parties hereto.

     (b)   COUNTERPARTS.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more
counterparts, each of which, when so executed shall be deemed to be an original,
but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument

     (c) CONSTRUCTION IF PROVISION DEEMED ILLEGAL OR INVALID.  If any part, term
or provision of this  Agreement is held to be illegal,  in conflict with any law
or otherwise  invalid,  the  remaining  portion or portions  shall be considered
severable  and not be affected,  and the rights and  obligations  of the parties
shall  be  construed  and  enforced  as if the  Agreement  did not  contain  the
particular part, term or provision held to be illegal or invalid.

     (d) SECTION AND PARAGRAPH HEADINGS.  Section and Paragraph headings in this
Agreement are included for  convenience  only and are not to be used to construe
or interpret this Agreement.

     (e) NOTICES. Notices, requests, instructions and communications received by
the parties at their respective principal addresses, or at such other address as
a party may have  designated  in writing,  shall be deemed to have been properly
given.

     (f)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This  Agreement  shall extend to and shall be
binding upon the parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and assigns;
provided,  however,  that this  Agreement  shall not be  assignable by the Trust
without the written  consent of FAS, or by FAS,  without the written  consent of
the Trust authorized or approved by a resolution of the Board.

     (g)  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
State of New York.


<PAGE>





         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.

SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II                           SCHRODER  FUND ADVISORS INC.



/S/ Alexandra Poe                                   /S/ Catherine A. Mazza
- -------------------------                           ---------------------------
Alexandra Poe, Vice President                       Catherine A. Mazza, 
                                                    Senior Vice President

FORUM ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, LLC



/S/ John Y. Keffer
- ----------------------------
John Y. Keffer, President



<PAGE>




                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                          SUB-ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT




                                   SCHEDULE A
                               SERIES OF THE TRUST


Schroder International Bond Portfolio


                                   SCHEDULE B
                             SUB-ADMINISTRATION FEES


SERIES                                           FEE AS % OF THE AVERAGE ANNUAL
DAILY NET ASSETS

Schroder International Bond Portfolio            0.075%

The minimum administration fee per series is $25,000.









                                                                  EXHIBIT (9)(C)



<PAGE>






                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                  TRANSFER AGENCY AND FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT  made  this  27th day of  December,  1996,  between  Schroder
Capital Funds II (the "Trust"), a business trust organized under the laws of the
State of Delaware with its principal  place of business at Two Portland  Square,
Portland,  Maine 04101, and Forum Financial Corp., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal place of business at Two
Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101 ("Forum").

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is registered  under the Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "Act"), as an open-end  management  investment company and
is authorized to issue interests (as defined in the Trust's Trust Instrument) in
separate series;

         WHEREAS,  the Trust desires that Forum perform  interestholder and fund
accounting  services  for  each of the  portfolios  of the  Trust as  listed  in
Appendix A hereto (each a "Portfolio," and collectively the  "Portfolios"),  and
for other  series  that may be  created in the  future,  and Forum is willing to
provide those services on the terms and conditions set forth in this  Agreement;
and

         WHEREAS, the Trust on behalf of each Portfolio desires to appoint Forum
as its  transfer  agent and fund  accountant,  and Forum  desires to accept such
appointment;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  TERMS OF APPOINTMENT; DUTIES OF FORUM

         (a) Subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth in this  Agreement,
the Trust, on behalf of each Portfolio, hereby employs and appoints Forum to act
as, and Forum agrees to act as, its transfer  agent and fund  accountant for the
authorized and issued interests of the Trust  representing  interests in each of
the respective Portfolios ("Interests").

         (b) Forum shall be responsible  for performing as agent, as of the date
of this Agreement, the services described in Appendix B attached hereto and made
a part hereof, as said appendix may be amended from time to time.

         (c) Forum shall provide  additional  services to the Trust on behalf of
the Portfolios which may be agreed upon in writing between the Trust and Forum.

         SECTION 2.  FEES AND EXPENSES

         (a) For its services hereunder Forum shall receive from the Trust, with
respect to each Portfolio,  such transfer agency and fund accounting fees as are
listed in Appendix C attached hereto, as amended from time to time.

         (b) Each Portfolio  shall  reimburse  Forum for its ancillary costs (or
appropriate  share of the costs)  incurred in  providing to that  Portfolio  any
transfer  agency  and fund  accounting  services  hereunder,  including  but not
limited to (i) any and all forms and stationery  used or specially  prepared for
the purpose,  (ii) postage,  (iii) telephone  services,  (iv) bank fees, and (v)
electronic or facsimile  transmission.  Each Portfolio shall reimburse Forum for
all expenses and employee  time  attributable  to any review of the  Portfolio's
accounts  and  records by the  Trust's  independent  public  accountants  or any
regulatory  body  outside of routine  and normal  periodic  reviews  and for all
expenses for services in  connection  with Forum's  activities  in effecting any
termination  of this  Agreement  (except  the  termination  of Forum for cause),
including expenses incurred by Forum to deliver the property of the Portfolio in
the possession of Forum to the Trust or other persons.

         SECTION 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FORUM

         Forum represents and warrants to the Trust that:


<PAGE>

     (a) It is a  corporation  duly  organized and existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.

     (b) It is registered as a transfer agent under the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act") and it is empowered  under  applicable laws and
by its  Articles of  Incorporation  and  By-Laws to enter into and perform  this
Agreement.

     (c) All requisite corporate  proceedings have been taken to authorize it to
enter into and perform this Agreement.

     (d) It has and will  continue to have access to the  necessary  facilities,
equipment  and  personnel  to  perform  its duties  and  obligations  under this
Agreement.

         SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST

         The Trust represents and warrants to Forum that:

     (a) It is a business trust duly organized and existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.

     (b) It is empowered under  applicable  laws and by its Trust  Instrument to
enter into and perform this Agreement.

     (c) All  proceedings  required by said Trust  Instrument have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

     (d) It is an investment company registered under the 1940 Act.

     (e) All interests of the Portfolios,  when issued, shall be validly issued,
fully paid and non-assessable.

         SECTION 5.  RECORDKEEPING; INSPECTION OF RECORDS

         (a) Forum shall prepare and maintain in such form and in such locations
as may be required by applicable  regulation all records and documents  relating
to the services provided to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement  required to be
prepared and maintained by Forum or the Trust pursuant to the 1940 Act, the 1934
Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission and
the Internal Revenue Service.

         (b) Forum  shall  notify  the Trust of any  request  or demand  for the
inspection  of the  Trust's  interestholder  records.  Forum  shall abide by the
Trust's instructions for granting or denying the inspection;  provided, however,
Forum may grant the inspection without such instructions if it is advised by its
counsel that failure to do so will result in liability to Forum.

         (c) Forum shall keep  records  relating to the services to be performed
hereunder,  in the form and manner as it may deem  advisable.  The Trust, or the
Trust's authorized representatives,  shall have access to such books and records
at all times during Forum's normal business hours.  Upon the reasonable  request
of the Trust, copies of any such books and records shall be provided promptly by
Forum to the Trust or the Trust's authorized  representatives.  In the event the
Trust  designates a successor  to any of Forum's  obligations  hereunder,  Forum
shall, at the expense and direction of the Trust, transfer to such successor all
relevant books,  records and other data established or maintained by Forum under
this  Agreement.  To the extent  required  by Section 31 of the 1940 Act and the
Rules  thereunder,  Forum agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by
Forum  relating  to the  services to be  performed  by Forum  hereunder  are the
property of the Trust and will be preserved,  maintained  and made  available in
accordance with such Section and Rules, and will be surrendered  promptly to the
Trust on and in accordance with its request.


<PAGE>

         SECTION 6.  INDEMNIFICATION

         (a) The Trust shall, on behalf of the applicable  Portfolio,  indemnify
and hold Forum  harmless  against any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or
expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) resulting from:

         (i) any claim, demand,  action or suit brought by any person other than
         the Trust, including by an interestholder, which names Forum and/or the
         Trust as a party and is not based on and does not result  from  Forum's
         willful  misfeasance,   bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  or  reckless
         disregard of duties,  and arises out of or in  connection  with Forum's
         performance hereunder; or

         (ii)  any  claim,  demand,   action  or  suit  (except  to  the  extent
         contributed  to by  Forum's  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith or gross
         negligence  or reckless  disregard  of duties)  which  results from the
         negligence of the Trust, or from Forum's acting upon any instruction(s)
         reasonably  believed by it to have been executed or communicated by any
         person duly  authorized by the Trust,  or as a result of Forum's acting
         in reliance upon advice reasonably believed by Forum to have been given
         by counsel for the Trust,  or as a result of Forum's acting in reliance
         upon any instrument  reasonably believed by it to have been genuine and
         signed, countersigned or executed by the proper person.

         (b) Forum  shall  indemnify  and hold the Trust  harmless  against  any
losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses (including reasonable counsel
fees and expenses) resulting from any claim,  demand,  action or suit brought by
any person  other than Forum,  which names the Trust and/or Forum as a party and
is based upon and arises out of Forum's willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence or reckless  disregard of duties in connection  with its  performance
hereunder.

         (c) In the event that either  party  requests the other to indemnify or
hold  it  harmless  hereunder,   the  party  requesting   indemnification   (the
Indemnified Party) shall inform the other party (the Indemnifying  Party) of the
relevant facts known to Indemnified Party concerning the matter in question. The
Indemnified  Party shall use reasonable  care to identify and to promptly notify
the Indemnifying  Party concerning any matter which presents,  or appears likely
to present, a claim for  indemnification.  The Indemnifying Party shall have the
election of defending the  Indemnified  Party against any claim which may be the
subject  of  indemnification  or  of  holding  the  Indemnified  Party  harmless
hereunder.  In the event the Indemnifying Party so elects, it will so notify the
Indemnified  Party and thereupon the Indemnifying  Party shall take over defense
of the claim and, if so requested by the  Indemnifying  Party,  the  Indemnified
Party shall incur no further legal or other expenses  related  thereto for which
it shall be entitled to indemnity or to being held harmless hereunder; provided,
however,  that nothing herein shall prevent the Indemnified Party from retaining
counsel at its own  expense to defend any claim.  Except  with the  Indemnifying
Party's prior written consent,  the Indemnified  Party shall in no event confess
any claim or make any compromise in any matter in which the  Indemnifying  Party
will be asked to indemnify or hold Indemnified Party harmless hereunder.

         SECTION 7.  STANDARD OF CARE; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         (a) Forum shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken in good
faith and reasonably believed by Forum to be within the powers conferred upon it
under this  Agreement;  provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to protect,
or  purport to  protect,  Forum  against  any  liability  to the Trust or to the
interestholders of the Trust to which it would otherwise be subject by reason of
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of its
duties hereunder or by reason of Forum's  reckless  disregard of its obligations
and duties hereunder.

         (b) In the event of equipment  failures beyond Forum's  control,  Forum
shall, at no additional  expense to the Trust, take reasonable steps to minimize
service  interruptions,  but shall have no liability with respect thereto. Forum
shall enter into and shall  maintain in effect with  appropriate  parties one or
more agreements making reasonable provision for emergency use of electronic data
processing  equipment to the extent appropriate  equipment is available or shall
maintain a secondary site with processing capability.


<PAGE>

         (c)  Subject to Section  7(b),  Forum shall not be liable for delays or
errors  occurring by reason of circumstances  beyond its control,  including but
not limited to acts of civil or military authority,  national emergencies,  work
stoppages,  fire, flood, catastrophe,  acts of God, insurrection,  war, riot, or
failure of communication equipment of common carriers or power supply.

         SECTION 8.  COVENANTS OF THE TRUST AND FORUM

         (a)      The Trust, on behalf of Portfolio,  promptly  shall furnish to
                  Forum the following:

                  (i) A certified  copy of the resolution of the Trustees of the
                  Trust  authorizing  the appointment of Forum and the execution
                  and delivery of this Agreement.

                  (ii) A  copy  of  the Trust Instrument of the  Trust  and  al
                  amendments thereto.

         (b) Forum  hereby  agrees to  establish  and  maintain  facilities  and
procedures   reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Trust  for  safekeeping  of  stock
certificates,  check forms and facsimile  signature  imprinting devices, if any;
and for the preparation or use, and for keeping  account of, such  certificates,
forms and devices.

         (c) Forum and the Trust agree that all books, records,  information and
data  pertaining  to the  business  of the other party  which are  exchanged  or
received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement shall
remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed to any other person,
except as may be required by law.

         (d) In case of any  requests  or  demands  for  the  inspection  of the
interestholder records of the Trust, Forum will endeavor to notify the Trust and
to  secure  instructions  from an  authorized  officer  of the  Trust as to such
inspection.  Forum reserves the right,  however,  to exhibit the  interestholder
records to any person  whenever it is advised by its counsel that it may be held
liable for the failure to exhibit the interestholder records to such person.

         SECTION 9.  EFFECTIVENESS, DURATION AND TERMINATION

         (a)  This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  with  respect  to  each
Portfolio on the later of the date of this Agreement or the date of commencement
of  operations  of the Trust,  and with respect to each future  portfolio of the
Trust  on the  date  this  Agreement  or  Appendix  A hereto  is  amended.  Upon
effectiveness  of this  Agreement,  it shall  supersede all previous  agreements
between the parties  hereto  covering the subject  matter hereof insofar as such
Agreement may have been deemed to relate to the Portfolios.

         (b) This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to a Portfolio
for a period of one year from its effectiveness and shall continue in effect for
successive  twelve-month  periods;   provided,   however,  that  continuance  is
specifically  approved  at  least  annually  (i) by the  Board or by a vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting interests of the Portfolio and (ii) by a vote
of a majority of Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this  agreement or
interested  persons of any such party  (other  than as  Trustees  of the Trust);
provided  further,  however,  that if the  continuation of this agreement is not
approved as to a Portfolio,  Forum may continue to render to the  Portfolio  the
services  described  herein in the manner and to the extent permitted by the Act
and the rules and regulations thereunder.

         (c) This Agreement may be terminated with respect to a Portfolio at any
time,  without the payment of any penalty,  (i) by the Board on 60 days' written
notice to Forum or (ii) by Forum on 60 days' written notice to the Trust.

         SECTION 10.  ASSIGNMENT; DELEGATION

         (a) This  Agreement  shall extend to and shall bind the parties  hereto
and their  respective  successors  and  assigns;  provided,  however,  that this
Agreement  shall not be assignable  by the Trust without the written  consent of
Forum or by Forum  without  the  written  consent  of the Trust,  authorized  or
approved by a resolution of the Board. 


<PAGE>

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  either party may assign this Agreement  without
the consent of the other party so long as the assignee is an  affiliate,  parent
or subsidiary of the  assigning  party and is qualified to act under  applicable
law.

         (b) Forum may  contract  with  other  qualified  service  providers  to
perform any of the services contemplated by this Agreement; provided, that Forum
shall not  thereby be relieved of any of its  obligations  hereunder.  Forum may
subcontract  any or all of its functions to one or more  qualified  sub-transfer
agents or processing agents.  Forum may pay those agents for their service,  but
not such payment will increase Forum's compensation from the Trust.

         SECTION 11.  NOTICES

         Any notice or other communication  required by or permitted to be given
in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be delivered in
person,  sent by  first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  or  sent  by  overnight
delivery,  postage prepaid, to the respective parties at the following addresses
or such  other  address  as the  parties  may  designate  in writing by the same
methods:

         If to the Trust:

                  Schroder Capital Funds II
                  Two Portland Square
                  Portland, Maine 04101
                  Attn:  Thomas G. Sheehan



<PAGE>


         If to Forum:

                  Forum Financial Corp.
                  Two Portland Square
                  Portland, Maine  04101
                  Attn:  David I. Goldstein

         SECTION 12. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND INTERESTHOLDERS

         The  Trustees of the Trust and the  interestholders  of the  Portfolios
shall not be liable for any obligations of the Trust or of the Portfolios  under
this  Agreement,  and Forum agrees that, in asserting any rights or claims under
this  Agreement,  it shall look only to the assets and  property of the Trust or
the  Portfolio to which  Forum's  rights or claims  relate in settlement of such
rights or claims, and not to the Trustees of the Trust or the interestholders of
the Portfolios.

         SECTION 13.  MISCELLANEOUS

         (a) No provisions  of this  Agreement may be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written  agreement  properly  authorized and executed by both
parties hereto.

         (b) If any part,  term or  provision  of this  Agreement  is held to be
illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or
portions shall be considered  severable and not be affected,  and the rights and
obligations  of the parties  shall be construed and enforced as if the Agreement
did not contain the  particular  part,  term or provision  held to be illegal or
invalid.

         (c) This  Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number
of counterparts,  and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument.

         (d)     Section headings in this Agreement are included for convenience
only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

         (e)  This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and the  provisions  thereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

         (f) Neither party to this Agreement  shall be liable to the other party
for  consequential  damages  under any  provision  of this  Agreement or for any
consequential damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder.

         (g) The terms "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting interests,"
"interested  person,"  "affiliated  person"  and  "assignment"  shall  have  the
meanings  ascribed  thereto in the Act to the terms  "vote of a majority  of the
outstanding voting  securities,"  "interested  person,"  "affiliated person" and
"assignment," respectively.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                                     SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II


                                                     /S/ Alexandra Poe
                                                     ------------------------
                                                     Alexandra Poe
                                                       Vice President

                                                     FORUM FINANCIAL CORP.


                                                     /S/ John Y. Keffer
                                                     ------------------------
                                                     John Y. Keffer
                                                     President


<PAGE>





                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II
                  TRANSFER AGENCY AND FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

                                   APPENDIX A
                                   PORTFOLIOS


                      Schroder International Bond Portfolio



<PAGE>



                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II

                  TRANSFER AGENCY AND FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

                                   APPENDIX B
                                    SERVICES

A. Forum shall prepare and maintain, on behalf of the Trust, the following books
and records of each Portfolio pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the Act (the "Rule"):

         (i)  Journals  containing  an  itemized  daily  record in detail of all
         purchases and sales of securities,  all receipts and  disbursements  of
         cash and all other  debits and  credits,  as  required  by  sub-section
         (b)(1) of the Rule;

          (ii) Journals and auxiliary ledgers  reflecting all asset,  liability,
          reserve,   capital,  income  and  expense  accounts,  as  required  by
          subsection (b)(2) of the Rule;

         (iii) A record  of each  brokerage  order  given by or on behalf of the
         Trust for, or in connection  with,  the purchase or sale of securities,
         and all other portfolio purchases or sales, as required by sub-sections
         (b)(5) and (b)(6) of the Rule;

         (iv) A record of all options, if any, in which the Trust has any direct
         or indirect interest or which the Trust has granted or guaranteed and a
         record of any  contractual  commitments to purchase,  sell,  receive or
         deliver any property as required by subsection (b)(7) of the Rule;

          (v) A monthly trial balance of all ledger accounts (except shareholder
          accounts) as required by sub-section (b)(8) of the Rule; and

         (vi)  Other  records  required  by the  Rule or any  successor  rule or
         pursuant to interpretations  thereof to be kept by open-end  management
         investment  companies,  but  limited  to these  provisions  of the Rule
         applicable to portfolio and  interestholder  transactions and as agreed
         upon between the parties hereto.

B.       Forum shall perform the following accounting services:

          (i)  Calculate  the  net  asset  value  of  each  Portfolio  and  each
          interestholder   thereof  with  the   frequency   prescribed  in  each
          Portfolio's then-current Registration Statement;

         (ii) Calculate and track each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and
         credit, if any, and apply such items to each interestholder as required
         by applicable accounting rules;

         (iii)  Maintain  such  accounts  and  perform  such  allocations  as is
         required  by  each  Portfolio's   Capital  Account   Establishment  and
         Maintenance Policies;

         (iv) Calculate the yield,  effective  yield,  tax equivalent  yield and
         total return for each Portfolio, as applicable,  and such other measure
         of performance as may be agreed upon between the parties hereto;

         (v)  Provide   the  Trust  and  such  other   persons  as  the  Trust's
         administrator  or  sub-administrator  may  direct  with  the  following
         reports:  (a) a current security position report,  (b) a summary report
         of transactions and pending maturities (including the principal,  cost,
         and accrued  interest  on each  portfolio  security  in  maturity  date
         order), and (c) a current cash position and projection report;

         (vi) Prepare and record,  as of each time when the net asset value of a
         Portfolio  is  calculated  or as  otherwise  directed  by  the  Trust's
         administrator  or  sub-administrator,  either:  (a) a valuation  of the
         assets  in the  Portfolio  (based  upon  the  use of  outside  services
         normally used and  contracted  for this purpose by Forum in the case of
         securities for which  information and market price or yield  quotations
         are  readily 


<PAGE>

          available and based upon evaluations  conducted in accordance with the
          Trust's or the Trust's administrator's instructions in the case of all
          other assets) or (b) a calculation confirming that the market value of
          the Portfolio's  assets does not deviate from the amortized cost value
          of those  assets by more than a  specified  percentage  agreed to from
          time to time by Forum and the Trust;

          (vii)Obtain  necessary  information  from the  Trust  and the  Trust's
          administrator in order to prepare the Trust's Form N-SAR;

          (viii) Assist in the  preparation of support  schedules  necessary for
          the  completion  of  Federal  and  State  income  tax  returns  of the
          Portfolios;

         (ix)  Monitor  each  Portfolio's  status  as if  it  were  a  regulated
         investment  company under  Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of
         1986, as amended;

         (x) Assist the Trust's  independent  accountants  and, upon approval of
         the Trust or the  Trust's  administrator,  any  regulatory  body in any
         requested review of the Trust's books and records maintained by Forum;

         (xi)    Prepare semi-annual financial statements of each Portfolio; and

         (xii) Prepare other periodic reports to shareholders and the Securities
         and Exchange Commission and such other reports as may be agreed to from
         time  to  time  and  provide  information  typically  supplied  in  the
         investment  company  industry  to  companies  that  track or report the
         price,  performance  or other  information  with respect to  investment
         companies.



<PAGE>



                            SCHRODER CAPITAL FUNDS II

                  TRANSFER AGENCY AND FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

                                   APPENDIX C
                                  COMPENSATION


TRANSFER AGENCY SERVICES

For its transfer agency  services,  Forum shall receive a fee of $6,000 per year
with  respect  to each  Portfolio,  plus $25 per  interestholder  account,  such
amounts to be computed and paid monthly in advance by the Trust.

FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Standard Fee per Series    $36,000/year

        Plus additional surcharges for each of:

                 Global or International Funds               $24,000/year

                 Tax Free Money Market Funds                 $12,000/year

                 Series with more than 25% of
                  net assets invested in asset
                  backed securities                          $1000/month

                 Series with more than  50% of
                  net assets invested in asset
                  backed securities                          $1000/month

                 Series with more than 100
                  security positions                         $1,000/month

                 Series with a monthly portfolio
                  turnover rate of 10% or greater            $1,000/month

         Monthly  surcharges  are  determined  based  upon the  total  assets or
security  positions  as of the  end  of the  prior  month  and on the  portfolio
turnover  rate for the prior  month.  Portfolio  turnover  rate  shall  have the
meaning ascribed thereto in Securities and Exchange Commission Form N-1A.

         The rates set forth above shall remain fixed through December 31, 1997.
On  January  1,  1998,  and on each  successive  January  1, the rates  shall be
adjusted  to  reflect  changes in the  Consumer  Price  Index for the  preceding
calendar  year, as published by the U.S.  Department  of Labor,  Bureau of Labor
Statistics.


<PAGE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission